ENTERPRISE BANCORP INC /MA/
8-A12G, 1996-07-16
Previous: ALLIANCE REGENT SECTOR OPPORTUNITY FUND INC, N-1A EL, 1996-07-16
Next: GRAND SLAM ACQUISITION CORP, S-1, 1996-07-16



                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549


                                    FORM 8-A

                For Registration of Certain Classes of Securities
                    Pursuant to Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the
                         Securities Exchange Act of 1934

                            ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.
             (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

         Massachusetts                                          04-3308902
(State of Incorporation or Organization)                      (I.R.S. Employer
                                                            Identification no.)


222 Merrimack Street
Lowell, Massachusetts                                              01852
(Address of principal executive office)                         (zip code)


If this form relates to the                If this Form relates to the 
registration of a class of                 registration of a class of
debt securities and is effective           debt securities and is to become
upon filing pursuant to General            effective simultaneously with the
Instruction A(c)(1) please check           effectiveness of a concurrent
the following box /  /                     registration statement under the
                                           Securities Act of 1933 pursuant
                                           to General Instruction A(c)(2)
                                           please check the following box / /



        Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:


    Title of Each Class               Name of Each Exchange on Which
    to be so Registered               Each Class is to be Registered

           None




        Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                     Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share
                                (Title of Class)


<PAGE>



Item 1.  Description of Registrant's Securities to be Registered.

General

     Pursuant to an Agreement  and Plan of  Reorganization  dated as of February
29,  1996  (the  "Plan of  Reorganization")  between  Enterprise  Bank and Trust
Company,  a Massachusetts  trust company (the "Bank"),  and Enterprise  Bancorp,
Inc., a newly-formed Massachusetts corporation organized at the direction of the
Bank (the  "Company"),  the Company will acquire all of the  outstanding  common
stock,  par  value  $1.00 per  share,  of the Bank  other  than  shares  held by
stockholders,   if  any,   exercising   dissenters'   appraisal   rights,  in  a
share-for-share  exchange for the common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the
Company ("Common Stock"). The Bank will thereby become a wholly-owned subsidiary
of the  Company  and the  Bank's  stockholders  will  become,  subject  to their
exercise of dissenters' appraisal rights, stockholders of the Company. Under the
Restated  Articles of Organization of the Company (the  "Articles"),  as amended
prior to the  consummation  of the Plan of  Reorganization,  the Company will be
authorized  to issue up to 5,000,000  shares of Common Stock and up to 1,000,000
shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share.

Preferred Stock

     The Board of  Directors  of the Company is  authorized  to issue  shares of
preferred  stock  in  series  and  to  fix  the  voting  powers,   designations,
preferences,  or other special  rights of the shares of each such series and the
qualifications, limitations, and restrictions thereon. The issuance of preferred
stock by the Company is subject to the approval of a majority  vote of the Board
of  Directors  of the  Company.  Preferred  stock issued by the Company may rank
prior to the Common Stock as to dividend rights, or liquidation preferences,  or
both, may have full or limited voting rights  (including  multiple voting rights
and voting  rights as a class),  and may be  convertible  into  shares of Common
Stock.

Common Stock

     Voting  Rights.  Stockholders  are  entitled  to one vote per  share on any
matters  subject to stockholder  approval,  including the election of Directors.
The  Articles  do not  provide  for  cumulative  voting in  connection  with the
election of Directors,  and therefore  holders of a majority of the Common Stock
will be able to elect all of the  Directors  standing for election in each year,
subject to the rights of the holders of shares of preferred  stock,  if and when
issued.

      Preemptive Rights. Holders of Common Stock have no preemptive rights as to
the  purchase  of any  shares  issued  in the  future.  Therefore,  the Board of
Directors may sell shares of capital  stock  without first  offering them to the
then stockholders of the Company.

     Assessability. Under Massachusetts law, Common Stock is non-assessable.

     Dividend  Rights;  Repurchase  or  Redemption  of Shares.  A  Massachusetts
business  corporation,  such as the Company,  may pay dividends or repurchase or
redeem its shares of capital stock; however, a director who votes to authorize a
dividend,  repurchase or redemption  which is in violation of the  corporation's
articles of  organization  or which  renders the  corporation  insolvent  may be
jointly  and  severally  liable  for  such  improper  dividend,   repurchase  or
redemption.  Stockholders  to whom a  corporation  makes  any such  distribution
(except a distribution of stock of the  corporation),  if the corporation is, or
is thereby rendered,  insolvent, are liable to the corporation for the amount of
such  distribution  made, or for the amount of such  distribution  which exceeds
that which could have been made without rendering the corporation insolvent, but
in either  event only to the extent of the amount paid or  distributed  to them,
respectively.

     It is the policy of the Federal  Reserve Board that bank holding  companies
should  pay cash  dividends  on common  stock  only out of the past  year's  net
income,  and only if  prospective  earnings  retention  is  consistent  with the
organization's  expected future needs.  The policy further  provides that a bank
holding  company should not maintain a level of cash  dividends that  undermines
the bank  holding  company's  ability  to serve as a source of  strength  to its
subsidiary  banks.  The Federal Reserve Board also requires by regulation that a
bank holding company seeking to purchase or redeem any of its equity  securities
must provide prior notice to the appropriate regional Federal Reserve

                                       -2-

<PAGE>



Bank, which may disapprove of such proposed purchase or redemption, if the gross
consideration  for such purchase or  redemption,  when  aggregated  with the net
consideration  paid by the holding company for all such purchases or redemptions
during  the  preceding  twelve  months,  exceeds  10% of the  holding  company's
consolidated net worth,  except that such prior notice requirements do not apply
to any holding  company that is "well  capitalized"  in accordance  with Federal
Reserve  Board  regulations,  has received a composite  "1" or "2" rating in its
most recent examination and is not subject to any unresolved regulatory issues.

     Any issuance of preferred stock with a preference over Company Common Stock
as to dividends may affect the dividend rights of Common Stock holders.

Directors

     Number and  Staggered  Terms.  The By-laws of the Company  (the  "By-laws")
provide that,  subject to the rights of holders of preferred  stock, if and when
issued,  a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company shall fix from time
to time the number of Directors  of the Company,  which number shall not be less
than three, unless at the time there is an Interested  Stockholder in which case
a majority vote of the Continuing Directors is also required to fix such number.
The  Board  of  Directors  of the  Company  will  initially  be  composed  of 13
Directors.  The Articles  provide for three classes of Directors  with one class
elected each year for three year  staggered  terms,  so that  ordinarily no more
than approximately one-third of the Directors will stand for election in any one
year, and that there will be no cumulative  voting in the election of Directors.
The term  "Interested  Stockholder" is defined in the Articles to mean generally
any beneficial owner 10% or more of the outstanding  voting stock of the Company
and certain  assignees  of such  Interested  Stockholder.  The term  "Continuing
Directors"  is defined in the Articles to mean  generally  Directors who are not
affiliates of any Interested  Stockholder  and who were  Directors  prior to the
time that any  Interested  Stockholder  became  an  Interested  Stockholder  and
certain successor Directors.

     Removal.  The Articles  provide that  Directors may be removed from office,
but only for  cause,  and then  only by the  affirmative  vote of not less  than
two-thirds  of the  outstanding  shares  entitled to vote at a duly  constituted
meeting of  stockholders  or two-thirds of the members of the Board of Directors
then in office,  unless at the time of such removal there shall be an Interested
Stockholder,  in which case the affirmative  vote of not less than two-thirds of
the  Continuing  Directors  then in office  shall  instead be required  for such
removal by vote of the Board of  Directors.  The  Articles  define cause to mean
only the following:  (i) conviction of a felony,  (ii) acceptance of immunity to
testify  where  another has been so convicted,  (iii) a court  determination  of
liability for negligence or misconduct in the performance of directorial  duties
in an important matter or (iv) a determination or direction by such governmental
agency or authority  as may  exercise  proper  jurisdiction  that an  individual
should not be a Director.

     Vacancies.  The By-laws provide that any vacancy  occurring on the Board of
Directors of the Company,  including  vacancies resulting from an enlargement of
the Board,  shall be filled solely by the affirmative  vote of a majority of the
remaining Directors,  unless at the time there is an Interested Stockholder,  in
which case the  affirmative  vote of a majority of the  Continuing  Directors is
also  required.  Any Director of the Company so chosen would hold office for the
remainder  of the term of the class of  Directors to which the Director has been
elected.

Meetings of Stockholders

     The Articles  provide that a special meeting of stockholders  may be called
only by the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer,  or by a majority
of the Directors  then in office,  provided that if at the time of any such call
there is an Interested Stockholder, such call shall also require the affirmative
vote of a majority of the Continuing Directors then in office. The Articles also
provide that only those matters set forth in the call of the special meeting may
be considered or acted upon at such special meeting,  unless otherwise  provided
by law.

     The Articles and By-laws set forth certain advance notice and informational
requirements and time limitations on any Director nomination or any new business
which a stockholder  wishes to propose for consideration at an annual meeting of
stockholders.  Any such  nomination  or new  business,  to be  timely,  shall be
delivered to, or mailed and received at, the principal  executive offices of the
Company not less than 60 days nor more than 150 days prior to the

                                       -3-

<PAGE>



annual  meeting,  provided  that in the event that less than 70 days'  notice or
prior public  disclosure  of the date of the annual  meeting is given or made to
stockholders, notice by the close of business on the tenth day following the day
on which  such  notice of the date of the  meeting  was  mailed  or such  public
disclosure was made must be given. A  stockholder's  notice must be delivered in
writing  to the Clerk of the  Company  and must  satisfy  various  informational
requirements  pertaining to such director nomination or other proposal sought to
be presented by the  stockholder as well as the identity and stock  ownership of
such  stockholder.  Stockholder  nominations  of  directors  or proposals of new
business  that  do  not  satisfy  all  of  the  procedural   and   informational
requirements  contained in the Articles and By-laws may be rejected by the Board
of Directors.

Stockholder Vote Required to Approve Certain Transactions

     Massachusetts   law  provides   that  certain   agreements   of  merger  or
consolidation, or the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the
property  and assets,  of a  Massachusetts  corporation  must be approved by the
affirmative  vote of holders of  two-thirds of the shares of each class of stock
outstanding  and entitled to vote thereon or, if the articles of organization so
provide,  the  vote of a  lesser  proportion,  but  not  less  than a  majority.
Additionally, Massachusetts law provides that no vote of the stockholders of the
surviving  Massachusetts   corporation  is  required,  unless  its  articles  of
organization  otherwise  provide,  to approve a merger if (i) the  agreement  of
merger does not amend in any respect the corporation's articles of organization,
(ii) the number of shares of the surviving  corporation's  stock to be issued in
the merger  does not  exceed  15% of the  shares of the same  class  outstanding
immediately  prior to the effective date of the merger and (iii) the issuance of
authorized  but unissued stock pursuant to a merger by vote of the directors has
been  authorized by the by-laws or a vote of the  stockholders.  A Massachusetts
corporation owning at least 90% of the outstanding shares of each class of stock
of another  corporation may merge such corporation into itself without a vote of
the stockholders.

     The  Articles  provide  that any Business  Combination  (as defined  below)
involving  the Company  and an  Interested  Stockholder  must be approved by the
holders of at least 80% of the outstanding  shares of the Company's voting stock
voting  together  as a single  class  (the  "Voting  Requirement").  The  Voting
Requirement does not apply and only such vote as is required by law is required,
if (i) the Business  Combination is approved by an affirmative  vote of at least
two-thirds of the  Continuing  Directors or (ii) certain  "fair price"  (defined
generally to mean, among other things,  that the consideration to be received by
stockholders in such Business  Combination shall be in the same form and kind as
the consideration  paid by the Interested  Stockholder for the Company's capital
stock  owned by such  person and shall be at least  equal to the  highest of the
following:  (A) the highest per share price paid by such Interested  Stockholder
in  acquiring  any of its  holdings of Common  Stock  within the two year period
immediately  prior to the  first  public  announcement  of the  proposal  of the
Business  Combination (the  "Announcement  Date") or in the transaction  through
which such person became an Interested Stockholder;  (B) the highest Fair Market
Value (as defined in the  Articles) per share of Common Stock on any date during
the one-year  period prior to and including the  Announcement  Date; and (C) the
price per share equal to (1) the Fair Market  Value per share of Common Stock on
the Announcement Date or on the date on which the Interested  Stockholder became
an  Interested  Stockholder,  multiplied  by (2) a fraction (x) the numerator of
which is the highest per share price paid by the Interested  Stockholder for any
share of Common  Stock  acquired by it within the  two-year  period  immediately
prior to and including the Announcement Date and (y) the denominator of which is
the Fair  Market  Value  per  share of  Common  Stock on the  first  day in such
two-year  period on which the  Interested  Stockholder  acquired  any  shares of
Common  Stock)  and other  criteria  are met.  As  defined  in the  Articles,  a
"Business  Combination"   includes,   among  other  things  (i)  any  merger  or
consolidation  of the  Company  with  an  Interested  Stockholder  or  affiliate
thereof, (ii) the sale, lease,  exchange,  mortgage,  pledge,  transfer or other
disposition by the Company of assets having a fair market value of $2,500,000 or
more to or with an Interested  Stockholder  or an affiliate  thereof,  (iii) the
purchase,  exchange,  lease  or  other  acquisition  by  the  Company  of all or
substantially  all the  assets or  business  of any  Interested  Stockholder  or
affiliate  thereof,  (iv)  the  issuance  or  transfer  by  the  Company  of any
securities of the Company to an Interested  Stockholder or any affiliate thereof
in exchange for cash,  securities or other  property (or a combination  thereof)
having a fair market value of $2,500,000 or more,  (v) the adoption of a plan or
proposal for the  liquidation or  dissolution  of the Company  proposed by or on
behalf  of an  Interested  Stockholder  or an  affiliate  thereof  and  (vi) any
transaction  that has the effect of increasing  the  proportionate  share of any
class  of  equity  security  of the  Company  that is  beneficially  owned by an
Interested Stockholder or any affiliate thereof.


                                       -4-

<PAGE>



Exercise of Business Judgment by Board of Directors

     The  Articles  provide that the Board of  Directors,  when  evaluating  any
tender or  exchange  offer,  merger,  acquisition  or  similar  offer of another
person,  shall in  connection  with the exercise of its judgment in  determining
what is in the best  interests  of the  Company and its  stockholders,  give due
consideration to all relevant factors including,  without limitation, the social
and economic effects of acceptance of such an offer on the Company's present and
future account holders, borrowers and employees, on the communities in which the
Company  operates or is located and on the ability of the Company to fulfill its
objectives under applicable statutes and regulations.

Beneficial Ownership Limitation

     The  Articles  contain  a  prohibition   against  any  person  directly  or
indirectly offering to acquire, or acquiring,  beneficial  ownership (as defined
in the Articles) of more than 10% of any class of outstanding  equity securities
of the Company.  The Articles  contains  exceptions from this limitation for (A)
any  acquisition  of  shares  of  capital  stock of the  Company  which has been
expressly approved in advance by an affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds
of the Continuing Directors then in office, (B) any offer to the Company made by
any underwriters selected by the Company in connection with a public offering by
the Company of the Company's  capital stock, or (C) any Employee Stock Ownership
Plan established by the Company.

Amendment of Articles

     The Articles provide that an amendment must first be approved by a majority
of the Directors of the Company then in office and  thereafter by an affirmative
vote  of at  least  eighty  percent  (80%)  of the  voting  power  of  the  then
outstanding  voting stock of the Company (except that certain  provisions may be
amended by a majority vote of the  stockholders).  In addition,  if, at any time
within a sixty-day  period  prior to the meeting of  stockholders  at which such
amendment is to be considered there is an Interested Stockholder,  the amendment
must also be approved  by an  affirmative  vote of a majority of the  Continuing
Directors then in office, prior to approval by the stockholders.

Amendment of By-laws

     The Articles  provide that the By-laws may be adopted or amended  either by
the Board of Directors or the  stockholders  of the Company.  Such action by the
Board of Directors shall require the affirmative  vote of at least two-thirds of
the  Directors  then in office  at a duly  constituted  meeting  of the Board of
Directors,  unless  at the time of such  action  there  shall  be an  Interested
Stockholder,  in which case such action shall also require the affirmative  vote
of at least  two-thirds of the Continuing  Directors  then in office,  at such a
meeting.  Such  action by the  stockholders  of the  Company  shall  require (i)
approval by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors then in
office at a duly  constituted  meeting of the Board of Directors,  unless at the
time of such action there shall be an Interested Stockholder, in which case such
action  shall also  require  the  affirmative  vote at such  meeting of at least
two-thirds of the Continuing Directors then in office, (ii) unless waived by the
affirmative  vote of the Board of  Directors  (and,  if  applicable,  Continuing
Directors)   specified  in  the  preceding  sentence,   the  submission  by  the
stockholders of written proposals for adopting,  altering, amending, changing or
repealing the By-laws at least 60 days prior to the meeting at which they are to
be  considered,  and (iii) the  affirmative  vote of at least  two-thirds of the
votes  eligible  to be cast by  stockholders  at a duly  constituted  meeting of
stockholders called expressly for such purpose.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

     Certain  provisions  of the  Articles  and By-laws may be deemed to have an
"anti-takeover"  effect. For example:  (i) the Board of Directors'  authority to
fix the designations,  powers, preferences and relative rights of the authorized
and unissued  shares of preferred stock could be used in the event of an attempt
by an  unsolicited  third  party to gain  control of the  Company to impede such
attempt to acquire control;  (ii) the three-year  staggered terms for Directors,
the Board of  Directors'  authority to fix the number of Directors who may serve
from time to time,  the  ability to remove  Directors  only for  cause,  and the
advanced notice and informational  requirements  pertaining to the nomination by
shareholders  of candidates  for election to the Board of Directors all may make
it more difficult to change a majority of the Board of

                                       -5-

<PAGE>



Directors;  (iii) the requirements  that special meetings of shareholders may be
called  only by the  Chairman of the Board and Chief  Executive  Officer or by a
majority of the Directors and that  shareholder  proposals must satisfy  certain
advance notice and  informational  requirements  to be considered at any meeting
may make it more difficult for  shareholders  to take action  independent of the
Board of Directors;  (iv) the requirements  that Business  Combinations that are
not approved by the  Continuing  Directors  must either  satisfy  certain  "fair
price" provisions or be approved by a "super majority" stockholder vote may make
it more  difficult to effect any such  transaction  that is not supported by the
Board of  Directors;  (v) the  provisions  relating  to the Board of  Directors'
exercise of their  business  judgment may provide the Directors  with a stronger
position to oppose certain  transactions that may otherwise appear  economically
attractive to stockholders;  (vi) the prohibition against any person directly or
indirectly  acquiring or offering to acquire  beneficial  ownership of more than
10% of any class of the equity securities of the Company without the approval of
the Continuing Directors precludes on its face any such acquisition  transaction
without the support of the Board of Directors;  and (vii) the  requirement  that
shareholder  action to amend the Articles or By-laws must  generally be preceded
by the approval of the Board of Directors of such  proposed  amendment may limit
shareholders' ability to effect such amendments without the support of the Board
of Directors.

     In addition to the various provisions of the Articles and By-laws,  certain
provisions  of the  Massachusetts  General  Laws may also  have  the  effect  of
discouraging future  acquisitions of the Company.  Chapters 110D and 110F of the
Massachusetts  General  Laws cover  "control  share  acquisitions"  and  certain
business combinations with interested shareholders, respectively.

     Chapter  110D of the  Massachusetts  General  Laws  covers  "control  share
acquisitions" affecting corporations  incorporated in Massachusetts that have at
least  200  stockholders  and  possess  certain  statutory  indicia   reflecting
additional  substantial  ties to  Massachusetts  (as  would be the case with the
Company).  Chapter  110D limits the voting  rights of shares held by persons who
have acquired 20% or more of the voting power of the target  corporation.  Under
this statute,  shares  acquired in a control share  acquisition  retain the same
voting rights as all other shares of the same class or series only to the extent
authorized  by a vote of the  majority  of all shares  entitled  to vote for the
election of directors,  excluding such acquired  shares.  A corporation  that is
otherwise  subject to Chapter  110D may  expressly  provide in its  articles  of
organization  or bylaws that the  statute  does not apply.  Chapter  110D by its
terms would apply to the  Company.  The Company has not  included  any "opt out"
provision in either the Articles or By-laws of the Company.

     Chapter  110F  of the  Massachusetts  General  Laws  provides  that  if any
acquiror buys 5% or more of a target company's  stock,  where the target company
has at least 200 stockholders and possesses certain statutory indicia reflecting
substantial  ties or nexus to  Massachusetts,  without the prior approval of the
target  company's  board of directors,  such  acquiror  generally may not, for a
period of three  years,  (i)  complete  the  acquisition  of the target  company
through a merger,  (ii) pledge or sell any assets of the target company or (iii)
engage in other  self-dealing  transactions  with the target company.  The prior
board of directors  approval  requirement does not apply if the acquiror buys at
least 90% of the target company's  outstanding stock in the transaction in which
it crosses the 5% threshold or if the acquiror,  after  crossing the  threshold,
obtains the approval of the target  company's  board of directors and two-thirds
of the  target  company's  stock  held by persons  other  than the  acquiror.  A
corporation  that would  otherwise  be covered  by  Chapter  110F may  expressly
provide in its articles of organization that the statute does not apply. Chapter
110F by its terms would apply to the  Company.  The  Articles do not contain any
such "opt out" provision.

Item 2.  Exhibits.

     The following exhibits are filed as a part of this Registration Statement:

Exhibit Number    Description

     99.1     Restated Articles of Organization of the Registrant

     99.2     Bylaws of the Registrant


                                   -6-

<PAGE>



     99.3     Annual Report on F.D.I.C. Form F-2 of Enterprise Bank and 
              Trust Company (the "Bank") for the fiscal year ended 
              December 31, 1995

     99.4     Notice and Proxy Statement dated March 29, 1996 for the Annual
              Meeting of Shareholders of the Bank

     99.5     Quarterly Report on F.D.I.C. Form F-4 of the Bank for the 
              fiscal quarter ended March 31, 1996

     99.6     1995 Annual Report to the Bank's Stockholders



                                       -7-

<PAGE>


                                    SIGNATURE

     Pursuant to the  requirements of Section 12 of the Securities  Exchange Act
of 1934, the Registrant has caused this  registration  statement to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                            ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.



Date: July 10, 1996                   By: /s/George L. Duncan
                                          George L. Duncan
                                          Chairman and Chief Executive Officer




                                       -8-

                                 
                                                          FEDERAL IDENFITICATION
                                                          NO.  Applied For

                        The Commonwealth of Massachusetts

                             William Francis Galvin
                          Secretary of the Commonwealth
              One Ashburton Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02108-1512

                        RESTATED ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION
                    (General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 74)





We,  Richard  W.  Main,  President  and Arnold S.  Lerner,  Clerk of  Enterprise
Bancorp, Inc. located at 222 Merrimack Street,  Lowell,  Massachusetts 01852, do
hereby certify that the following  Restatement  of the Articles of  Organization
was duly  adopted  at a  meeting  held on March  22,  1996 by a vote of the sole
incorporator in accordance with the rights and powers accorded thereto under Ch.
156B M.G.L. SS. 44.

                                    ARTICLE I
                         The name of the corporation is:
                            Enterprise Bancorp, Inc.

                                   ARTICLE II
                  The purpose of the corporation is to engage
                     in the following business activities:

              See Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof.


                                      
<PAGE>




                                   ARTICLE III

State the total  number of shares and par value,  if any, of each class of stock
which the corporation is authorized to issue:


      WITHOUT PAR VALUE                          WITH PAR VALUE
- ------------------------------    ------------------------------------------
TYPE         NUMBER OF SHARES      TYPE      NUMBER OF SHARES      PAR VALUE
- ----         ----------------      ----      ----------------      ---------
Common:                           Common:         500,000             $.01

Preferred:                        Preferred:      100,000             $.01


                                   ARTICLE IV

If  more  than  one  class  of  stock  is  authorized,  state  a  distinguishing
designation  for each class.  Prior to the issuance of any shares of a class, if
shares  of  another  class  are  outstanding,  the  corporation  must  provide a
description of the preferences,  voting powers,  qualifications,  and special or
relative  rights or  privileges  of that class and of each other  class of which
shares are outstanding and of each series then established within any class.

     See Exhibit B attached hereto and made a part hereof.

                                    ARTICLE V
The  restrictions,  if any,  imposed by the  Articles of  Organization  upon the
transfer of shares of stock of any class are:

     See Exhibit C attached hereto and made a part hereof.

                                   ARTICLE VI

Other lawful provisions,  if any, for the conduct and regulation of the business
and affairs of the corporation,  for its voluntary dissolution, or for limiting,
defining,  or regulating the powers of the  corporation,  or of its directors or
stockholders, or of any class of stockholders:

     See Exhibit D attached hereto and made a part hereof.




                                      
<PAGE>




                                   ARTICLE VII

The effective date of the restated  Articles of  Organization of the corporation
shall be the date approved and filed by the Secretary of the Commonwealth.  If a
later effective date is desired,  specify such date which shall not be more than
thirty days after the date of filing.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

The information contained in Article VII is not a permanent part of the Articles
of Organization.

a.   The street address (post office boxes are not  acceptable) of the principal
     office of the corporation in Massachusetts is:

     222 Merrimack Street, Lowell, Massachusetts 01852

b    The name,  residential address and post office address of each director and
     officer of the corporation is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                          NAME                   RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS           POST OFFICE ADDRESS
<S>                <C>                           <C>                           <C>    

Chairman:           George L. Duncan              710 Andover Street            Enterprise Bancorp, Inc.
                                                  Lowell, MA 01852              222 Merrimack Street
                                                                                Lowell, MA 01852

President:          Richard W. Main               1 Overlook Drive                             "
                                                  Chelmsford, MA 01824

Treasurer:          John P.  Clancy, Jr.          11 Tanglewood Drive                          "
                                                  Chelmsford, MA 01824

Clerk:              Arnold S. Lerner              155 Pine Hill Road                           "
                                                  Hollis, NH 03049


Directors:  See Exhibit E attached hereto and made a part hereof.

</TABLE>

c.   The fiscal year (i.e.,  tax year) of the corporation  shall end on the last
     day of the month of: December.

d.   The name  and  business  address  of the  resident  agent,  if any,  of the
     corporation is: N/A

We further certify that the foregoing  Restated Articles of Organization  affect
no amendments to the Articles of  Organization  of the corporation as heretofore
amended,   except  amendments  to  the  following  articles.   Briefly  describe
amendments below

     See Exhibit C hereto  containing  new  additional  provisions  to Article V
pertaining to Certain Business Combinations.


SIGNED UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY,  this 25th day of March, 1996 
/s/Richard W. Main, President
     Richard W. Main
/s/Arnold S. Lerner, Clerk
    Arnold S. Lerner

                                      
<PAGE>






                        The Commonwealth of Massachusetts


                        RESTATED ARTICLE OF ORGANIZATION
                    (General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 74)








I hereby approve the within Restated  Articles of  Organization  and, the filing
fee in the amount of $____________ having been paid, said articles are deemed to
have been filed with me this ________ day of _______________ , 19 __.






Effective Date: ________________________________________





                             WILLIAM FRANCIS GALVIN
                          Secretary of the Commonwealth











                         TO BE FILLED IN BY CORPORATION
                      Photocopy of document to be sent to:


                             Stephen J. Coukos, Esq.
                              Sullivan & Worcester
                             One Post Office Square
                           Boston, Massachusetts 02109

                            Telephone: (617) 338-2912

                                      
<PAGE>

                            ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.
                        RESTATED ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

                                    EXHIBIT A


                              ARTICLE II: Purposes

         To acquire,  invest in or hold stock in any subsidiary  permitted under
the  Bank  Holding  Company  Act of 1956 or  Chapter  167A of the  Massachusetts
General Laws,  as such statutes may be amended from time to time,  and to engage
in any activity or  enterprise  permitted to a bank holding  company  under said
statutes or other applicable law.

         To engage  generally  in any  business  activity  which may be lawfully
carried on by a corporation  organized  under Chapter 156B of the  Massachusetts
General Laws.













                                       

<PAGE>


                            ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.
                        RESTATED ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

                                    EXHIBIT B

                            ARTICLE IV: Capital Stock


    The shares of the  Corporation's  authorized  capital stock may be issued by
the  Corporation  from time to time by a vote of its Board of Directors  without
the approval of its  stockholders,  except as may be otherwise  provided in this
Article. Upon payment of lawful consideration  therefor and issuance, all shares
of the  capital  stock of the  Corporation  shall be deemed to be fully paid and
nonassessable.  No holder of any of the capital stock of the  Corporation  shall
have any  preemptive  right to purchase  or  subscribe  for the  purchase of any
additional  shares issued by the  Corporation.  In the case of a stock dividend,
that part of the surplus account or undivided profits account of the Corporation
which is  transferred  to stated  capital upon the issuance of shares as a stock
dividend shall be deemed to be the  consideration for the issuance of such stock
dividend.


    A  description  of  the  different  classes  and  series  (if  any)  of  the
Corporation's capital stock and a statement of the designations and the relative
rights,  preferences  and limitations of the shares of each class and series (if
any) of capital stock are as follows:


SECTION 1. Common Stock. Except as provided by law or in this Article (or in any
supplementary  sections  hereto) or in any  certificate  of  establishment  of a
series of preferred  stock,  the holders of the Common  Stock shall  exclusively
possess all voting  power.  Each holder of  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock
shall be entitled to one vote for each share held by such holder.

    Holders of the Common  Stock shall be  entitled to the payment of  dividends
out of any assets of the Corporation  legally available for the payment thereof,
but only as and when declared by the Board of Directors.

    In the event of any voluntary or  involuntary  liquidation,  dissolution  or
winding up of the Corporation,  after there shall have been paid to or set aside
for the holders of any class  having  preferences  over the Common  Stock in the
event of liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, of the full
preferential amounts to which they are respectively entitled, the holders of the
Common  Stock and of any class or series of stock  entitled to  participate,  in
whole or in part,  therewith,  as to  distribution  of assets shall be entitled,
after  payment or  provision  for  payment of all debts and  liabilities  of the
Corporation,  to receive the remaining  assets of the Corporation  available for
distribution, in cash or in kind, in proportion to their holdings.

SECTION  2.  Preferred  Stock.  The Board of  Directors  of the  Corporation  is
authorized by vote

                                      

<PAGE>


or votes,  from time to time  adopted,  to provide for the issuance of preferred
stock  in  one  or  more  series  and  to  fix  and  state  the  voting  powers,
designations,  preferences and relative participating, optional or other special
rights of the shares of each  series  and the  qualifications,  limitations  and
restrictions  thereof,  including,  but not limited to,  determination of one or
more of the following:

     (1)  The   distinctive   serial   designation  and  the  number  of  shares
constituting such series;

     (2) The dividend  rates or the amount of dividends to be paid on the shares
of such series,  whether  dividends  shall be cumulative  and, if so, from which
date or dates, the payment date or dates for dividends and the  participating or
other special rights, if any, with respect to dividends;

     (3) The voting powers, full or limited, if any, of shares of such series;

     (4) Whether the shares of such series shall be  redeemable  and, if so, the
price or prices at which, and the terms and conditions on which, such shares may
be redeemed;

     (5) The amount or  amounts  payable  upon the shares of such  series in the
event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of the
Bank;

     (6) Whether the shares of such series shall be entitled to the benefit of a
sinking or  retirement  fund to be applied to the purchase or redemption of such
shares,  and if so  entitled,  the  amount  of such  fund and the  manner of its
application,  including the price or prices at which such shares may be redeemed
or purchased through the application of such fund;

     (7)  Whether  the  shares of such  series  shall be  convertible  into,  or
exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes or of any other series of
the same or any other  class or classes of stock of the  Corporation,  and if so
convertible  or  exchangeable,  the conversion  price or prices,  or the rate or
rates of exchange, and the adjustments thereof, if any, at which such conversion
or exchange may be made, and any other terms and  conditions of such  conversion
or exchange;

     (8) The price or other  consideration  for which the shares of such  series
shall be issued; and

     (9) Whether the shares of such series which are redeemed or converted shall
have the status of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock and whether
such shares may be reissued as shares of the same or any other series of stock.

    Unless otherwise  provided by law, any such vote shall become effective when
the  Corporation  files  with the  Secretary  of State  of the  Commonwealth  of
Massachusetts a certificate of  establishment of one or more series of preferred
stock  signed by the  Chairman of the Board and Chief  Executive  Officer or the
President and by the Clerk of the Corporation,  setting forth a copy of the vote
of the Board of Directors establishing and designating the series and fixing and
determining the relative rights and preferences thereof, the date of adoption of
such vote and a  certification  that such vote was duly  adopted by the Board of
Directors.





                                      

<PAGE>


                            ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.
                        RESTATED ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

                                    EXHIBIT C

                    ARTICLE V: Certain Business Combinations


SECTION 1.   Vote Required for Certain Business Combinations.

     A.  Required  Vote for Certain  Business  Combinations.  In addition to any
affirmative vote required by the Massachusetts General Laws or by these Articles
of Organization, and except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 2 of this
Article V:

               (1)  any  merger  or  consolidation  of  the  Corporation  or any
          Subsidiary   (as   hereinafter   defined)  with  (i)  any   Interested
          Stockholder (as hereinafter  defined) or (ii) any other corporation or
          entity (whether or not itself an Interested  Stockholder) which is, or
          after  such  merger  or  consolidation  would  be,  an  Affiliate  (as
          hereinafter defined) of an Interested Stockholder;

               (2) any sale,  lease,  exchange,  mortgage,  pledge,  transfer or
          other  disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) to
          or with any Interested  Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested
          Stockholder of any assets of the Corporation or any Subsidiary  having
          an aggregate Fair Market Value (as hereinafter  defined) of $2,500,000
          or more;

               (3) the purchase,  exchange,  lease or other  acquisition  by the
          Corporation or any Subsidiary (in a single  transaction or a series of
          related  transactions)  of all or  substantially  all of the assets or
          business  of  any  Interested  Stockholder  or  any  Affiliate  of any
          Interested Stockholder; or

               (4) the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or any Subsidiary
          (in one transaction or a series of  transactions) of any securities of
          the Corporation or any Subsidiary to any Interested Stockholder or any
          Affiliate  of  any  Interested   Stockholder  in  exchange  for  cash,
          securities  or other  property (or a  combination  thereof)  having an
          aggregate Fair Market Value of $2,500,000 or more;

               (5) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the  liquidation  or
          dissolution  of  the  Corporation  proposed  by or on  behalf  of  any
          Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder;
          or

               (6) any  reclassification  of the  securities of the  Corporation
          (including any reverse stock split),  any merger or  consolidation  of
          the Corporation with any of its Subsidiaries or any other  transaction
          (whether or not with or into or  otherwise  involving  any  Interested
          Stockholder)  which  has  the  effect,  directly  or  indirectly,   of
          increasing  the proportion of the  outstanding  shares of any class of
          equity or convertible securities of the Corporation or any

                                       

<PAGE>



          Subsidiary  which is directly or  indirectly  owned by any  Interested
          Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder;

shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting
power of the Voting Stock (as  hereinafter  defined) voting together as a single
class. Such affirmative vote shall be required  notwithstanding the fact that no
vote may be required or that a lesser percentage may be specified by law.

         B.   Definition   of  "Business   Combination".   The  term   "Business
Combination"  as used in this  Article  shall  mean  any  transaction  which  is
referred to in any one or more of the clauses (1) through (6) of  Paragraph A of
this Section 1.


 SECTION 2.   When Higher Vote is Not Required.

         The  provisions  of Section 1 of this Article V shall not be applicable
to any particular  Business  Combination,  and such Business  Combination  shall
require only such affirmative vote as is required by law and any other provision
of these Articles of Organization,  if all of the conditions specified in either
of the following paragraphs A or B are met:

     A. Approval by Continuing  Directors.  The Business  Combination shall have
been  approved  by  two-thirds  of  the  Continuing  Directors  (as  hereinafter
defined); or

     B. Price and Procedure Requirements.  All of the following conditions shall
have been met:

                  (1) The aggregate amount of the cash and the Fair Market Value
         as of the date of the  consummation  of the Business  Combination  (the
         "Consummation  Date")  of  any  consideration  other  than  cash  to be
         received  per share by  holders of the  Common  Stock in such  Business
         Combination shall be at least equal to the highest of the following:

                    (a)  (if applicable) the highest per share price  (including
                         any   brokerage   commissions,   transfer   taxes   and
                         soliciting   dealers  fees)  paid  by  the   Interested
                         Stockholder  for any shares of the Common  Stock of the
                         Corporation  acquired  by it (i)  within  the two  year
                         period   immediately   prior   to  the   first   public
                         announcement   of  the   proposal   of   the   Business
                         Combination  (the  "Announcement  Date") or (ii) in the
                         transaction   in  which   it   became   an   Interested
                         Stockholder, whichever is higher;

                    (b)  the highest  Fair Market  Value per share of the Common
                         Stock  of  the  Corporation  on  any  date  during  the
                         one-year period prior to and including the Announcement
                         Date; and

                    (c)  (if  applicable)  the  price  per  share  equal  to the
                         product of (i) the Fair  Market  Value per share of the
                         Common  Stock of the  Corporation  on the  Announcement
                         Date or on the date on which the Interested Stockholder
                         became an Interested  Stockholder  (such latter date is
                         referred to in this

                                      

<PAGE>



                         Article V as the  "Determination  Date"),  whichever is
                         higher, and (ii) a fraction, (x) the numerator of which
                         is the highest per share price (including any brokerage
                         commissions,  transfer  taxes and  soliciting  dealers'
                         fees) paid by the Interested Stockholder for any shares
                         of the Common Stock  acquired by it within the two year
                         period   immediately   prior  to  and   including   the
                         Announcement  Date, and (y) the denominator of which is
                         the Fair Market  Value per share of the Common Stock on
                         the first day in such  two-year  period  upon which the
                         Interested  Stockholder  acquired  any  shares  of  the
                         Common Stock.

          (2) The  aggregate  amount of the cash and the Fair Market Value as of
the Consummation  Date of the Business  Combination of consideration  other than
cash to be  received  per share by  holders  of  shares  of any  other  class of
outstanding Voting Stock shall be at least equal to the highest of the following
(it  being  intended  that the  requirements  of this  paragraph  B(2)  shall be
required  to be met with  respect to every  other  class of  outstanding  Voting
Stock,  whether or not the Interested  Stockholder  has previously  acquired any
shares of a particular class of Voting Stock):

                    (a)  (if applicable) the highest per share price  (including
                         any   brokerage   commissions,   transfer   taxes   and
                         soliciting   dealers  fees)  paid  by  the   Interested
                         Stockholder  for any  shares  of such  class of  Voting
                         Stock  acquired  by it (i) within  the two year  period
                         immediately  prior to the Announcement  Date or (ii) in
                         the  transaction  in  which  it  became  an  Interested
                         Stockholder, whichever is higher;

                    (b)  (if  applicable)  the highest  preferential  amount per
                         share  which the  holders  of  shares of such  class of
                         Voting   Stock  are   entitled  to  receive   from  the
                         Corporation   in  the   event  of  any   voluntary   or
                         involuntary  liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of
                         the Corporation;

                    (c)  (if applicable) the highest Fair Market Value per share
                         of such  class of Voting  Stock on any date  during the
                         one year period prior to and including the Announcement
                         Date; and

                    (d)  (if  applicable)  the  price  per  share  equal  to the
                         product of (i) the Fair Market  Value per share of such
                         class of Voting  Stock on the  Announcement  Date or on
                         the Determination Date, whichever is higher, and (ii) a
                         fraction, (x) the numerator of which is the highest per
                         share  price   (including  any  brokerage   commission,
                         transfer taxes and soliciting  dealers fees paid by the
                         Interested  Stockholder for any shares of such class of
                         Voting Stock  acquired by it within the two year period
                         immediately  prior to and  including  the  Announcement
                         Date,  and (y) the  denominator  of  which  is the Fair
                         Market Value per share of such class of Voting Stock on
                         the first day in such two year  period  upon  which the
                         Interested  Stockholder  acquired  any  shares  of such
                         class of Voting Stock.

                                      

<PAGE>



                  (3)  The   consideration  to  be  received  by  holders  of  a
         particular class of outstanding Voting Stock shall be in cash or in the
         same form as the Interested  Stockholder has previously paid for shares
         of such class of Voting Stock.  If the Interested  Stockholder has paid
         for  shares  of any  class  of  Voting  Stock  with  varying  forms  of
         consideration, the form of consideration for such class of Voting Stock
         shall be either cash or the form used to acquire the largest  number of
         such  class of Voting  Stock  previously  acquired  by such  Interested
         Stockholder.

                  (4) After becoming an Interested  Stockholder and prior to the
         consummation  of any such  Business  Combination:  (a) there shall have
         been (i) no failure to declare and pay at regular  dates  therefor  the
         full amount of any dividends (whether or not cumulative) payable on the
         Common  Stock  and any  other  class or  series  of stock  entitled  to
         dividends;  (ii) no reduction  in the annual rate of dividends  paid on
         the Common Stock (except as necessary to reflect any subdivision of the
         Common  Stock),  except as  approved  by a majority  of the  Continuing
         Directors;  and (iii) an increase in such annual rate of  dividends  as
         necessary to reflect any reclassification  (including any reverse stock
         split),  recapitalization,  reorganization  or any similar  transaction
         which has the effect of reducing  the number of  outstanding  shares of
         the Common Stock, unless the failure so to increase such annual rate is
         approved  by a  majority  of the  Continuing  Directors;  and (b)  such
         Interested  Stockholder  shall not have become the beneficial  owner of
         any additional shares of Voting Stock except as part of the transaction
         which results in such Interested  Stockholder's  becoming an Interested
         Stockholder.

                  (5) After becoming an Interested Stockholder,  such Interested
         Stockholder shall not have received the benefit, directly or indirectly
         except  proportionately  as a  stockholder,  of  any  loans,  advances,
         guarantees, pledges or other financial assistance or any tax credits or
         other  tax  advantages   provided  by  the   Corporation,   whether  in
         anticipation  of or in  connection  with such Business  Combination  or
         otherwise, unless such transaction shall have been approved or ratified
         by a majority of the Continuing  Directors after such person shall have
         become an Interested Stockholder.

                  (6) A proxy or information  statement  describing the proposed
         Business  Combination  and  complying  with  the  requirements  of  the
         Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended (the "1934 Act") and the
         rules and  regulations of the Securities and Exchange  Commission  (the
         "SEC"), or any successor agency thereto,  thereunder (or any subsequent
         provisions replacing such Act, rules or regulations) shall be mailed to
         stockholders  of the Corporation at least 20 days prior to consummation
         of such Business  Combination (whether or not such proxy or information
         statement is required to be mailed  pursuant to such Act or  subsequent
         provisions).

SECTION 3.  Certain Definitions.

         A. A "person"  shall mean an individual,  a Group Acting in Concert,  a
corporation,  a partnership,  an association,  a joint stock company, a trust, a
business  trust,  a government  or  political  subdivision,  any  unincorporated
organization and any similar association or entity.


                                     

<PAGE>



          B.  "Interested  Stockholder"  shall mean any person  (other  than any
Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan  established  by the  Board of  Directors,  the
Corporation  or  any   Subsidiary   thereof  formed  at  the  direction  of  the
Corporation) who or which:

               (1) is the  beneficial  owner,  directly  or  indirectly,  of ten
          percent  (10%) or more of the  voting  power  of the then  outstanding
          shares of Voting Stock;

               (2) is an Affiliate of the Corporation and at any time within the
          two-year  period  immediately  prior to the date in  question  was the
          beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of ten percent (10%) or more
          of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock; or

               (3)  is  an  assignee  of  or  has  otherwise  succeeded  to  the
          beneficial  ownership of any shares of Voting Stock which were are any
          time  within  the  two-year  period  immediately  prior to the date in
          question  beneficially  owned by any Interested  Stockholder,  if such
          assignment  or  succession  shall  have  occurred  in the  course of a
          transaction or series of transactions  not involving a public offering
          within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and such
          assignment  of  succession  was  not  approved  by a  majority  of the
          Continuing Directors.

          C. A person  shall be a  "beneficial  owner" of any  shares of "Voting
Stock":

               (1) which such  person or any of its  Affiliates  or  Associates,
          directly  or  indirectly,  has or shares  with  respect to such Voting
          Stock (a) the right to acquire or direct the  acquisition  of (whether
          such right is  exercisable  immediately  or only after the  passage of
          time or on the  satisfaction  of any conditions or both),  pursuant to
          any agreement,  arrangement or  understanding  or upon the exercise of
          any  conversion  rights,  warrants,  or options or otherwise;  (b) the
          right to vote,  or direct the voting of,  pursuant  to any  agreement,
          arrangement or understanding or otherwise; or (c) the right to dispose
          of or  transfer or direct the  disposition  or transfer of pursuant to
          any agreement, arrangement, understanding or otherwise; or

               (2) which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly,  by any
          other  person  with  which  such  person or any of its  Affiliates  or
          Associates has any agreement,  arrangement  or  understanding  for the
          purpose of  acquiring,  holding,  voting or disposing of any shares of
          Voting Stock.

          D. For the purpose of  determining  whether a person is an  Interested
Stockholder  pursuant to  paragraph B of this Section 3, the number of shares of
Voting Stock deemed to be outstanding  shall include shares deemed owned by such
person  through  application  of  paragraph  C of this  Section  3 but shall not
include any other shares of Voting  Stock which may be issuable  pursuant to any
agreement,  arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights,
warrants or options or otherwise.

          E.  "Affiliate"  or  "Associate"  shall have the  respective  meanings
ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the SEC's General Rules and  Regulations
under the 1934 Act.

                                      

<PAGE>



          F. "Subsidiary" means any corporation of which a majority of any class
of equity  security  is  owned,  directly  or  indirectly,  by the  Corporation;
provided,  however,  that  for the  purposes  of the  definition  of  Interested
Stockholder  set forth in paragraph B of this  Section 3, the term  "Subsidiary"
shall  mean  only a  corporation  of which a  majority  of each  class of equity
security is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation.

          G. "Continuing Director" means any member of the Board of Directors of
the  Corporation  (the  "Board")  who is not an  Interested  Stockholder,  or an
Affiliate or an Associate of any Interested  Stockholder and was a member of the
Board prior to the time that any  Interested  Stockholder  became an  Interested
Stockholder, and any successor of a Continuing Director who is not an Interested
Stockholder,  or an Affiliate or an Associate of any Interested  Stockholder and
is  recommended  to succeed a  Continuing  Director by a majority of  Continuing
Directors then on the Board.

          H.  "Fair  Market  Value"  for  the  purpose  of  these   Articles  of
Organization means:

                  (1) in the case of  stock,  the  highest  closing  sale  price
         during the 30-day period immediately  preceding the date in question of
         a  share  of such  stock  on the  principal  United  States  securities
         exchange  registered  under the 1934 Act on which such stock is listed,
         or, if such  stock is not  listed  on any such  exchange,  the  highest
         closing bid quotation  with respect to a share of such stock during the
         30-day   period   preceding  the  date  in  question  on  the  National
         Association  of  Securities  Dealers  Automated  Quotation  System or a
         comparable system then in use, or if not such quotations are available,
         the fair market  value on the date in question of a share of such stock
         as determined by at least a majority of the Continuing Directors of the
         Board in good faith; and

                  (2) in the case of property other than cash or stock, the fair
         market value of such  property on the date in question as determined by
         at least a majority of the  Continuing  Directors  of the Board in good
         faith.

          I. "Group Acting in Concert" shall mean persons  seeking to combine or
pool their voting or other  interests in the securities of the Corporation for a
common purpose, pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement
or other  arrangement,  whether  written,  oral or  otherwise,  or any "group of
persons'  as defined  under  Section  13(d) of the 1934 Act.  When  persons  act
together  for any such  purpose,  their group is deemed to have  acquired  their
stock.

          J. "Voting  Stock" shall mean the then  outstanding  shares of capital
stock  of  the  Corporation  entitled  to  vote  generally  in the  election  of
directors.

          K. In the event of any Business  Combination in which the  Corporation
survives,  the phrase "other consideration to be received" as used in paragraphs
B(1) and (2) of Section 2 of this  Article V shall  include the shares of common
stock and/or the shares of any other class of outstanding  voting stock retained
by the holders of such shares.




                                      

<PAGE>




          SECTION 4. Powers of the Board of Directors.

          A majority of the  Directors  of the  Corporation  (or, if there is an
Interested  Stockholder,  a majority of the Continuing Directors then in office)
shall have the power to  determine  for the  purposes of this  Article V, on the
basis of information known to them after reasonable  inquiry,  including without
limitation, (A) whether a person is an Interested Stockholder, (B) the number of
shares of Voting Stock beneficially owned by any person, (C) whether a person is
an Affiliate or Associate of or is affiliated or  associated  with another,  (D)
whether  the  requirements  of  Section  2 of this  Article V have been met with
respect to any  Business  Combination,  (E)  whether  the  assets  which are the
subject of any Business  Combination  have, or the  consideration to be received
for the issuance or transfer of securities by the  Corporation or any Subsidiary
in any Business Combination has, an aggregate Fair Market Value of $2,500,000 or
more, and (F) any other matters of  interpretation  arising under this Article V
or under Section 2 of Article VI. The good faith  determination of a majority of
the  Directors  (or, if there is an  Interested  Stockholder,  a majority of the
Continuing  Directors  then in office) on such matters shall be  conclusive  and
binding for all purposes of this Article V and of Section 2 of Article VI.

          SECTION  5.  No  Effect  on  Fiduciary   Obligations   of   Interested
Stockholders.

          Nothing  contained in this Article V shall be construed to relieve any
Interested Stockholder from any fiduciary obligation imposed by law.







                                      

<PAGE>


                            ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.
                        RESTATED ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

                                    EXHIBIT D

                       ARTICLE VI: Other Lawful Provisions


     SECTION 1. Standards for Board of Directors Evaluation of Offers. The Board
of Directors of the Corporation,  when evaluating any offer of another person to
(A) make a tender or exchange offer for any equity security of the  Corporation,
(B) merge or consolidate the Corporation  with another  institution,  or acquire
all of the Voting Stock of the Corporation, or (C) purchase or otherwise acquire
all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Corporation, shall,
in connection  with the exercise of its judgment in  determining  what is in the
best interests of the Corporation and its  stockholders,  give due consideration
to all relevant factors including,  without limitation,  the social and economic
effects of  acceptance  of such offer on the  Corporation's  present  and future
account  holders,  borrowers  and  employees;  on the  communities  in which the
Corporation  operates or is located;  and on the ability of the  Corporation  to
fulfill the objectives of a bank holding company under  applicable  statutes and
regulations.

     SECTION 2.  Beneficial  Ownership  Limitation.  No person shall directly or
indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of more than ten
percent ( 10%) of the  outstanding  shares of any class of equity  securities of
the  Corporation.  This  limitation  shall not apply (A) to any  acquisition  of
shares of capital stock of the Corporation which has been expressly  approved in
advance by an  affirmative  vote of not less than  two-thirds of the  Continuing
Directors  then in  office,  (B) to any  offer  to the  Corporation  made by any
underwriters selected by the Corporation in connection with a public offering by
the Corporation of the Corporation's capital stock, or (C) to any Employee Stock
Ownership Plan established by the Corporation.

     For the purposes of determining  the number of shares of equity  securities
owned hereunder by any person,  the number of shares of equity securities deemed
to be  outstanding  shall include shares deemed owned by such person through the
application  of  paragraph  C of  Section 3 of  Article V of these  Articles  of
Organization  but shall not include any other shares of equity  securities which
may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon
exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options or otherwise.

     In the event that any class of equity  securities  is acquired in violation
of  this  Section  2,  (I)  all  shares  of  Common  Stock  or  Preferred  Stock
beneficially  owned by any  person in excess of ten  percent ( 10%) of the total
number of outstanding  shares of such class shall be considered  "excess shares"
and such shares  shall not be counted as shares  entitled to vote,  shall not be
voted by any person or counted as voting  shares in  connection  with any matter
submitted  to  the  stockholders  for a  vote,  and  shall  not  be  counted  as
outstanding  for  purposes of  determining  the  affirmative  vote  necessary to
approve any matter  submitted to the stockholders for a vote, and (ii) the Board
of Directors may cause such excess shares to be  transferred  to an  independent
trustee  for sale on the open  market or  otherwise,  with the  expenses of such
trustee to be paid out of the proceeds from such sale. The term "offer" as it is
used in this Article includes every offer to buy or acquire, solicitation

                                      

<PAGE>



of an offer to sell,  tender offer for or request or invitation for tender of, a
security or interest in a security for value.

    SECTION 3.  Directors.  The  Corporation  shall be under the  direction of a
Board of Directors. The number of Directors shall not be fewer than three (3) or
as required by law. The Board of Directors  shall be divided into three  classes
(Class I, Class II and Class III) as nearly  equal in number as  possible,  with
one class to be elected annually.

    The directors of the  Corporation as of and from the effective date of these
Articles of Organization  shall be those persons  identified in Article VIII and
they shall hold office as follows:  the directors  initially  elected to Class I
shall hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of  stockholders  to
be held in 1997, the directors  initially  elected to Class II shall hold office
for a term expiring at the annual  meeting of  stockholders  to be held in 1998,
and the  directors  initially  elected to Class III shall hold office for a term
expiring  at the annual  meeting of  stockholders  to be held in 1999,  with the
members of each such class to hold office until their respective  successors are
duly elected and qualified.  At each annual meeting,  or special meeting in lieu
thereof,  of  stockholders  of the  Corporation,  the successors to the class of
directors whose term expires at the meeting shall be elected by a plurality vote
of all votes cast at such  meeting to hold  office  for a term  expiring  at the
annual  meeting of  stockholders  held in the third year  following  the year of
their election and until their respective successors are elected and qualified.

    Any Director  (including  persons  elected by Directors to fill vacancies in
the  Board  of  Directors)  may be  removed  from  office  only  for  Cause  (as
hereinafter defined), by an affirmative vote of not less than (i) the holders of
two-thirds  of the total  votes  eligible to be cast by  stockholders  at a duly
constituted  meeting of stockholders  called expressly for such purpose, or (ii)
two-thirds  of the members of the Board of Directors  then in office,  unless at
the time of such removal there shall be an Interested Stockholder, in which case
the  affirmative  vote of not less than  two-thirds of the Continuing  Directors
then in  office  shall  also be  required  for  removal  by vote of the Board of
Directors.  At least thirty days prior to such meeting of stockholders,  written
notice shall be sent to the Director  whose  removal will be  considered  at the
meeting.

    For purposes of this Section 3, "Cause"  shall be defined as (i)  conviction
of a felony;  (ii)  acceptance  of immunity to testify where another has been so
convicted; (iii) a court determination of liability for negligence or misconduct
in the  performance  of  directorial  duties in an important  matter;  or (iv) a
determination  or  direction  by such  governmental  agency or  authority as may
exercise proper jurisdiction that an individual should not be a Director.

    SECTION 4. Indemnification of Directors. The Corporation shall indemnify any
person who was or is a party to any  threatened,  pending or  completed  action,
suit or  proceeding  (other than  actions  based upon a violation of the duty of
loyalty), whether civil, criminal,  derivative,  administrative or investigative
by reason of the fact that the  person is or was a  Director,  against  expenses
(including  attorney's  fees),  judgments,  fines and amounts paid in settlement
actually  and  reasonably  incurred  by him if he acted in good  faith  and in a
manner reasonably  believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
Corporation.  The  termination  of any action,  suit or  proceeding by judgment,
order or settlement  shall not, of itself,  create a presumption that the person
did not act in good faith and in a manner  reasonably  believed  to be in or not
opposed to the best interests of the Corporation. The provisions of this Section
4 shall not limit any other rights of

                                      

<PAGE>



indemnification  from the Corporation that a person may be entitled to by law or
the By-laws of the Corporation.

      SECTION 5.  Transactions with Interested Persons.

     5.1.  Unless  entered into in bad faith,  no contract or transaction by the
Corporation shall be void, voidable or in any way affected by reason of the fact
that it is with an Interested Person.

     5.2.  For the  purposes of this Section 5,  "Interested  Person"  means any
person or  organization  in any way interested in the  Corporation  whether as a
director, officer,  stockholder,  employee or otherwise, and any other entity in
which  any  such  person  or  organization  of the  Corporation  is in  any  way
interested.

     5.3.  Unless such contract or transaction was entered into in bad faith, no
Interested Person, because of such interest,  shall be liable to the Corporation
or to any other  person or  organization  for any loss or  expense  incurred  by
reason of such contract or transaction  or shall be accountable  for any gain or
profit realized from such contract or transaction.

     5.4. The  provisions  of this Section 5 shall be operative  notwithstanding
the fact that the presence of an Interested Person was necessary to constitute a
quorum at a meeting of Directors or  stockholders  of the  Corporation  at which
such contract or  transaction  was  authorized or that the vote of an Interested
Person was necessary for the authorization of such contract or transaction.

    SECTION 6.  Acting as a  Partner.  The  Corporation  may be a partner in any
business enterprise which it would have power to conduct by itself.

    SECTION 7.  Stockholders  Meetings.  Meetings of stockholders may be held at
such place in the Commonwealth of  Massachusetts  or, if permitted by applicable
law, elsewhere in the United States as the Board of Directors may determine.

    SECTION 8. Notice of Stockholder  Business at Annual  Meeting.  At an annual
meeting of  stockholders,  only such  business  shall be conducted as shall have
been  brought  before the  meeting  (a) by or at the  direction  of the Board of
Directors  (unless  there  is an  Interested  Stockholder,  in  which  case  the
affirmative vote of a majority of the Continuing  Directors then in office shall
also be required) or (b) by any stockholder of the Corporation who complies with
the notice  procedures  set forth in this Section 8. For business to be properly
brought before an annual meeting by the  stockholder,  the stockholder must have
given timely notice  thereof in writing to the Clerk of the  Corporation.  To be
timely,  a  stockholder's  notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at
the principal  executive offices of the Corporation not less than sixty days nor
more than one hundred and fifty days prior to the  meeting;  provided,  however,
that in the event that less than seventy days' notice or prior public disclosure
of the date of the meeting is given or made to stockholders, notice by the close
of business on the tenth day  following the day on which such notice of the date
of the annual  meeting  was mailed or such  public  disclosure  was made must be
given. A stockholder's notice to the Clerk shall set forth as to each matter the
shareholder  proposes to bring before the annual meeting (a) a brief description
of the business  desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons
for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (b) the name and

                                     

<PAGE>



address, as they appear on the Corporation's books, of the stockholder proposing
such  business  and  any  other  stockholder  known  by such  stockholder  to be
supporting such proposal,  (c) the class and number of shares of the Corporation
which are beneficially  owned by the stockholder and any other stockholder known
by such  stockholder  to be  supporting  such  proposal,  and (d) any  financial
interest of the stockholder in such business.  Notwithstanding anything in these
Articles of Organization  to the contrary,  no business shall be conducted at an
annual  meeting  except  in  accordance  with the  procedures  set forth in this
Section 8 or as provided in the By-Laws of the Corporation.  The Chairman of the
Board and Chief  Executive  Officer  at an annual  meeting  shall,  if the facts
warrant,  determine  and declare to the meeting  that  business was not properly
brought before the meeting in accordance  with the provisions of this Section 8,
and if he should so  determine,  he shall so declare to the meeting and any such
business not properly brought before this meeting shall not be transacted.

    SECTION 9. Call of Special  Meetings.  Special  meetings of the stockholders
for any  purpose or purposes  may be called at any time only by the  Chairman of
the Board and Chief Executive Officer,  or by the affirmative vote of a majority
of the Directors then in office; provided,  however, that if at the time of such
call there is an  Interested  Stockholder,  any such call shall also require the
affirmative vote of a majority of the Continuing  Directors then in office. Only
those matters set forth in the call of the special  meeting may be considered or
acted upon at such special meeting, unless otherwise provided by law.

    SECTION 10.  Amendment  of By-Laws.  The By-Laws of the  Corporation  may be
adopted,  altered, amended, changed or repealed by the Board of Directors or the
stockholders  of the  Corporation.  Such action by the Board of Directors  shall
also require the affirmative  vote of at least  two-thirds of the Directors then
in office at a duly constituted meeting of the Board of Directors,  unless if at
the time of such action there shall be an Interested Stockholder,  in which case
such action shall also require the  affirmative  vote of at least  two-thirds of
the Continuing  Directors then in office, at such a meeting.  Such action by the
stockholders  shall (i) first  require  approval  by the  affirmative  vote of a
majority of the Board of Directors of the  Corporation  then in office at a duly
constituted meeting of the Board of Directors, unless at the time of such action
there shall be an Interested  Stockholder,  in which case such action shall also
require the affirmative vote of at least a two-thirds majority of the Continuing
Directors then in office, at such meeting, (ii) unless waived by the affirmative
vote of the Board of Directors  (and if applicable,  the  Continuing  Directors)
specified in the preceding sentence,  require the submission by the stockholders
of written proposals for adopting, altering, amending, changing or repealing the
By-Laws  at least  sixty  days  prior  to the  meeting  at which  they are to be
considered,  and (iii) shall further  require the  affirmative  vote of at least
two-thirds  of the total  votes  eligible to be cast by  stockholders  at a duly
constituted meeting of stockholders called expressly for such purpose.

    SECTION 11. Amendment to Articles of Organization.  No amendment,  addition,
alteration,  change or repeal of these Articles of  Organization  shall be made,
unless the same is first approved by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds
of the Board of  Directors of the  Corporation  then in office,  and  thereafter
approved by the stockholders by not less than 80% of the total votes eligible to
be cast at a duly constituted meeting, or, in the case of Articles I, II and III
of these  Articles  of  Organization,  by not less than a majority  of the total
votes  eligible  to be cast,  and if, at any time  within the  sixty-day  period
immediately  preceding the meeting at which the stockholder  vote is to be taken
there  is an  Interested  Stockholder,  such  amendment,  addition,  alteration,
change, or repeal

                                      

<PAGE>


shall also require the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the Continuing
Directors  then  in  office,  prior  to  approval  by the  stockholders.  Unless
otherwise provided by law, any amendment, addition, alteration, change or repeal
so acted upon shall be effective  on the date it is filed with the  Secretary of
State of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts or on such other date as specified in
such amendment,  addition,  alteration,  change or repeal or as the Secretary of
State may specify.

    SECTION 12.  Director's  Liability.  No director of the Corporation shall be
personally  liable to the Corporation or its  stockholders  for monetary damages
for  any  breach  of  such  director's  fiduciary  duty  as a  director  of  the
Corporation,  notwithstanding  any  provision  of law imposing  such  liability;
provided,  however,  that,  to the  extent  required  by  applicable  law,  this
provision shall not eliminate the liability of a director of the Corporation (i)
for any breach of such  director's  duty of loyalty  to the  Corporation  or its
stockholders,  (ii) for acts or  omissions  not in good  faith or which  involve
intentional  misconduct or a knowing  violation of law (iii) under provisions of
the Massachusetts  General Laws imposing  liabilities on directors in respect of
distributions  to the  stockholders  of the  Corporation or loans to officers or
directors of the  Corporation,  or (iv) any transaction from which such director
derived any improper  personal  benefit.  This provision shall not eliminate the
liability of a director for any act or omission occurring prior to the date upon
which  this  provision  becomes  effective.  No  amendment  to or repeal of this
provision  shall  apply  to or have  any  effect  on the  liability  or  alleged
liability of any director of the  Corporation for or with respect to any acts or
omissions  of such  director  occurring  prior to the date of such  amendment or
repeal.







                                      

<PAGE>


                            ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.
                        RESTATED ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

                                    EXHIBIT E

                         ARTICLE VIII: List of Directors

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Name                              Residential Address                Post Office Address

<S>                                <C>                               <C>
Kenneth S. Ansin                   5 Wyman Road                      Enterprise Bancorp, Inc.
                                   West Townsend, MA  01474          222 Merrimack Street
                                                                     Lowell,  MA  01852

Walter L. Armstrong                50 Marshall Avenue                Enterprise Bancorp, Inc.
                                   Lowell, MA   01852                222 Merrimack Street
                                                                     Lowell,  MA  01852

Gerald G. Bousquet, M.D.           1 New Towne Way                   Enterprise Bancorp, Inc.
                                   Chelmsford, MA  01824             222 Merrimack Street
                                                                     Lowell,  MA  01852

Kathleen M. Bradley                17 Bradley Lane                   Enterprise Bancorp, Inc.
                                   Westford, MA  01886               222 Merrimack Street
                                                                     Lowell,  MA  01852

James F. Conway, III               23 Stonybrook Circle               Enterprise Bancorp, Inc.
                                   Andover, MA  01810                 222 Merrimack Street
                                                                      Lowell,  MA  01852

Nancy L. Donahue                   52 Belmont Avenue                  Enterprise Bancorp, Inc.
                                   Lowell, MA  01852                  222 Merrimack Street
                                                                      Lowell,  MA  01852

George L. Duncan                   710 Andover Street                 Enterprise Bancorp, Inc.
                                   Lowell, MA  01852                  222 Merrimack Street
                                                                      Lowell,  MA  01852


                                      

<PAGE>



Eric W. Hanson                     3 Boardwalk                         Enterprise Bancorp, Inc.
                                   Chelmsford, MA  01824               222 Merrimack Street
                                                                       Lowell,  MA  01852

John P. Harrington                 53 Trull Lane                       Enterprise Bancorp, Inc.
                                   Lowell, MA  01852                   222 Merrimack Street
                                                                       Lowell,  MA  01852

Arnold S. Lerner                   155 Pine Hill Road                  Enterprise Bancorp, Inc.
                                   Hollis, NH  03049                   222 Merrimack Street
                                                                       Lowell,  MA  01852

Richard W. Main                    1 Overlook Drive                    Enterprise Bancorp, Inc.
                                   Chelmsford, MA  01824               222 Merrimack Street
                                                                       Lowell,  MA  01852

Charles P. Sarantos                132 Lincoln Parkway                 Enterprise Bancorp, Inc.
                                   Lowell, MA  01852                   222 Merrimack Street
                                                                       Lowell,  MA  01852

Michael A. Spinelli                6 Lakewood Road                     Enterprise Bancorp, Inc.
                                   Windham, NH  03087                  222 Merrimack Street
                                                                       Lowell,  MA  01852



</TABLE>







                                      

<PAGE>
                         [FORM OF ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
                      TO BE FILED PRIOR TO REORGANIZATION]

                        The Commonwealth of Massachusetts

                 OFFICE OF THE MASSACHUSETTS SECRETARY OF STATE
                         MICHAEL J. CONNOLLY, Secretary
                ONE ASHBURTON PLACE, BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS 02108

                              ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
                     General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 72



We Richard W. Main, President and Arnold S. Lerner, Clerk of Enterprise Bancorp,
Inc. located at 222 Merrimack  Street,  Lowell,  Massachusetts  01852, do hereby
certify that these ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT  affecting Articles NUMBERED:  3 of the
Articles of Organization were duly adopted at a meeting held on __________ 1996,
by vote of:  the sole  incorporator  in  accordance  with the  rights and powers
accorded thereto under Ch. 156B M.G.L. ss.44.







                                      

<PAGE>





To CHANGE the number of shares and the par value (if any) of any type,  class or
series of stock  which the  corporation  is  authorized  to  issue,  fillin  the
following:

The total presently authorized is:




      WITHOUT PAR VALUE                          WITH PAR VALUE
- ------------------------------    ------------------------------------------
TYPE         NUMBER OF SHARES      TYPE      NUMBER OF SHARES      PAR VALUE
- ----         ----------------      ----      ----------------      ---------
Common:                           Common:         500,000             $.01

Preferred:                        Preferred:      100,000             $.01




CHANGE the total authorized to:


      WITHOUT PAR VALUE                          WITH PAR VALUE
- ------------------------------    ------------------------------------------
TYPE         NUMBER OF SHARES      TYPE      NUMBER OF SHARES      PAR VALUE
- ----         ----------------      ----      ----------------      ---------
Common:                           Common:        5,000,000            $.01

Preferred:                        Preferred:     1,000,000            $.01




                                      
<PAGE>






















The foregoing  amendment will become  effective when these articles of amendment
are filed in accordance with Chapter 156B,  Section 6 of The General Laws unless
these articles  specify,  in accordance with the vote adopting the amendment,  a
later effective date not more than thirty days after such filing, in which event
the amendment will become effective on such later date. LATER EFFECTIVE DATE:
________________________

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF AND UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY,  we have hereunto signed
our names this day of            , in the year 1996.



____________________________________________________________     President
Richard W. Main


_____________________________________________________________    Clerk
Arnold S. Lerner

                                      

<PAGE>





                        The Commonwealth of Massachusetts


                              ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
                    (General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 72)








I hereby  approve the within  articles of  amendment  and, the filing fee in the
amount of $____________  having been paid, said articles are deemed to have been
filed with me this ________ day of _______________ , 19 __.








                               MICHAEL J. CONNOLLY
                               Secretary of State











                     TO  BE   FILLED   IN  BY   CORPORATION
                     PHOTOCOPY OF ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT TO BE SENT


                 TO: Stephen J. Coukos, Esq.
                     Sullivan & Worcester
                     One Post Office Square
                     Boston, Massachusetts 02109

                     Telephone:  (617) 338-2912

             




                                                                     

                                     BY-LAWS
                                       of
                            ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.



                                    ARTICLE I
                                  ORGANIZATION

         The name of this  Corporation is "Enterprise  Bancorp,  Inc.". The main
office of the Corporation  shall be located in Lowell,  Massachusetts and may be
changed from time to time by the  Directors of the  Corporation.  Other  Offices
hereafter  established shall be located and operated in accordance with law. The
Corporation  shall have and may exercise all powers and  authority,  express and
implied, available to it under applicable law.



                                   ARTICLE II
                                  STOCKHOLDERS

     SECTION l. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of shareholders shall be held
on the first  Tuesday in May at 4:00 p.m. at the main office of the  Corporation
in  Massachusetts,  unless a different hour, date or place within  Massachusetts
(or  elsewhere  in the United  States) is fixed by the Board of Directors or the
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer. If no annual meeting has been
held on the date fixed as above provided,  a special meeting in lieu thereof may
be held, and such special meeting shall be treated for all purposes as an annual
meeting.

     SECTION  2.  Stockholder  Notice  of  Matters  to be  considered  at Annual
Meeting.  If  the  Board  of  Directors,  or  a  designated  committee  thereof,
determines  that the  information  provided  in a  stockholder's  notice,  given
pursuant  to the  requirements  of Section 8 of Article  VI of the  Articles  of
Organization,  does not satisfy the informational requirements of said Section 8
of  Article  VI in any  material  respect,  the Clerk of the  Corporation  shall
promptly  notify  such  stockholder  of  the  deficiency  in  the  notice.   The
stockholder  shall  have an  opportunity  to cure the  deficiency  by  providing
additional  information  to the Clerk within such period of time,  not to exceed
five days from the date such deficiency notice is mailed to the stockholder,  as
the Board of Directors or such  committee  shall  reasonably  determine.  If the
deficiency is not cured within such period, or if the Board of Directors or such
committee   determines   that  the  additional   information   provided  by  the
stockholder, together with information previously provided, does not satisfy the
requirements of Section 8 of Article IV in any material respect,  then the Board
of  Directors  may  reject  such  stockholder's   proposal.  The  Clerk  of  the
Corporation  shall notify a stockholder in writing whether his proposal has been
made in accordance with the time and informational  requirements of Section 8 of
Article  VI.  Notwithstanding  the  procedure  set forth in this  paragraph,  if
neither the Board of Directors nor such committee  makes a  determination  as to
the validity of any stockholder proposal, the Chairman shall


                                      
<PAGE>



determine and declare at the annual meeting whether the stockholder proposal was
made in accordance  with the terms of Section 8 of Article VI of the Articles of
Organization.  If  the  Chairman  of  the  Board  and  Chief  Executive  Officer
determines that a stockholder  proposal was made in accordance with the terms of
Section 8 of Article  VI, he shall so declare at the annual  meeting and ballots
shall be provided for use at the meeting with respect to any such  proposal.  If
the  Chairman  of the  Board  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  determines  that a
stockholder  proposal was not made in accordance  with the terms of Section 8 of
Article  VI, he shall so  declare at the annual  meeting  and any such  proposal
shall  not be acted  upon at the  annual  meeting.  If  there  is an  Interested
Stockholder,  any  determinations  to be made by the  Board  of  Directors  or a
designated  committee thereof pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph shall
also require the  concurrence of a majority of the Continuing  Directors then in
office.

     This  provision  shall  not  prevent  the  consideration  and  approval  or
disapproval  at the  annual  meeting  of  reports  of  officers,  Directors  and
committees of the Board of Directors,  but in connection  with such reports,  no
new business shall be acted upon at such annual meeting unless stated, filed and
received as herein provided.

     As used in these By-Laws, the terms "Interested  Stockholder",  "Affiliate"
and "Continuing  Director" shall have the same respective  meanings  assigned to
them in the  Articles  of  Organization,  as  amended  from  time to  time.  Any
determination of beneficial ownership of securities under these By-Laws shall be
made in the manner  specified in the Articles of  Organization,  as amended from
time to time.

     SECTION 3. Special  Meetings.  Special meetings of the shareholders for any
purpose  or  purposes  shall  be  called  as  provided  for in the  Articles  of
Organization.

     SECTION 4. Notice of Meetings; Adjournments. A written notice of all annual
and special meetings of shareholders  stating the hour, date, place and purposes
of such meetings  shall be given at least eleven days before the meeting to each
stockholder  entitled to vote or to each  stockholder who, under the Articles of
Organization  or under these  By-Laws,  is entitled to such notice by mailing it
addressed to such  stockholder at the address of such  stockholder as it appears
on the stock  transfer books of the  Corporation.  Such notice shall be given by
the Clerk or an Assistant Clerk, by any other officer or by a person  designated
either by the Clerk,  an Assistant  Clerk,  by the person or persons calling the
meeting,  or by the  Board of  Directors.  Such  notice  shall be  deemed  to be
delivered when deposited in the mail so addressed,  with postage  prepaid.  When
any shareholders meeting, either annual or special, is adjourned for thirty days
or more,  notice of the  adjourned  meeting  shall be given as in the case of an
original meeting. It shall not be necessary to give any notice of the hour, date
or place of any meeting  adjourned  for less than thirty days or of the business
to be transacted  thereat,  other than an  announcement  at the meeting at which
such  adjournment  is taken of the hour,  date and place to which the meeting is
adjourned.  A written waiver of notice,  executed before or after a meeting by a
stockholder  or by an authorized  attorney of a  stockholder  and filed with the
records of the meeting, shall be deemed equivalent to notice of the meeting. The
Chairman of the Board and Chief  Executive  Officer or in his absence,  the Vice
Chairman or in his absence,  the  President,  shall  preside at all  stockholder
meetings and shall have the power, among other things, to adjourn such


                                     
<PAGE>



meeting at any time and from time to time,  subject to Section 5 of this Article
II.

     SECTION 5.  Quorum.  The  holders of a majority  in  interest  of all stock
issued,  outstanding  and entitled to vote,  represented  in person or by proxy,
shall  constitute  a quorum at a  meeting  of  shareholders;  but if less than a
quorum is present  at a meeting,  a majority  in  interest  of the  shareholders
present may adjourn the meeting  from time to time,  and the meeting may be held
as adjourned  without  further  notice,  except as provided in Section 4 of this
Article II. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business
may be transacted  which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally
noticed.  The shareholders present at a duly constituted meeting may continue to
transact business until  adjournment,  notwithstanding  the withdrawal of enough
shareholders to leave less than a quorum.

     SECTION 6. Voting and Proxies.  Stockholders,  unless otherwise provided by
law,  shall  have  such  voting  rights  as  are  provided  in the  Articles  of
Organization.  Stockholders  may vote either in person or by written proxy dated
not more than six months  before the meeting  named  therein.  Proxies  shall be
filed with the clerk of the meeting, or of any adjournment thereof, before being
voted.  Except as otherwise  limited therein,  proxies shall entitle the persons
authorized  thereby to vote at any  adjournment of such meeting,  but they shall
not be valid after final  adjournment  of such meeting.  A proxy with respect to
stock held in the name of two or more  persons  shall be valid if executed by or
on behalf of any one of them unless at or prior to the exercise of the proxy the
Corporation  receives a specific  written notice to the contrary from any one of
them. A proxy  purporting to be executed by or on behalf of a stockholder  shall
be deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise, and the burden of
proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger.

     SECTION 7. Action at Meeting. When a quorum is present, any matter properly
before the  meeting  shall be decided by a vote of the  holders of a majority of
the shares of stock  present and voting on such  matter,  except  where a larger
vote is required by law, by the Articles of  Organization  or by these  By-Laws.
Any election by  shareholders  shall be  determined  by a plurality of the votes
cast,  except  where a  larger  vote is  required  by law,  by the  Articles  of
Organization  or by these  ByLaws.  No ballot  shall be required  for  elections
provided,  however,  that any  stockholder  personally  present at a meeting may
request a ballot to register the vote of such stockholder.

     SECTION 8. No Stockholder Action by Written Consent.  Subject to the rights
of the holders of any series of preferred  stock as set forth in the Articles of
Organization to elect  additional  directors under specific  circumstances or to
consent to specific  actions taken by the  Corporation,  any action  required or
permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at
an annual or special  meeting of  stockholders of the Corporation and may not be
effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.





                                     
<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE III
                                    DIRECTORS


     SECTION 1. Powers.  The business  and affairs of the  Corporation  shall be
managed by a Board of Directors who may exercise all the powers and authority of
the  Corporation  except  as  otherwise  provided  by law,  by the  Articles  of
Organization or by these By-Laws.

     SECTION 2.  Composition  and Term. The Board of Directors shall be composed
of:  (a)  those  persons  designated  in the  Articles  of  Organization  of the
Corporation,  such persons to serve as Directors until the respective expiration
dates of their terms as set forth therein and until their successors are elected
and  qualified;  and (b) such other persons who may be elected as Directors from
time to time as  provided  herein.  Subject to the rights of the  holders of any
series of preferred  stock as set forth in the Articles of Organization to elect
Directors under specified circumstances,  the number of Directors shall be fixed
from time to time exclusively  pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of
the Board of Directors  (provided that if at any time of such action there is an
Interested  Stockholder,  a majority vote of the  Continuing  Directors  then in
office  shall  also be  required),  but shall  consist  of not fewer  than three
individuals . The Board of Directors  shall be divided into three classes,  such
classes to be as nearly equal in number as  practicable.  One of such classes of
Directors  shall be elected  annually by the  shareholders.  Except as otherwise
provided in accordance  with these  By-Laws,  the members of each class shall be
elected  for a term of three years and until  their  successors  are elected and
qualified.  The staggered terms of office of the three classes of Directors will
result in only approximately one-third of the Directors being elected each year.

     SECTION 3. Director Nominations.  Nominations of candidates for election as
Directors at any annual  meeting of  shareholders  may be made (a) by, or at the
direction  of,  a  majority  of the  Board  of  Directors  (unless  there  is an
Interested Stockholder,  in which case the affirmative vote of a majority of the
Continuing Directors shall also be required);  (b) by or at the direction of the
Chairman of the Board and Chief  Executive  Officer;  or (c) by any  stockholder
entitled to vote at such annual  meeting.  Only persons  nominated in accordance
with the  procedures  set forth in this Section 3 shall be eligible for election
as Directors at an annual meeting.

     Nominations, other than those made by, or at the direction of, the Board of
Directors (or by the  Continuing  Directors,  if required) or by the Chairman of
the Board and Chief Executive  Officer,  shall be made pursuant to timely notice
in writing to the Clerk of the Corporation as set forth in this Section 3. To be
timely, a stockholder's notice shall be delivered to, or mailed and received at,
the principal  executive offices of the Corporation not less than sixty days nor
more than one hundred and fifty days prior to the date of the  scheduled  annual
meeting, regardless of postponements,  deferrals or adjournments of that meeting
to a later date;  provided,  however,  that if less than  seventy days notice or
prior public  disclosure of the date of the scheduled annual meeting is given or
made,  notice by the  stockholder  to be timely must be so delivered or received
not later than the close of business on the tenth day  following  the earlier of
the day on which such  notice of the date of the  scheduled  annual  meeting was
mailed or the day on which such public  disclosure was made. Such  stockholder's
notice  shall set forth (a) as to each person whom the  stockholder  proposes to
nominate for election


                                     
<PAGE>



or re-election as a Director and as to the stockholder giving the notice (i) the
name,  age,  business  address and  residence  address of such person,  (ii) the
principal occupation or employment of such person, (iii) the class and number of
shares of the Corporation's  capital stock which are beneficially  owned by such
person on the date of such stockholder  notice,  and (iv) any other  information
relating to such person that is required to be  disclosed  in  solicitations  of
proxies  with  respect to  nominees  for  election  as  Directors,  pursuant  to
regulations  promulgated by the Securities and Exchange  Commission  ("SEC"), or
any successor  agency  thereto,  under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended,  including,  but not limited to, such person's written consent to being
named in the proxy  statement  as a nominee  and to  serving  as a  director  if
elected;  and (b) as to the  stockholder  giving  the  notice  (i) the  name and
address, as they appear on the Corporation's  books, of such stockholder and any
other  shareholders known by such stockholder to be supporting such nominees and
(ii) the class and number of shares of the Corporation's capital stock which are
beneficially  owned by such stockholder on the date of such  stockholder  notice
and by any other  shareholders  known by such  stockholder to be supporting such
nominees on the date of such stockholder  notice. At the request of the Board of
Directors,  any  person  nominated  by,  or at the  direction  of,  the Board of
Directors  for election as a Director at an annual  meeting shall furnish to the
Clerk  of the  Corporation  that  information  required  to be set  forth in the
stockholder's   notice   of   nomination   which   pertains   to  the   nominee.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the Board of Directors  shall have the right to
conduct a due  diligence  investigation  relating to the  qualifications  of any
nominee  proposed for election to Board of Directors,  the  relationship of that
nominee to the  stockholder and any  relationship  such person may have with any
entity  other  than the  Corporation  (i) in which such  person  holds an equity
interest of 2% or more;  (ii) from whom such person has any  indemnification  or
other  agreement with respect to the actions such person will take as a Director
of the  Corporation;  (iii) at whose  instance  such  person  has agreed to be a
nominee for election as a Director of the Corporation (a "Related Entity"),  and
to require an  undertaking  by such  person that if elected as a Director of the
Corporation,  such  person will  abstain  from voting on any matter in which any
entity described in subsections has a direct, material, pecuniary interest.

     No  person  shall  be  elected  as a  Director  of the  Corporation  unless
nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 3. Ballots
bearing  the names of all the persons who have been  nominated  for  election as
Directors at an annual  meeting in accordance  with the  procedures set forth in
this Section 3 shall be provided for use at the annual meeting.

     The Board of  Directors  may reject any  nomination  by a  stockholder  not
timely made in accordance with the  requirements of this Section 3. If the Board
of Directors, or a designated committee thereof, determines that the information
provided  in  a  stockholder's   notice  does  not  satisfy  the   informational
requirements  of this  Section  3 in any  material  respect,  the  Clerk  of the
Corporation  shall  promptly  notify such  stockholder  of the deficiency in the
notice.  The  stockholder  shall have an  opportunity  to cure the deficiency by
providing additional information to the Clerk within such period of time, not to
exceed  five  days  from  the  date  such  deficiency  notice  is  given  to the
stockholder,  as the  Board of  Directors  or such  committee  shall  reasonably
determine. If the deficiency is not cured within such period, or if the Board of
Directors  or  such  committee   reasonably   determines   that  the  additional
information  provided by the stockholder,  together with information  previously
provided,  does not satisfy the  requirements  of this Section 3 in any material
respect, then


                                     
<PAGE>



the Board of Directors may reject such  stockholder's  nomination.  The Clerk of
the Corporation shall notify a stockholder in writing whether his nomination has
been made in accordance  with the time and  informational  requirements  of this
Section 3. Notwithstanding the procedure set forth in this paragraph, if neither
the  Board of  Directors  nor such  committee  makes a  determination  as to the
validity of any  nominations  by a  stockholder,  the  presiding  officer of the
annual  meeting  shall  determine  and declare at the annual  meeting  whether a
nomination  was made in  accordance  with the  terms of this  Section  3. If the
presiding  officer  determines that a nomination was made in accordance with the
terms of this  Section 3, he shall so declare at the annual  meeting and ballots
shall be provided for use at the meeting with  respect to such  nominee.  If the
presiding  officer  determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with
the terms of this Section 3, he shall so declare at the annual  meeting and such
nomination  shall be  disregarded.  If there is an Interested  Stockholder,  any
determinations  to be made by the Board of Directors  or a designated  committee
thereof  pursuant to the  provisions  of this  paragraph  shall also require the
concurrence of a majority of the Continuing Directors then in office.

     SECTION 4.  Qualification.  Each Director shall have such qualifications as
are required by applicable  law. To the extent  required by law, each  Director,
when appointed or elected,  shall take an oath that he will  faithfully  perform
the duties of his office. Any such oath shall be taken before a notary public or
justice of the peace, who is not an officer of the Corporation,  and a record of
such oath shall be made a part of the records of the Corporation.  Each Director
shall be a citizen and a resident of the  Commonwealth of  Massachusetts  or the
State  of New  Hampshire.  Three-fourths  of the  Board  of  Directors  shall be
citizens and residents of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

     SECTION  5.  Resignation.  Any  Director  may resign at any time by written
notice to the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive  Officer or the Board of
Directors.  A  resignation  shall be  effective  when  accepted  by the Board of
Directors.

     SECTION 6. Removal.  Any Director may be removed from office as provided in
the Articles of Organization.

     SECTION 7. Vacancies.  Any vacancy occurring on the Board of Directors as a
result of resignation,  removal,  death or increase in the authorized  number of
Directors may be filled by vote of a majority of the remaining Directors (unless
there is an  Interested  Stockholder,  in which case the  affirmative  vote of a
majority of the Continuing Directors shall also be required). A Director elected
to fill such a vacancy  shall be elected to serve for the  remainder of the full
term of the  class  of  Directors  in  which  the  vacancy  occurred  or the new
directorship  was created and until such  director's  successor has been elected
and qualified.

     SECTION 8.  Compensation.  The  members of the Board of  Directors  and the
members of either standing or special committees shall receive such compensation
as the Board of Directors may determine. Directors who are also employees of the
Corporation  shall  not  receive  compensation  for  serving  on  the  Board  of
Directors.

     SECTION 9. Regular  Meetings.  A regular  meeting of the Board of Directors
shall be held

                                      
<PAGE>



without  other notice than this By-Law on the same date and at the same place as
the annual meeting of shareholders  following such meeting of shareholders.  The
Board of  Directors  may  provide  the hour,  date and place for the  holding of
regular meetings by resolution  without other notice than such  resolution.  The
Board of Directors shall meet at least once in each calendar month at a place or
places  fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the
Board, if one is elected.

     SECTION 10. Special  Meetings.  Special  meetings of the Board of Directors
may be called by or at the  request of the  Chairman of the Board or if there is
an Interested Stockholder,  a majority of the Continuing Directors, or else by a
majority of the  Directors.  The person or persons  authorized  to call  special
meetings of the Board of Directors may fix the hour,  date and place for holding
a special meeting.

     SECTION 11. Notice of Special Meetings.  Notice of the hour, date and place
of all  special  meetings  of the  Board  of  Directors  shall  be given to each
Director  by the  Clerk or an  Assistant  Clerk,  or in the  case of the  death,
absence,  incapacity  or refusal of such  persons,  by the officer or one of the
Directors  calling the  meeting.  Notice of any special  meeting of the Board of
Directors shall be given to each Director in person,  by telephone,  sent to his
business or home  address by telegram at least  twenty-four  hours in advance of
the meeting or by written notice mailed to his business or home address at least
5 days in advance of such  meeting.  Such notice shall be deemed to be delivered
when deposited in the mail so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid if mailed,
or when delivered to the telegraph  company if sent by telegram.  When any Board
of Directors meeting, either regular or special, is adjourned for thirty days or
more,  notice  of the  adjourned  meeting  shall  be  given as in the case of an
original meeting. It shall not be necessary to give any notice of the hour, date
or place of any meeting  adjourned  for less than thirty days or of the business
to be transacted  thereat,  other than an  announcement  at the meeting at which
such  adjournment  is taken of the hour,  date and place to which the meeting is
adjourned.  A written waiver of notice  executed  before or after a meeting by a
Director  and  filed  with the  records  of the  meeting  shall be  deemed to be
equivalent to notice of the meeting.  The  attendance of a Director at a meeting
shall  constitute  a waiver of notice of such  meeting,  except where a Director
attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any
business  because such meeting is not lawfully  called or convened.  Neither the
business  to be  transacted  at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the Board of
Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

     SECTION 12.  Quorum.  A majority of the number of Directors  then in office
shall  constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the
Board of  Directors,  but if less  than a quorum  is  present  at a  meeting,  a
majority of the Directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, and
the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice,  except as provided
in  Section  I I of this  Article  III.  Any  business  which  might  have  been
transacted  at the  meeting as  originally  noticed  may be  transacted  at such
adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present.



     SECTION 13.  Action at a Meeting.  The act of the majority of the Directors
present at a meeting

                                      
<PAGE>



at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors,  unless
a greater  number is  prescribed by law, by the Articles of  Organization  or by
these By-Laws.

     SECTION 14. Action by Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken
by the Board of  Directors  at any meeting  may be taken  without a meeting if a
consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of
the  Directors.  Such  written  consents  shall be filed with the records of the
meetings of the Board of  Directors  and shall be treated for all  purposes as a
vote at a meeting of the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 15.  Presumption of Assent.  A director of the  Corporation  who is
present  at a  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Directors  at  which  action  on any
Corporation  matter is taken shall be  presumed  to have  assented to the action
taken  unless his dissent or  abstention  shall be entered in the minutes of the
meeting or unless he shall file a written dissent to such action with the person
acting as the Clerk of the  meeting  before  the  adjournment  thereof  or shall
forward such dissent by registered mail to the Clerk of the  Corporation  within
five days after the date a copy of the minutes of the meeting is received.  Such
right to  dissent  shall  not  apply to a  Director  who  voted in favor of such
action.

     SECTION 16.  Committees.  The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted
by a  majority  of the Board of  Directors,  designate  one or more  committees,
including without limitation an executive committee,  each committee to consists
of not fewer than three members elected by the Board of Directors from among its
members.  The Board of Directors may delegate to an executive  committee or such
other  committees  some or all of its powers  except  those which by law, by the
Articles of Organization or by these By-Laws may not be delegated. Except as the
Board of Directors may otherwise  determine,  any such  committee may make rules
for the conduct of its business,  but unless otherwise  provided by the Board of
Directors or in such rules,  its business  shall be conducted so far as possible
in the same manner as is provided by these  By-Laws for the Board of  Directors.
All members of such  committees  shall hold such  offices at the pleasure of the
Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may abolish any such committee at any
time,  subject to applicable  law. Any committee to which the Board of Directors
delegates any of its powers or duties shall keep written records of its meetings
and shall report its actions to the Board of  Directors.  The Board of Directors
shall have power to rescind any action of any committee,  but no such rescission
shall have retroactive effect.

     SECTION 17. Manner of  Participation.  Members of the Board of Directors or
of  committees  elected by the Board  pursuant to Section 16 of this Article III
may  participate  in  meetings  of the Board or of such  committees  by means of
conference  telephone or similar  communications  equipment by which all persons
participating  in the  meeting  can hear each other.  Such  participation  shall
constitute  presence  in  person  but shall not  constitute  attendance  for the
purpose of  compensation  pursuant to Section 8 of this Article III,  unless the
Board of Directors by resolution so provides.





                                      
<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE IV
                                    OFFICERS


     SECTION 1. Enumeration.  The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, a Vice Chairman, a President,
a Treasurer, a Clerk and such other officers, including, without limitation, one
or more  Executive Vice  Presidents,  Senior Vice  Presidents,  Vice-Presidents,
Assistant Vice  Presidents,  Assistant  Treasurers  and Assistant  Clerks as the
Board of  Directors  may  determine to be necessary  for the  management  of the
Corporation.

     SECTION  2.  Election.  All  officers  shall  be  elected  by the  Board of
Directors at the meeting of the Board of Directors  following the annual meeting
of the shareholders.

     SECTION  3.  Qualification.  Any  two or  more  offices  may be held by any
person.  Any officer may be required by the Board of  Directors to give bond for
the faithful  performance of his duties in such amount and with such sureties as
the Board of Directors may determine.

     SECTION 4. Tenure.  All officers  shall hold office until the first meeting
of the Board of Directors following the next annual meeting of shareholders,  or
for such  shorter  terms  as the  Board of  Directors  may fix at the time  such
officers are chosen. Any officer may resign at any time by written notice to the
Chairman  of the Board and Chief  Executive  Officer or the Board of  Directors.
Such  resignation  shall  be  effective  upon  receipt  unless  the  resignation
otherwise  provides.  Election or appointment  of an officer,  employee or agent
shall not of itself create contract rights. The Board of Directors may, however,
authorize the Corporation to enter into an employment  contract with any officer
in accordance with law, but no such contract right shall impair the right of the
Board of Directors to remove any officer at any time in accordance  with Section
5 of this Article IV.

     SECTION 5.  Removal.  The Board of Directors may remove any officer with or
without cause by a vote of a majority of the entire number of Directors  then in
office;  provided,  however,  that if at the  time of such  action  there  is an
Interested Stockholder, such action shall in addition require a majority vote of
the  Continuing  Directors  then in  office;  and  further  provided,  that such
removal,  other  than for  cause,  shall be without  prejudice  to the  contract
rights, if any, of the persons involved.

     SECTION 6. Absence or Disability. In the event of the absence or disability
of any officer,  the Board of Directors  may  designate  another  officer to act
temporarily in place of such absent or disabled officer.

     SECTION  7.  Vacancies.  Any  vacancy  in any  office may be filled for the
unexpired portion of the term by the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 8. Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer.  The Chairman
of the Board and Chief Executive Officer shall,  subject to the direction of the
Board of Directors,  have general  supervision and control of the  Corporation's
business and shall preside, when present, at all meetings



                                      
<PAGE>



of the shareholders. The Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer shall
preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 9. Vice Chairman.  If the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
Officer is absent,  the Vice Chairman shall preside at all meetings of the Board
of Directors.

     SECTION 10. The President.  The President  shall preside at all meetings of
the Board of Directors if the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive  Officer
and the Vice Chairman are absent.  The President shall also have such powers and
perform such duties as the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer may
from time to time designate.

     SECTION  11.  Executive  Vice  Presidents,  Senior  Vice  Presidents,  Vice
Presidents,  Treasurer and Other  Officers.  Any Executive Vice  President,  any
Senior Vice President,  any Vice President, the Treasurer and any other Officers
whose powers and duties are not otherwise specifically provided for herein shall
have such powers and shall  perform such duties as the Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer may from time to time designate.

     SECTION 12. Clerk and Assistant Clerks. The Clerk or, in the absence of the
Clerk, any Assistant Clerk (if one or more is elected by the shareholders or the
Board of Directors)  shall keep a record of the meetings of  shareholders  and a
record of the meetings of the Board of  Directors.  Otherwise a Temporary  Clerk
designated  by the person  presiding  at the meeting  shall  perform the Clerk's
duties.


                                    ARTICLE V
                                  CAPITAL STOCK


     SECTION 1. Certificates of Stock. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of
Directors,  each  stockholder  shall be entitled to a certificate of the capital
stock of the  Corporation in such form as may from time to time be prescribed by
the Board of Directors.  Such certificate shall be signed by the Chairman of the
Board and Chief  Executive  Officer or the  President and by the Treasurer or an
Assistant  Treasurer.  Such  signatures  may be facsimile if the  certificate is
signed by a transfer agent or by a registrar,  other than a Director, officer or
employee  of the  Corporation.  In case  any  officer  who has  signed  or whose
facsimile  signature has been placed on such certificate shall have ceased to be
such  officer  before  such  certificate  is  issued,  it may be  issued  by the
Corporation  with the same effect as if he were such  officer at the time of its
issue.  Every  certificate  for  shares  of  stock  which  are  subject  to  any
restriction  on transfer and every  certificate  issued when the  Corporation is
authorized  to issue more than one class or series of stock shall  contain  such
legend with respect thereto as is required by law.

     SECTION 2.  Transfers.  Subject to any  restrictions on transfer and unless
otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, shares of stock may be transferred
on the books of the  Corporation  by the  surrender  to the  Corporation  or its
transfer agent of the certificate therefore properly endorsed or

                                    
<PAGE>



accompanied  by a written  assignment and power of attorney  properly  executed,
with  transfer  stamps  (if  necessary)  affixed,  and  with  such  proof of the
authenticity  of  signature  as  the  Corporation  or  its  transfer  agent  may
reasonably require.

     SECTION 3.  Record  Holders.  Except as  otherwise  required by law, by the
Articles of Organization or by these By-Laws,  the Corporation shall be entitled
to treat the  record  holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such
stock for all  purposes,  including  the payment of  dividends  and the right to
vote,  regardless of any transfer,  pledge or other  disposition  of such stock,
until the  shares  have been  transferred  on the  books of the  Corporation  in
accordance with the requirements of these By-Laws.  It shall be the duty of each
stockholder to notify the Corporation of his post office address.

    SECTION 4. Record Date.  The Board of Directors may fix in advance a time of
not more than sixty days before the date of any meeting of the  shareholders  as
the date for the payment of any  dividend or the making of any  distribution  to
shareholders or the last day on which the consent or dissent of shareholders may
be effectively expressed for any purpose, as the record date for determining the
shareholders having the right to notice of and to vote at such meeting,  and any
adjournment  thereof,  or the right to receive such dividend or  distribution or
the right to give such consent or dissent.  In such case,  only  shareholders of
record on such record date shall have such right,  notwithstanding  any transfer
of stock on the books of the Corporation  after the record date.  Without fixing
such record date,  the Board of Directors may for any of such purposes close the
transfer  books for all or any part of such  period.  If no record date is fixed
and the  transfer  books are not  closed,  (a) the record  date for  determining
shareholders  having  the  right  to  notice  of  or to  vote  at a  meeting  of
shareholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day
on which notice is given,  and (b) the record date for determining  shareholders
for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the date on which the
Board of Directors acts with respect thereto.

     SECTION  5.  Replacement  of  Certificates.  In case of the  alleged  loss,
destruction or mutilation of a certificate of stock, a duplicate certificate may
be  issued in place  thereof,  upon such  terms as the  Board of  Directors  may
prescribe.

     SECTION 6. Issuance of Capital Stock.  Except as provided by law, the Board
of Directors shall have the authority to issue or reserve for issue from time to
time the whole or any part of the capital stock of the Corporation  which may be
authorized  from  time to  time,  to such  persons  or  organizations,  for such
consideration, whether cash, property, services or expenses and on such terms as
the  Board of  Directors  may  determine,  including,  without  limitation,  the
granting of options, warrants or conversion or other rights to subscribe to said
capital stock.

     SECTION  7.   Dividends.   Subject  to  applicable  law,  the  Articles  of
Organization  and these  ByLaws,  the Board of  Directors  may from time to time
declare,  and the Corporation may pay,  dividends on shares of its capital stock
entitled to dividends.





                                      
<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE VI
                                 INDEMNIFICATION

     SECTION 1. Definitions.  For purposes of this Article:  (a) "Officer" means
any person who serves or has served as a Director of the  Corporation  or in any
other office filled by election or appointment by the  shareholders or the Board
of  Directors  and any heirs or personal  representatives  of such  person;  (b)
"Non-Officer  Employee" means any person who serves or has served as an employee
of the  Corporation  but  who is not or was not an  Officer  and  any  heirs  or
personal representatives of such person; (c) "Proceeding" means any action, suit
or  proceeding,   whether  civil,   criminal,   derivative,   administrative  or
investigative,   brought  or  threatened  in  or  before  any  court,  tribunal,
administrative  or  legislative  body or agency and any claim which could be the
subject of a  Proceeding;  and (d)  "Expenses"  means any  liability  fixed by a
judgment, order, decree or award in a Proceeding,  any amount reasonably paid in
settlement  of a Proceeding  and any  professional  fees or other  disbursements
reasonably incurred in a Proceeding.

     SECTION 2. Officers. Except as provided in Sections 4 and 5 of this Article
VI, each Officer of the  Corporation  shall be  indemnified  by the  Corporation
against all Expenses incurred by such Officer in connection with any Proceedings
in which such Officer is involved as a result of serving or having served (a) as
an  Officer  or  employee  of the  Corporation;  (b) as a  director,  officer or
employee of any corporation, organization,  partnership, joint venture, trust or
other entity the majority of the equity of which is owned by the Corporation; or
(c) in any capacity with any other corporation, organization, partnership, joint
venture,  trust or other  entity at the  request  or  direction  of the Board of
Directors.

     SECTION 3. Non-Officer Employees. Except as provided in Sections 4 and 5 of
this  Article  VI, each  Non-Officer  Employee  of the  Corporation  may, in the
discretion of the Board of Directors, be indemnified against any or all Expenses
incurred by such Non-Officer Employee in connection with any Proceeding in which
such  Non-Officer  Employee is involved as a result of serving or having  served
(a) as a Non-Officer Employee of the Corporation;  (b) as a director, officer or
employee of any corporation, organization,  partnership, joint venture, trust or
other entity the majority of the equity of which is owned by the Corporation; or
(c) in any capacity with any other corporation, organization, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other entity at the request or direction of the Corporation.

     SECTION 4. Service at the Request or  Direction of the Board of  Directors.
No indemnification  shall be provided to an Officer or Non-Officer Employee with
respect  to  serving  or having  served in any of the  capacities  described  in
Section 2(c) or 3(c) above unless the following two conditions are met: (a) such
service was  requested or directed in each specific case by vote of the Board of
Directors  prior to the  occurrence  of the event to which  the  indemnification
relates,  and (b) the Corporation  maintains  insurance coverage for the type of
indemnification  sought.  In no  event  shall  the  Corporation  be  liable  for
indemnification  under  Section  2(c) or 3(c) for any  amount  in  excess of the
proceeds of insurance  received with respect to such coverage as the Corporation
in its  discretion  may elect to  carry.  The  Corporation  may but shall not be
required to maintain insurance  coverage with respect to  indemnification  under
Section 2(c) or 3(c) above. Notwithstanding any other provision


                                      
<PAGE>



of this Section 4, the Board of Directors may provide an Officer or  Non-Officer
Employee with indemnification  under Section 2(c) or 3(c) above as to a specific
Proceeding even if one or both of the two conditions specified in this Section 4
have not been met and even if the  amount  of the  indemnification  exceeds  the
amount of the proceeds of any insurance  which the  Corporation may have elected
to carry,  provided that the Board of Directors in its discretion  determines it
to be in the best interests of the Corporation to do so.

     SECTION 5. Good Faith.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  no indemnification
shall be provided to an Officer or to a  Non-Officer  Employee with respect to a
matter as to which such person shall have been adjudicated in any Proceeding not
to have acted in good  faith in the  reasonable  belief  that the action of such
person was in or not opposed to the best  interests of the  Corporation.  In the
event that a Proceeding is  compromised or settled so as to impose any liability
or obligation upon an Officer or Non-Officer  Employee, no indemnification shall
be provided to said Officer or Non- Officer Employee with respect to a matter if
there be a  determination  that with  respect to such matter such person did not
act in good faith in the reasonable belief that the action of such person was in
or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation. The determination shall
be made by a  majority  vote of those  Directors  who are not  involved  in such
Proceeding.  However,  if more than half of the  Directors  are involved in such
Proceeding, the determination shall be made by a majority vote of a committee of
three disinterested Directors chosen by the disinterested Directors at a regular
or special meeting.  If there are less than three disinterested  Directors,  the
determination  shall be based  upon the  opinion  of the  Corporation's  regular
outside counsel.

    SECTION 6. Prior to Final Disposition. To the extent authorized by the Board
of  Directors,  by the  committee of Directors  referred to in Section 5 of this
Article VI or by the opinion of the Corporation's  regular outside counsel,  any
indemnification  provided for under this  Article IX may include  payment by the
Corporation  of Expenses  incurred in defending a  Proceeding  in advance of the
final  disposition  of such  Proceeding  upon receipt of an  undertaking  by the
Officer or Non-Officer Employee seeking indemnification to repay such payment if
such Officer or  Non-Officer  Employee  shall be adjudicated or determined to be
not entitled to indemnification under this Article VI.

     SECTION 7. Insurance.  The Corporation may purchase and maintain  insurance
to protect itself and any Officer or Non-Officer  Employee against any liability
of any character  asserted  against or incurred by the  Corporation  or any such
Officer or Non-Officer Employee,  or arising out of any such status,  whether or
not the  Corporation  would have the power to indemnify such person against such
liability by law or under the provisions of this Article VI.

     SECTION 8. Other Indemnification  Rights.  Nothing in this Article VI shall
limit  any  lawful  rights to  indemnification  existing  independently  of this
Article VI.

    SECTION 9. Merger or  Consolidation.  If the  Corporation  is merged into or
consolidated  with another  corporation and the Corporation is not the surviving
corporation,  the  surviving  corporation  shall assume the  obligations  of the
Corporation under this Article VI with respect to any Proceeding  arising out of
or relating to any actions,  transactions  or facts occurring at or prior to the
date of such merger or consolidation.


                                     
<PAGE>



    SECTION 10. Savings  Clause.  If this Article VI or any portion hereof shall
be  invalidated on any ground by any court of competent  jurisdiction,  then the
Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify and advance expenses to each indemnitee
as to any expenses (including  reasonable  attorneys' fees),  judgments,  fines,
liabilities,  losses,  and amounts paid in  settlement  in  connection  with any
action,  suit,   proceeding  or  investigation,   whether  civil,   criminal  or
administrative,  including an action by or in the right of the  Corporation,  to
the fullest extent  permitted by any applicable  portion of this Article VI that
shall  not  have  been  invalidated  and  to the  fullest  extent  permitted  by
applicable law.

    SECTION 11. Subsequent  Legislation.  If the Massachusetts  General Laws are
amended after adoption of this Article VI to expand further the  indemnification
permitted  to an  indemnitee,  then the  Corporation  shall  indemnify  all such
persons to the fullest extent permitted by the Massachusetts General Laws, as so
amended.


                                   ARTICLE VII
                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS


     SECTION 1.  Amendment of By-Laws.  These  By-Laws may be adopted,  altered,
amended, changed or repealed as provided in the Articles of Organization.

     SECTION 2. Fiscal  Year.  Except as  otherwise  determined  by the Board of
Directors,  the fiscal year of the Corporation shall be the twelve months ending
December 31 or on such other date as may be required by law.

     SECTION 3. Seal. The Board of Directors shall have power to adopt and alter
the seal of the Corporation.

     SECTION  4.  Execution  of  Instruments.   All  deeds,  leases,  transfers,
contracts,  bonds,  notes  and  other  obligations  to be  entered  into  by the
Corporation in the ordinary  course of its business  without Board of Directors'
action may be executed on behalf of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board
and Chief Executive Officer, the President,  the Treasurer or any other officer,
employee or agent of the  Corporation as the Board of Directors or the Executive
Committee may authorize.

     SECTION 5. Voting of Securities.  Unless otherwise provided by the Board of
Directors,  the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, the President
or the  Treasurer may waive notice of and act on behalf of the  Corporation,  or
appoint  another  person or persons to act as proxy or  attorney in fact for the
Corporation with or without discretionary power and/or power of substitution, at
any meeting of shareholders of any other  organization,  any of whose securities
are held by the  Corporation.  Any person or  persons  authorized  or  otherwise
designated  in the  manner  provided  herein  shall have full  right,  power and
authority to vote any shares of stock issued by another  corporation in the name
of the Corporation.



                                     
<PAGE>


     SECTION 6. Articles of Organization. All references in these By-Laws to the
Articles  of  Organization   shall  be  deemed  to  refer  to  the  Articles  of
Organization of the Corporation, as may be amended and/or restated and otherwise
in effect from time to time.











                                     

                      FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20429

                      ------------------------------------


                                    FORM F-2

                        ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OF
                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year                                 FDIC Certificate
ended December 31, 1995                               Number:  27408

                      ------------------------------------




                        ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
                (Exact name of bank as specified in its charter)


   Massachusetts                                             04-2993547
(State or other jurisdiction of                          (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)                     Identification Number)


222 Merrimack Street                                             01852
Lowell, MA                                                    (Zip Code)
(address of principal
executive offices)

                                 (508) 459-9000
                 (Bank's telephone number, including area code)

                      ------------------------------------


           Securities registered under Section 12 (b) of the Act: None
             Securities registered under Section 12 (g) of the Act:

                          Common Stock, $1.00 par value
                                (Title of Class)

                      ------------------------------------


         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to
item 10 is not contained  herein and will not be  contained,  to the best of the
bank's knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by
reference in part III of this Form F-2 or any amendment of this Form F-2 [X]

         Indicate  by check  mark  whether  the bank (1) has filed  all  reports
required to be filed by Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the  preceding 12 months (or for such shorter  period that the bank was required
to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for
the past 90 days. Yes X No

                                        1

<PAGE>



         There is no active trading market for the bank's Common Stock. Although
there have been some private trades of the bank's Common Stock,  the bank cannot
state with  absolute  certainty  the sales price at which all such  transactions
occurred.  The bank  believes the most recent sales of stock have been at prices
of  $13.00 -  $14.00  per  share.  Based on a value of  $13.50  per  share,  the
aggregate  market  value on December 31,  1995,  of the bank's  Common Stock was
$21,274,542.

         The  number of shares  outstanding  of the  bank's  Common  Stock  (the
"Common Stock") as of March 1, 1996, was 1,575,892.

                            Exhibits begin on Page 14

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

         Certain  information called for by Parts I and II (Items 1, 4, 5, 6, 7,
8, 9 and 10) of this form is  incorporated  by reference  from the bank's Annual
Report to  Stockholders  for the year  ended  December  31,  1995  (the  "Annual
Report").

                    CAUTIONARY STATEMENT FOR PURPOSES OF THE
                PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF 1995

         The bank desires to take advantage of the new "safe harbor"  provisions
of the Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform Act of 1995. This Report contains
certain  "forward-looking  statements"  including  statements  concerning plans,
objectives,  future events or performance and  assumptions and other  statements
which are other than  statements of historical  fact. The bank wishes to caution
readers that the following  important  factors,  among others, may have affected
and could in the future  affect the bank's  actual  results  and could cause the
bank's actual results for  subsequent  periods to differ  materially  from those
expressed  in any  forward-looking  statement  made by or on  behalf of the bank
herein: (i) the effect of changes in laws and regulations, including federal and
state banking laws and regulations, with which the bank must comply, the cost of
such  compliance and the potentially  material  adverse effects if the bank were
not in substantial  compliance  either currently or in the future as applicable;
(ii) the effect of changes  in  accounting  policies  and  practices,  as may be
adopted  by the  regulatory  agencies  as  well as by the  Financial  Accounting
Standards  Board,  or of changes in the bank's  organization,  compensation  and
benefit plans;  (iii) the effect on the bank's  competitive  position within its
market  area  of  increasing  consolidation  within  the  banking  industry  and
increasing   competition   from  larger   regional  and   out-of-state   banking
organizations as well as nonbank providers of various financial  services;  (iv)
the  effect of  unforeseen  changes  in  interest  rates;  and (v) the effect of
changes in the business  cycle and downturns in the local,  regional or national
economies.

                                     PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

         Partial response to this item is incorporated  herein by reference from
the section  entitled  "Financial  Review" as well as the notes to  consolidated
financial statements of the bank's Annual Report.


                                      2

<PAGE>

Competition

         The bank faces strong  competition to attract  deposits and to generate
loans.  Several major commercial banks are headquartered in neighboring  Boston,
and numerous  other  commercial  banks,  savings  banks,  cooperative  banks and
savings and loan  associations have one or more offices in the City of Lowell or
its surrounding communities and in the Leominster and Fitchburg,  Massachusetts,
area. The major  commercial banks have several  competitive  advantages over the
bank,  including  the ability to make larger loans to a single  borrower than is
possible  for the bank.  The  greater  financial  resources  of these banks also
allows them to offer a broad range of automated  banking  services,  to maintain
numerous  branch  offices and to mount  extensive  advertising  and  promotional
campaigns.  Competition for loans and deposits also comes from other  businesses
which provide financial services,  including consumer finance companies,  credit
unions,  factors,  mortgage brokers,  insurance companies,  securities brokerage
firms, money market mutual funds and private lenders.

         As  a  general  matter,   banking   regulations   continue  to  undergo
significant  changes,  including  changes in the products and services banks are
permitted  to offer,  the  nature  and  degree  of  involvement  in  non-banking
activities   directly  or  indirectly  by  bank  holding   companies  and  other
contemplated  legislative and regulatory proposals that could, if adopted, alter
the  structure,   regulation   and   competitive   relationships   of  financial
institutions.  To the extent  that  changes in banking  regulation  may  further
increase competition, any such changes could result in the bank paying increased
interest rates to obtain  deposits while  receiving  lower interest rates on its
loans. Under such  circumstances,  the bank's net interest margin would decline.
In addition,  any increase in the extent of regulation  imposed upon the banking
industry generally could result in the bank incurring additional operating costs
which could impede profitability.

         Notwithstanding  the  substantial  competition  with  which the bank is
faced,  the bank  believes  that it has  established  a market  niche in Greater
Lowell and the Leominster/Fitchburg area which has been enhanced in recent years
by the acquisition of independent banks by major bank holding companies, and the
resultant consolidation of banking operations and services.

Patents, Trademarks, etc.

         The bank holds no patents, registered trademarks,  licenses (other than
licenses required to be obtained from appropriate banking regulatory  agencies),
franchises or concessions.

Employees

         As of December 31, 1995, the bank employed 96 persons (90 full-time and
6 part-time),  including 10 principal officers and a total of 29 other officers.
None of the bank's employees are presently  represented by a union or covered by
a collective bargaining agreement. Management believes its employee relations to
be excellent.

                                       3
<PAGE>

Seasonal Nature of the Bank's Business

         Considering  the results of the first seven years of operations,  it is
not  anticipated  by  management  that the bank's  business  will be  materially
affected by seasonal trends or factors.

Subsidiaries

         In  March,  1991,  a  subsidiary   corporation,   entitled   Enterprise
Securities  Corp.,  Inc.,  was formed solely for the purpose of  purchasing  and
selling investment securities.

Supervision and Regulations

         As a trust company  organized  under  Chapter 172 of the  Massachusetts
General Laws, the deposits of which are insured by the FDIC, the bank is subject
to regulation,  supervision and examination by the Massachusetts Commissioner of
Banks and the FDIC.

         The  regulations  of these  agencies  govern many aspects of the bank's
business,  including required reserves on deposits,  permitted investments,  the
opening  and  closing of  branches,  the amount of loans  which can be made to a
single  borrower,  mergers,  appointment  and conduct of officers and directors,
capital  levels and terms of deposits.  Federal and state  regulators can impose
sanctions  on the bank and its  management  if the bank  engages  in  unsafe  or
unsound  practices  or  otherwise  fails to comply  with  regulatory  standards.
Various other federal and state laws and regulations,  such as  truth-in-lending
statutes,   the  Equal  Credit  Opportunity  Act,  the  Real  Estate  Settlement
Procedures  Act and the  Community  Reinvestment  Act,  also  govern  the bank's
activities.

         Under  Massachusetts  law,  the bank's  board of directors is generally
empowered to pay dividends on the bank's capital stock out of its net profits to
the  extent  that the  board of  directors  considers  such  payment  advisable.
Massachusetts law also imposes various specific restrictions upon the payment of
dividends,  including the requirement that, absent certain exceptions on the day
a dividend is declared,  a bank's capital and surplus must equal at least 10% of
its deposit  liability or a sufficient amount be transferred from net profits to
surplus prior to payment of such  dividend.  The Federal  Deposit  Insurance Act
also  prohibits a bank from  paying any  dividends  on its capital  stock in the
event that the bank is in default on the payment of any assessment to the FDIC.

         At the April 21,  1992,  meeting of the board of  directors,  the first
annual  dividend  of $.10 per share was  declared.  The record date was June 15,
1992, and the dividend was paid July 1, 1992. At the April 20, 1993,  meeting of
the board of directors,  a dividend of $.20 per share was  declared.  The record
date was June 15, 1993, and the dividend was paid July 1, 1993. At the April 19,
1994,  meeting of the board of  directors,  a $.25 per share was  declared.  The
record date was June 15, 1994,  and the  dividend was paid July 1, 1994.  At the
April,  1995,  meeting of the board of directors,  a dividend of $.275 per share
was declared.  The record date was June 15, 1995, and the dividend was paid July
1, 1995.  The payment of future  dividends will be considered on an annual basis
by the board of directors.

                                       4
<PAGE>

         The  laws  and  regulations  governing  the  banking  industry  and the
competition between banks and non-bank financial services  institutions continue
to be the subject of ongoing political debate as evidenced on the federal level.
The Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 (FIRREA)
included  significant  legislative  and regulatory  requirements  for banks.  On
December 19, 1991,  the FDIC  Improvement  Act of 1991  (FDICIA) was signed into
law. The act mandates specific types of regulatory  supervision based on capital
levels, contains numerous provisions increasing regulatory scrutiny and provides
for  various  accounting,   auditing  and  reporting  provisions.   For  further
discussion, see "Regulatory Legislation" at page 28 of the bank's Annual Report.
No prediction can be made as to what effect, if any, such legislation might have
on the bank's business.

         Monetary and fiscal  policies of the United States  Government  and its
instrumentalities,  including  the Board of  Governors  of the  Federal  Reserve
System, can also significantly influence the level and type of the bank's loans,
investments, and deposits. As inflation and employment rates respond to monetary
and fiscal stimuli, the business of the bank is affected.

         For further information,  see Note 9 of Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements at page 36 and "Financial  Review" at the section  titled  "Financial
Condition,  Interest Rate Risk,  Liquidity and Capital Resources" at pages 22 to
23 of the bank's Annual Report.


ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

         Partial response to this item is incorporated  herein by reference from
note 13 contained at page 49 of the bank's annual report.

         The  bank's  main  office is in a  building  located  at 222  Merrimack
Street, Lowell, Massachusetts. The building provides approximately 12,415 square
feet of interior space and has private  customer  parking along with  off-street
parking  facilities.  The bank leases its main office from First Holding  Trust.
George L. Duncan, the chairman and chief executive officer, is a general partner
of Old City Hall Limited  Partnership  (which is, in turn,  the  beneficiary  of
First Holding Trust). Walter L. Armstrong, John P. Clancy, Jr., Robert R. Gilman
and Richard W. Main, all principal officers of the bank, are limited partners of
Old City Hall Limited  Partnership.  Mr. Duncan has 17% ownership interest,  and
each of the  Messrs.  Armstrong,  Clancy,  Gilman  and Main have a 5%  ownership
interest in Old City Hall Limited  Partnership.  The directors  believe that the
lease  terms  are  substantially  the same as those  prevailing  for  comparable
transactions entered into with unrelated parties.

         The  bank  also  leases  space  at  170   Merrimack   Street,   Lowell,
Massachusetts. The building provides approximately 1,458 square feet of interior
space and houses two  departments  of the bank.  The bank  leases the space from
Merrimack Realty Trust. George L. Duncan,  Richard W. Main, Walter L. Armstrong,
Robert R. Gilman,  and Daniel G. Leahy,  all  officers of the bank,  are limited
partners of Merrimack Realty Trust.  Michael A. Spinelli,  Arnold S. Lerner, and
Gerald G.  Bousquet,  all  directors of the bank,  are also limited  partners of
Merrimack  Realty  Trust.  Mr.  Duncan  has a 23%  ownership  interest;  Messrs.
Spinelli,  Lerner, 

                                        5

<PAGE>


Main and Bousquet have a 5% ownership interest;  and Messrs.  Armstrong,  Gilman
and Leahy have a 3% ownership  interest in Merrimack Realty Trust. The directors
believe that the lease terms are  substantially the same as those prevailing for
comparable  transactions  entered  into with  unrelated  parties.  The bank also
leases  space   occupied  by  the  mortgage   center  at  21-27  Palmer   Street
(approximately  4,375 square feet) from Merrimack  Realty Trust. The lease has a
term of 5 years which began May 1, 1993, and expires April 30, 1998.

         In April, 1993, the bank purchased the branch building at 185 Littleton
Road,  Chelmsford,  Massachusetts.  The  first  floor of the  building  contains
approximately  3,552 square feet of space with a full basement and a canopy area
of 945 square feet. The facility was purchased at a cost of approximately 20% of
what it would have cost to build a similar facility.

         In March,  1995,  the bank  purchased  a branch  building at 674 Boston
Road, Billerica,  Massachusetts. The building previously served as a bank branch
and  contains  approximately  3,700  square  feet of  above-grade  space  and is
constructed  on a cement slab. It is  handicapped  accessible.  The building was
purchased for approximately 40% of its replacement value.

         The bank leases space at 2-6 Central Street, Leominster, Massachusetts.
The building provides  approximately 3,960 square feet of interior space and has
seven private customer  parking spaces.  The bank leases the building from North
Central Investment Limited Partnership.  The bank has the option to purchase the
premises  on the last day of the basic term or at any time  during any  extended
term at the price of $550,000 as adjusted for increases in the producer's  price
index.


ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

         The bank is involved in various  legal  proceedings  incidental  to its
business.  After  review  with  legal  counsel,   management  does  not  believe
resolution  of any  present  litigation  will  have  a  material  effect  on the
financial condition of the bank.

         Various other legal claims may arise from time to time against the bank
in the course of business, none of which are expected to have a material adverse
effect on the financial condition of the bank.


ITEM 4. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS:
                       SECURITIES OWNERSHIP OF MANAGEMENT

         Response to Item 4 is incorporated  herein by reference from the bank's
proxy statement for the annual meeting of  stockholders  (at pages 56 and 57) to
be held on May 7, 1996.

                                       6
<PAGE>


                                     PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE BANK'S COMMON STOCK & RELATED SECURITY HOLDER MATTERS

         The Common Stock is not listed on any  exchange.  There has been a very
limited  private  trading  market of the Common  Stock since the bank  commenced
operations.  The bank cannot state with any  certainty  the sales price at which
such  transactions  have  occurred.  As of March 1, 1996,  there were  1,575,892
shares of Common Stock outstanding and held of record by shareholders.

         A summary  of sales of the bank's  stock is  contained  at the  section
titled  "Quarterly  Common Stock  Information",  on the inside back cover of the
bank's Annual Report. The frequency and amount of dividends declared information
can be  incorporated  by  reference  herein  from the  bank's  Annual  Report to
stockholders for the year ended December 31, 1995, at page 15.


ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

         Information  called  for by Item 6 of  this  form  is  incorporated  by
reference herein from the section  captioned  "Selected  Consolidated  Financial
Data" contained at pages 13 to 14 of the bank's Annual Report.


ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
        & RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         A  portion  of the  information  called  for by Item 7 of this  form is
incorporated by reference herein from the section captioned  "Financial  Review"
contained at pages 15 to 29 of the bank's  Annual  Report.  The remainder of the
information is contained at pages 7A to 7C.


ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

         Information  called  for by Item 8 of  this  form  is  incorporated  by
reference herein from pages 30 to 52 of the bank's Annual Report as follows:

         Independent Auditors Report.

         Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1994, and 1995.

         Consolidated  Statements  of Income  for each of the years in the three
         year period ended December 31, 1995.

         Consolidated  Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for each of
         the years in the three year period ended December 31, 1995.

         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


                                        7

<PAGE>



II. Investment Portfolio

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              1995
                                                                              ----
                                                 Amortized         Unrealized       Unrealized          Market
                                                    cost             gains            losses            value
                                                    ----             -----            ------            -----
<S>                                         <C>                     <C>              <C>            <C>

U.S. agency obligations                      $   37,322,750          253,678          296,351        37,280,077
U.S. treasury obligations                        16,151,314          215,674                -        16,366,988
U.S. agency mortgage-backed
     securities                                  11,042,750           81,690          151,974        10,972,466
Municipal obligations                             9,809,137          223,716           33,528         9,999,325
Privately-issued mortgage-backed
     securities collateralized by U.S.
     agency mortgage-backed obligations           1,261,427                -           29,094         1,232,333
                                             -------------------------------      -----------------------------
          Total bonds and obligations            75,587,378          774,758          510,947        75,851,189

Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost             2,961,300                -                -         2,961,300
                                             -------------------------------      -----------------------------
     Total investment securities             $   78,548,678          774,758          510,947        78,812,489
                                             ===============================      =============================


<CAPTION>
                                                                              1994
                                                                              ----
                                                 Amortized         Unrealized       Unrealized          Market
                                                    cost             gains            losses            value
                                                    ----             -----            ------            -----
<S>                                         <C>                     <C>            <C>              <C>

U.S. agency obligations                      $   23,953,833           17,993        1,429,420        22,542,406
U.S. agency mortgage-backed
     securities                                  11,596,674            6,696          915,484        10,687,886
Municipal obligations                             9,389,336           11,531          427,428         8,973,439
Privately-issued mortgage-backed
     securities collateralized by U.S.
     agency mortgage-backed obligations           1,497,652                -           48,450         1,449,202
                                             -------------------------------      -----------------------------
         Total bonds and obligations             46,437,495           36,220        2,820,782        43,652,933

Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost             2,086,700                -                -         2,086,700
                                             -------------------------------      -----------------------------
     Total investment securities             $   48,524,195           36,220        2,820,782        45,739,633
                                             ===============================      =============================

<CAPTION>
                                                                              1993
                                                                              ----
                                                 Amortized         Unrealized       Unrealized          Market
                                                    cost             gains            losses            value
                                                    ----             -----            ------            -----
<S>                                         <C>                   <C>                 <C>           <C>

U.S. agency obligations                      $   21,003,950          486,991           16,300        21,474,641
U.S. agency mortgage-backed
     securities                                  13,728,230          176,704           31,164        13,873,770
Municipal obligations                             9,008,336          368,545              486         9,376,395
Privately-issued mortgage-backed
     securities collateralized by U.S.
     agency mortgage-backed obligations           1,725,061            9,442                -         1,734,503
                                             -------------------------------      -----------------------------
          Total investment securities        $   45,465,577        1,041,682           47,950        46,459,309
                                             ===============================      =============================


</TABLE>
                                       7A
<PAGE>

II. Investments(continued)

The contractual maturity distribution of total bonds and obligations 
at December 31, is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                           1995
                                               Amortized                          Market
                                                  Cost             Percent        Value            Percent
                                               -----------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>                  <C>        <C>                 <C>

Within one year                               $ 1,501,905              2%     $ 1,519,688             2%
After one but within three years               16,006,226             21%      15,946,347            21%
After three but within five years              25,789,153             34%      25,967,476            34%
After five but within ten years                13,448,951             18%      13,719,602            18%
After ten years                                18,841,143             25%      18,698,076            25%
                                              ---------------------------     --------------------------
                                              $75,587,378            100%     $75,851,189           100%
                                              ===========================     ==========================
<CAPTION>

                                                                           1994
                                               Amortized                          Market
                                                  Cost             Percent        Value            Percent
                                               -----------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>                  <C>        <C>                 <C>

Within one year                               $   256,713              1%     $   254,613             1%
After one but within three years                3,647,009              8%       3,590,941             8%
After three but within five years              15,833,820             34%      14,737,304            34%
After five but within ten years                10,978,077             23%      10,286,958            23%
After ten years                                15,721,876             34%      14,783,117            34%
                                              ---------------------------     --------------------------
                                              $46,437,495            100%     $43,652,933           100%
                                              ===========================     ==========================
<CAPTION>

                                                                           1993
                                               Amortized                          Market
                                                  Cost             Percent        Value            Percent
                                               -----------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>                  <C>        <C>                 <C>

Within one year                               $         0              0%     $         0             0%
After one but within three years                4,772,555             10%       4,970,529            11%
After three but within five years              11,754,779             26%      11,851,076            26%
After five but within ten years                13,551,489             30%      13,992,476            30%
After ten years                                15,386,754             34%      15,645,228            34%
                                              ---------------------------     --------------------------
                                              $45,465,577            100%     $46,459,309           100%
                                              ===========================     ==========================
</TABLE>

                                       7B

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


III. Maturity and Repricing data for Loans

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        At December 31, 1995
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(in thousands)
              3 months                  over 3 months                   over one year             over five
               or less                through 12 months              through five years             years             total
              ---------               ------------------             -------------------         -----------         -------
<S>              <C>                              <C>                            <C>                 <C>             <C>

Fixed             $153                             797                            3,153               8,451           12,554

<CAPTION>

                                                                     Every five years or
              quarterly or             annually or more              more frequently, but        Less frequently
                  more               frequently, but less            less frequently than          than every
              frequently            frequently than annually                annually                five years        total
              -----------           ------------------------         ---------------------       ---------------     -------  
<S>           <C>                               <C>                              <C>                  <C>         <C>   

Variable       $35,445                           63,055                           4,247                 889          103,636
                                                                                                                    --------
                                                                                                                    $116,190
                                                                                                                    ========
<CAPTION>

- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                At December 31, 1994
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

              3 months                  over 3 months                   over one year             over five
               or less                through 12 months              through five years             years             total
              ---------               ------------------             -------------------         -----------         -------

<S>              <C>                              <C>                            <C>                 <C>             <C>
Fixed             $131                             961                            2,419               13,199          16,710
<CAPTION>

              quarterly or             annually or more              more frequently, but        Less frequently
                  more               frequently, but less            less frequently than          than every
              frequently            frequently than annually                annually                five years        total
              -----------           ------------------------         ---------------------       ---------------     -------
         
<S>           <C>                               <C>                              <C>                  <C>         <C>   
Variable       $35,367                           55,154                           2,502               3,546           96,569
                                                                                                                    --------
                                                                                                                    $113,279
                                                                                                                    ========
<CAPTION>
                                               
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                At December 31, 1993
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

              3 months                  over 3 months                   over one year             over five
               or less                through 12 months              through five years             years             total
              ---------               ------------------             -------------------         -----------         -------
<S>              <C>                              <C>                            <C>                 <C>             <C>
Fixed             $335                             840                            1,829               12,177          15,181

               quarterly or             annually or more              more frequently, but        Less frequently
                  more               frequently, but less            less frequently than          than every
              frequently            frequently than annually                annually                five years        total
              -----------           ------------------------         ---------------------       ---------------     -------
<S>           <C>                               <C>                              <C>                 <C>         <C>   
Variable       $39,704                           29,225                           3,400                144            72,473
                                                                                                                   ---------
                                                                                                                   $  87,654
<FN>
                                                                                                                   =========
Total  loans does not include  net  deferred  origination  fees,  allowance  for
possible loan losses, and nonaccrual loans.
</FN>

</TABLE>

                                       7C

<PAGE>


                                    PART III

ITEM 9. DIRECTORS AND PRINCIPAL OFFICERS OF THE BANK

         Partial response to Item 9 is incorporated herein by reference from the
bank's proxy  statement for the annual meeting of stockholders to be held on May
7, 1996, at pages 46 to 47.

Principal Officers

         The  following  table  sets forth  certain  information  regarding  the
principal  officers  of the bank each  serving at the  pleasure  of the board of
directors.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Name                                        Age               Position Held with the Bank
- ----                                        ---               ----------------------------
<S>                                        <C>              <C>   
  
Walter L. Armstrong                         59                Executive vice president, business 
                                                              development

Brian H. Bullock                            38                Senior vice president and commercial
                                                              lending officer

John P. Clancy, Jr.                         38                Senior vice president, chief financial 
                                                              officer, treasurer and investment 
                                                              manager

George L. Duncan                            55                Chairman of the board, chief executive officer 
                                                              and chief investment officer

Robert R. Gilman                            50                Senior vice president, human resources 
                                                              officer and commercial lending officer

Stephen J. Irish                            41                Senior vice president and chief 
                                                              information officer

Richard W. Main                             48                President, chief operating officer and 
                                                              chief lending officer

Diane J. Silva                              38                Senior vice president and mortgage 
                                                              lending officer

D. Eric Thomson                             63                Senior vice president and senior trust 
                                                              officer

Janice R. Villanucci                        43                Senior vice president and manager 
                                                              customer support department

         The principal  occupation of Mr. Bullock,  Mr. Clancy,  Mr. Gilman, Mr.
Irish, Ms. Silva, Mr. Thomson,  and Ms. Villanucci during the past five years is
as follows:


                                       8
<PAGE>


Name                       Principal Occupation for the Past Five Years
- ----                       --------------------------------------------
Brian H. Bullock       Senior vice president, commercial lending since July, 
                       1989.

John P. Clancy, Jr.    Senior vice president, chief financial officer, treasurer
                       and investment manager of the bank since June, 1988.

Robert R. Gilman       Senior vice president, human resources officer,  and 
                       commercial lending officer of the bank since November, 
                       1989.

Stephen J. Irish       Senior vice president and chief information officer of 
                       the bank since November, 1988.

Diane J. Silva         Senior vice president and mortgage lending officer of 
                       the bank since January, 1989.

D. Eric Thomson        Senior vice president and senior trust officer of the 
                       bank since May, 1992. Prior to joining the bank in May,
                       1992, Mr. Thomson served as chief  executive officer of
                       Central Savings Bank, Lowell, Massachusetts.

Janice R. Villanucci   Senior vice president and manager customer support of 
                       the bank since November, 1988.


ITEM 10. MANAGEMENT COMPENSATION AND TRANSACTIONS

         Response to Item 10 is incorporated herein by reference from the bank's
proxy  statement  for the annual  meeting of  stockholders  to be held on May 7,
1996, (at pages 49 to 50).


ITEM 11. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, SCHEDULES & REPORTS
         ON FORM F-3 & EXHIBITS

(a)      Financial Statements and Schedules

         (1)      Financial Statements. See Item 8 of this Report.

         (2)      Financial Schedules.  The following financial schedules of the
                  bank are  included  in  response  to Part II,  Item 8, of this
                  Report:

                  Schedule I - U.S.  Treasury  Securities,  Obligations of Other
                  U.S. Government Agencies & Corporations, Obligations of States
                  & Political Subdivisions,  & Other Bonds, Notes & Debentures -
                  See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

                  Schedule II - Loans to Officers, Directors, Principal Security
                  Officers,  & Associates of the Foregoing  Persons - See Note 3
                  to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Schedule III - Loans
                  - See Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.



                                       9
<PAGE>

                  Schedule  IV - Bank  Premises &  Equipment - See Note 4 to the
                  Consolidated Financial Statements.

                  Schedule V - Not applicable.

                  Schedule VI - Allowance  for Possible Loan Losses - See Note 3
                  to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

(b)      Reports on Form F-3. There were no current reports on Form F-3 filed by
         the bank at any time during the year ended December 31, 1995.


(c)      Exhibits                                                     Exhibit #

         (1)      Articles of Organization of the bank and By-Laws of         *
                  the bank are incorporated by reference herein from the
                  bank's Registration Statement on Form F-1.

         (2)      The bank's specimen stock certificate for shares of         *
                  Class A Common Stock is incorporated by reference herein
                  from the bank's Registration Statement on Form F-1.

         (3)      a.   Lease agreement dated July 22, 1988, between the       *
                       bank and First Holding Trust relating to the premises
                       at 222 Merrimack Street, Lowell,  Massachusetts,  for
                       10,315   square  feet  and   amendments   hereto  are
                       incorporated  by  reference  herein  from the  bank's
                       Registration Statement on Form F-1.


                  b.   Amendment to lease dated December 28, 1990, between    *
                       the bank and First  Holding  Trust  for 1,300  square
                       feet  relating  to  the  premises  at  222  Merrimack
                       Street,  Lowell,  Massachusetts,  is  incorporated by
                       reference  herein  from the  bank's  Form F-2 for the
                       year ended December 31, 1990.

                  c.   Amendment to lease dated  August 15, 1991,  between    *
                       the bank and First  Holding Trust for 851 square feet
                       relating  to the  premises at 222  Merrimack  Street,
                       Lowell,  Massachusetts,  is incorporated by reference
                       herein  from the  bank's  Form F-2 for the year ended
                       December 31, 1991.

                  d.   Lease Agreement dated May 26, 1992,  between the bank  *
                       and  Shawmut  Bank,  N.A.,  for 1,458  square  feet
                       relating  to the  premises at 170  Merrimack  Street,
                       Lowell,  Massachusetts,  is incorporated by reference
                       herein  from the  bank's  Form F-2 for the year ended
                       December 31, 1992.

                                   10
<PAGE>

                  e.   Lease Agreement dated April 7, 1993, between the bank  *
                       and  Merrimack  Realty  Trust for 4,375 square feet
                       relating to the premises at 27 Palmer Street, Lowell,
                       Massachusetts,  is incorporated  by reference  herein
                       from the bank's Form F-2 for the year ended  December
                       31, 1993.

                  f.   Employment Agreement between the bank and George L.    *
                       Duncan  dated  November  15,  1988,  is  incorporated
                       herein  by  reference  from the  bank's  Registration
                       Statement on Form F-1.

                  g.   Lease  agreement  dated March 14,  1995,  between the  1
                       bank  and   North   Central   Investment   Limited
                       Partnership  for square feet relative to the premises
                       at 2-6 Central Street, Leominster, MA.

                  h.   Amended  employment  agreement between the bank and    2
                       George L. Duncan dated December 31, 1995.

                  i.   Employment  agreement  between the bank and Richard    3
                       W. Main dated December 13, 1995.

         (4)  A statement regarding the computation of per share earnings    ---
              is included in Item 8 of this Report.

         (5)  As the bank does not have any debt securities registered under ---
              Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, no ratio
              of earnings to fixed charges appear in this Report.

         (6)  Annual Report to Stockholders for the Fiscal Year ended         4
              December 31, 1995, which is furnished for the information of
              the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation only, is not deemed
              to be "filed" as part of this Report except to the extent
              expressly incorporated by reference herein.

         (7)  None                                                          ---

         (8)  None                                                          ---

         (9)  Enterprise Securities Corp, Inc., a Massachusetts             ---
              corporation, incorporated in March, 1991.

*Previously submitted (Appendix and Exhibits not included.)

                                       11

<PAGE>



SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the  requirements  of Section 13 of the  Securities  Exchange Act of
1934,  the bank has duly  caused  this  Report to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

Enterprise Bank and Trust Company


/s/John P. Clancy, Jr.
John P. Clancy, Jr., Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer/Investment Manager

3/12/96
Date


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report
has been signed below by the following  persons on behalf of the bank and in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.



/s/George L. Duncan
George L. Duncan, Chairman of the Board/Chief Executive Officer/
                           Chief Investment Officer

3/14/96
Date


/s/Kenneth S. Ansin
Kenneth S. Ansin, Director

3/19/96
Date


/s/Walter L. Armstrong
Walter L. Armstrong, Executive Vice President, Business Development

3/19/96
Date


/s/Gerald G. Bousquet
Gerald G. Bousquet, Director

3/19/96
Date


/s/Kathleen M. Bradley
Kathleen M. Bradley, Director

3/19/96
Date

                                       12

<PAGE>


/s/James F. Conway, III
James F. Conway, III, Director

3/19/96
Date


/s/Nancy L. Donahue
Nancy L. Donahue, Director

3/19/96
Date


/s/Eric W. Hanson
Eric W. Hanson, Director

3/19/96
Date


 /s/John P. Harrington
John P. Harrington, Director

3/19/96
Date


/s/Arnold S. Lerner
Arnold S. Lerner, Vice Chairman/Clerk

3/19/96 
Date


/s/Richard W. Main
Richard W. Main, Chief Operating Officer/Chief Lending Officer/Director

3/19/96
Date


/s/Charles P. Sarantos
Charles P. Sarantos, Director

3/19/96
Date


/s/Michael A. Spinelli
Michael A. Spinelli, Director/Assistant Clerk

3/19/96
Date

                                       13


</TABLE>

                        ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

                              222 MERRIMACK STREET
                           LOWELL, MASSACHUSETTS 01852
                            TELEPHONE: (508) 459-9000
                                 ---------------

                    NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS

                       To Be Held on Tuesday, May 7, 1996
                                 ---------------

                                                  Lowell, Massachusetts
                                                  March 29, 1996

To the Holders of Common Stock of
Enterprise Bank and Trust Company

         NOTICE IS HEREBY  GIVEN that the  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  of
Enterprise  Bank and Trust Company (the "Bank") will be held at the Sheraton Inn
Riverfront,  50 Warren Street, Lowell,  Massachusetts at 4:00 p.m. local time on
Tuesday, May 7, 1996 for the following purposes:

     1.   To approve the formation of a holding company for the Bank pursuant to
          the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated as of February 29, 1996
          (the  "Plan  of  Reorganization"),  a copy of  which  is  attached  as
          Appendix A to the Proxy Statement-Prospectus accompanying this Notice,
          between the Bank and  Enterprise  Bancorp,  Inc.  (the  "Company"),  a
          newly-formed  Massachusetts  corporation organized at the direction of
          the Bank.  Pursuant to the Plan of  Reorganization  the Company  would
          acquire all the outstanding  common stock,  par value $1.00 per share,
          of the Bank (the  "Bank  Common  Stock"),  other than  shares  held by
          stockholders,  if any, exercising  dissenters'  appraisal rights, in a
          share-for-share  exchange  for the common  stock,  par value $0.01 per
          share,  of the Company (the  "Company  Common  Stock").  The Bank will
          thereby  become  a   wholly-owned   subsidiary  of  the  Company  (the
          "Reorganization") (Proposal One);

     2.   To elect  Kenneth  S.  Ansin,  Eric W.  Hanson,  Arnold S.  Lerner and
          Richard  W.  Main  as  Directors  of the  Bank,  each to  serve  for a
          three-year term (Proposal Two);

     3.   To elect Arnold S. Lerner as Clerk of the Bank (Proposal Three);

     4.   To elect Michael A. Spinelli as Assistant  Clerk of the Bank (Proposal
          Four);

     5.   To ratify the Board of Directors' appointment of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
          as the Bank's independent auditors for the fiscal year ending December
          31, 1996 (Proposal Five); and

     6.   To  transact  such other  business  as may  properly  come  before the
          meeting or any adjournments or postponements thereof.

                                                      

<PAGE>



         If the Plan of  Reorganization  is approved by the  stockholders at the
Annual Meeting and effected by the Bank, any  stockholder (i) who files with the
Bank before the taking of the vote on the approval of the Plan of Reorganization
a  written  objection  to the  Plan of  Reorganization,  stating  that he or she
intends  to  demand  payment  for his or her  shares  if the  Reorganization  is
consummated,  and  (ii)  whose  shares  are not  voted  in  favor of the Plan of
Reorganization,  has the right to demand in writing from the Bank, within twenty
days  after  the  date  of  mailing  to  him  of  notice  in  writing  that  the
Reorganization has become effective,  payment for his shares and an appraisal of
the value thereof.  The Bank and any such  stockholder  shall in such cases have
the rights and duties and shall  follow the  procedure  set forth in Sections 85
through 98, inclusive,  of Chapter 156B of the General Laws of Massachusetts,  a
copy of  which is  attached  as  Appendix  B to the  Proxy  Statement-Prospectus
accompanying this Notice.

         The Board of  Directors  has fixed the close of  business  on March 11,
1996 as the record date for determination of stockholders entitled to notice of,
and to vote  at,  the  Annual  Meeting  and any  adjournments  or  postponements
thereof. Only holders of Bank Common Stock of record at the close of business on
that date will be  entitled  to notice of and to vote at the Annual  Meeting and
any adjournments thereof.

         In the event there are not sufficient  votes to approve any one or more
of the foregoing proposals at the time of the Annual Meeting, the Annual Meeting
may be adjourned in order to permit further solicitation of proxies by the Bank.

                                              By Order of the Board of Directors


                                              /s/Arnold S. Lerner
                                              Arnold S. Lerner
                                              Clerk

                                    IMPORTANT

EVEN  THOUGH  YOU MAY PLAN TO  ATTEND  THE  ANNUAL  MEETING  IN  PERSON,  PLEASE
COMPLETE,  SIGN AND DATE THE  ENCLOSED  PROXY CARD AND RETURN IT PROMPTLY IN THE
ENCLOSED  ENVELOPE WHICH REQUIRES NO POSTAGE IF MAILED IN THE UNITED STATES.  IF
YOU ATTEND  THE ANNUAL  MEETING  AND DESIRE TO  WITHDRAW  YOUR PROXY AND VOTE IN
PERSON, YOU MAY DO SO.



                                       -2-

<PAGE>




                                   ENTERPRISE
                             BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

                              222 MERRIMACK STREET
                           LOWELL, MASSACHUSETTS 01852

              PROXY STATEMENT OF ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
                         ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
                                   May 7, 1996
                                 ---------------

                                   PROSPECTUS
                           OF ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.
                             Shares of Common Stock
                            $0.01 par value per share

         This  Proxy  Statement-Prospectus   serves  as  a  Proxy  Statement  in
connection  with the  solicitation  of  proxies  by the  Board of  Directors  of
Enterprise  Bank and Trust  Company (the "Bank") for the 1996 Annual  Meeting of
Stockholders of the Bank (the "Annual Meeting"),  to be held on Tuesday,  May 7,
1996 at 4:00 p.m. local time, at the Sheraton Inn Riverfront,  50 Warren Street,
Lowell,  Massachusetts  and at any adjournments or postponements  thereof.  This
Proxy  Statement-Prospectus,  the accompanying  Notice of Annual Meeting and the
accompanying proxy card are first being mailed to stockholders on or about March
29, 1996.

         The Annual Meeting has been called for the following  purposes:  (1) to
consider and vote upon the  formation  of a holding  company for the Bank by the
approval of the  Agreement and Plan of  Reorganization  dated as of February 29,
1996 (the "Plan of  Reorganization"),  between the Bank and Enterprise  Bancorp,
Inc.  (the  "Company")  pursuant  to which the Bank will  become a  wholly-owned
subsidiary of the Company and each issued and outstanding  share of common stock
of the Bank, par value $1.00 per share (other than shares held by  stockholders,
if any, exercising dissenters' appraisal rights) will be exchanged for one share
of   common   stock  of  the   Company,   par  value   $0.01   per  share   (the
"Reorganization");  (2) to  elect a class  of four  Directors  of the Bank for a
three-year  term;  (3) to elect a Clerk of the Bank;  (4) to elect an  Assistant
Clerk of the Bank; (5) to ratify the appointment of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP as the
Bank's  independent  auditors;  and (6) to transact  such other  business as may
properly come before the Annual  Meeting or any  adjournments  or  postponements
thereof.

         This document also serves as the Prospectus of the Company with respect
to the issuance of a maximum of 1,650,542  shares of the Company's common stock,
par value $0.01 per share ("Company  Common Stock"),  to the stockholders of the
Bank in  exchange  for shares of the Bank's  common  stock,  par value $1.00 per
share ("Bank Common Stock"), upon consummation of the Reorganization. The number
of shares of Company  Common  Stock to be issued will be based upon the exchange
ratio of one share of Company  Common Stock for each share of Bank Common Stock.
The maximum  number of shares of Company Common Stock referred to above is based
on the  1,575,892  shares of Bank Common  Stock that are  outstanding  as of the
Record Date and the 74,650  shares of Bank  Common  Stock that are subject as of
the Record Date to vested options to purchase such shares. Shares of Bank Common
Stock held by stockholders, if any, exercising dissenters' appraisal rights will
not be exchanged as part of the Reorganization.




                                                      

<PAGE>




THE SECURITIES TO BE ISSUED BY ENTERPRISE  BANCORP,  INC. IN THE  REORGANIZATION
HAVE  NOT BEEN  APPROVED  OR  DISAPPROVED  BY THE  COMMISSIONER  OF BANKS OF THE
COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS OR BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR
BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION NOR HAS THE  COMMISSIONER OR THE FDIC
OR  THE  SEC   PASSED   UPON   THE   ACCURACY   OR   ADEQUACY   OF  THIS   PROXY
STATEMENT-PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

IN RELIANCE UPON THE EXEMPTION  PROVIDED BY SECTION  3(a)(12) OF THE  SECURITIES
ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, THE SECURITIES OF ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC. TO BE ISSUED
IN THE REORGANIZATION  HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
COMMISSION OR WITH ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.

                               ------------------

THE SHARES OF COMPANY  COMMON STOCK OFFERED  HEREBY ARE NOT DEPOSITS AND ARE NOT
INSURED BY THE FEDERAL  DEPOSIT  INSURANCE  CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER  GOVERNMENT
AGENCY.
                               ------------------


         The date of this Proxy Statement-Prospectus is March 29, 1996.



                                       -2-

<PAGE>




                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

         The Bank is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange  Act"),  as  administered by the
Federal Deposit Insurance  Corporation (the "FDIC"), and in accordance therewith
files reports and other information with the FDIC. Reports, proxy statements and
other information  filed by the Bank pursuant to the informational  requirements
of the  Exchange  Act  can be  inspected  and  copied  at the  public  reference
facilities  maintained by the FDIC at 550 Seventeenth Street, N.W.,  Washington,
D.C. 20429.  The Company has been formed at the direction of the Bank solely for
the  purpose of  effecting  the  Reorganization.  The Company has not issued any
shares of its capital  stock to date and is not subject to the  requirements  of
the Exchange Act. If the Reorganization is consummated,  the Company will become
subject to the reporting and proxy  statements  requirements of the Exchange Act
and, in accordance  therewith,  will file reports,  proxy  statements  and other
information  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the  "SEC").  In
addition,  in connection with the annual meeting of shareholders of the Company,
proxy statements  accompanied or preceded by annual reports to shareholders will
contain financial  statements that have been examined and reported upon, with an
opinion expressed by an independent auditor.

         No person has been  authorized to give any  information  or to make any
representation not contained in this Proxy  Statement-Prospectus,  and, if given
or made, such  information or  representation  must not be relied upon as having
been authorized by the Company. Neither the delivery hereof nor any distribution
of securities  hereunder shall, under any  circumstances,  create an implication
that there has been no change in the  affairs  of the  Company or the Bank since
the date hereof or that the information in this Proxy  Statement-  Prospectus is
correct as of any time subsequent to the date hereof.

         Information  contained  herein is subject to  completion  or amendment.
This Proxy  Statement-  Prospectus  shall not constitute an offer to sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these  securities
in any State in which such offer,  solicitation  or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.

         A copy of the Bank's Annual Report to  Stockholders  for the year ended
December 31, 1995 accompanies this Proxy Statement-Prospectus. Additional copies
of such Annual Report may be obtained  without charge by any  stockholder of the
Bank upon  written  request to  Investor  Relations,  Enterprise  Bank and Trust
Company, 222 Merrimack Street, Lowell, Massachusetts 01852.

         This Proxy  Statement-Prospectus  hereby  incorporates by reference the
Bank's  Annual Report on Form F-2, as filed with the FDIC and included with this
Proxy  Statement-Prospectus  mailed to  stockholders,  for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 1995.

                    CAUTIONARY STATEMENT FOR PURPOSES OF THE
                PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF 1995

         The  Company  and the Bank  desire to take  advantage  of the new "safe
harbor" provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. This
Proxy   Statement-Prospectus   contains  certain  "forward-looking   statements"
including statements concerning plans, objectives,  future events or performance
and  assumptions  and  other  statements  which  are other  than  statements  of
historical  fact.  The  Company  and the Bank wish to caution  readers  that the
following  important  factors,  among others, may have affected and could in the
future  affect the Bank's and the Company's  actual  results and could cause the
Bank's and/or the

                                       -3-

<PAGE>



Company's actual results for subsequent  periods to differ materially from those
expressed in any  forward-  looking  statement  made by or on behalf of the Bank
and/or the Company  herein:  (i) the effect of changes in laws and  regulations,
including federal and state banking laws and regulations, with which the Company
and the Bank  must  comply,  the  cost of such  compliance  and the  potentially
material  adverse effects if the Bank and/or the Company were not in substantial
compliance  either currently or in the future as applicable;  (ii) the effect of
changes  in  accounting  policies  and  practices,  as  may  be  adopted  by the
regulatory agencies as well as by the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board, or
of changes in the Bank's and/or the  Company's  organization,  compensation  and
benefit  plans;  (iii) the  effect on the  Bank's or the  Company's  competitive
position within its market area of increasing  consolidation  within the banking
industry  and  increasing  competition  from larger  regional  and  out-of-state
banking  organizations  as  well  as  nonbank  providers  of  various  financial
services;  (iv) the effect of unforeseen  changes in interest rates; and (v) the
effect of changes in the business cycle and downturns in the local,  regional or
national economies.


                                       -4-

<PAGE>




                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


Section                                                                   Page

SUMMARY OF PROXY STATEMENT-PROSPECTUS.......................................8

VOTING, REVOCATION AND SOLICITATION OF PROXIES.............................13

         Annual Meeting....................................................13
         Record Date.......................................................13
         Proxies  .........................................................13
         Quorum; Vote Required.............................................14

PROPOSAL ONE - FORMATION OF HOLDING COMPANY................................15

         Recommendation of Directors.......................................15
         Description of the Plan of Reorganization.........................15
         Reasons for the Holding Company Formation.........................17
         Financial Resources of the Company................................18
         Conditions of the Reorganization..................................18
         Rights of Dissenting Stockholders.................................19
         Income Tax Consequences...........................................20

COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS...........................................22

         Capital Stock.....................................................22
         Common Stock......................................................23
         Preferred Stock...................................................24
         Directors.........................................................24
         Meetings of Stockholders..........................................25
         Stockholder Vote Required to Approve Certain Transactions.........26
         Provisions Relating to Exercise of Business Judgment by 
           Board of Directors..............................................27
         Beneficial Ownership Limitation...................................27
         Indemnification and Limitation of Liability.......................27
         Amendment of Articles of Organization.............................28
         Amendment of By-laws..............................................28
         Legal Investments.................................................29
         Anti-Takeover Provisions..........................................29

CAPITALIZATION.............................................................30

MARKET FOR STOCK AND DIVIDENDS.............................................32

DESCRIPTION OF COMPANY CAPITAL STOCK.......................................33

         General  .........................................................33
         Common Stock......................................................33

                                       -5-

<PAGE>



Section                                                                   Page

         Preferred Stock...................................................33
         Transfer Agent and Registrar......................................34
         Changes in Control................................................34

BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY....................................................35

         General  .........................................................35
         Property .........................................................36
         Competition.......................................................36
         Employees.........................................................36

REGULATION.................................................................36

         Holding Company Regulation........................................36
         Other Regulatory Considerations...................................38
         Federal Securities Laws...........................................42

MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY..................................................42

         Directors.........................................................42
         Committees........................................................43
         Executive Officers................................................43
         Compensation......................................................44
         Employee Benefit Plans............................................44

PROPOSAL TWO - ELECTION OF CLASS OF DIRECTORS..............................44

         Recommendation of Directors.......................................45

MANAGEMENT OF THE BANK.....................................................45

         Directors and Nominees............................................45
         Meetings of Board of Directors and Committees ....................47
         Executive Compensation............................................49
         Director Compensation.............................................50
         Employment Agreements.............................................50
         Stock Option Plan.................................................51
         Retirement Plan...................................................54
         Insurance and Other Benefits......................................54
         Transactions with Certain Related Persons ........................54

SECURITIES OWNERSHIP OF MANAGEMENT AND PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS..............56

PROPOSALS THREE AND FOUR - ELECTION OF CLERK AND ASSISTANT CLERK...........58

         Recommendation of Directors.......................................58

                                       -6-

<PAGE>



Section                                                                   Page


PROPOSAL FIVE RATIFICATION OF APPOINTMENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS..........58

         Recommendation of Directors.......................................58

STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS......................................................59

OTHER MATTERS..............................................................59


Appendix A  Agreement and Plan of Reorganization............................A-1

Appendix B  Provisions of Massachusetts General Laws Relating to Rights of
            Dissenting Stockholders.........................................B-1

Appendix C  Restated Articles of Organization and By-laws of Enterprise 
            Bancorp, Inc....................................................C-1

                                      -7-

<PAGE>




                      SUMMARY OF PROXY STATEMENT-PROSPECTUS

         The  following  is a brief  summary  of certain  information  contained
elsewhere in this Proxy Statement-  Prospectus.  This summary is not intended to
be a complete statement of all material features of the matters being considered
and voted on by the stockholders of the Bank and is qualified in its entirety by
reference  to the full text of this Proxy  Statement-Prospectus,  including  the
Appendices hereto, and the documents referred to herein.

Date, Time and Place of Annual Meeting

         The Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the "Annual Meeting") of Enterprise
Bank and Trust Company (the "Bank") will be held at the Sheraton Inn Riverfront,
50 Warren Street, Lowell,  Massachusetts at 4:00 p.m. local time on Tuesday, May
7, 1996.

Purposes of the Annual Meeting

         The  purposes  of the  Annual  Meeting  are to  consider  and vote upon
proposals:  (1) to consider and vote upon the formation of a holding company for
the Bank by the approval of the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated as of
February  29,  1996  (the  "Plan  of  Reorganization"),  between  the  Bank  and
Enterprise Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company"), pursuant to which the Bank will become
a wholly-owned  subsidiary of the Company and each issued and outstanding  share
of common stock of the Bank,  par value $1.00 per share ("Bank  Common  Stock"),
other than shares held by stockholders, if any, exercising dissenters' appraisal
rights,  will be exchanged  for one share of common  stock of the  Company,  par
value $0.01 per share  ("Company  Common  Stock");  (2) to elect a class of four
Directors of the Bank for a three-year  term;  (3) to elect a Clerk of the Bank;
(4) to elect an Assistant  Clerk of the Bank;  (5) to ratify the  appointment of
KPMG Peat Marwick LLP as the Bank's  independent  auditors;  and (6) to transact
such other  business  as may  properly  come  before  the Annual  Meeting or any
adjournments or postponements thereof.

Record Date

         The Board of  Directors  has fixed the close of  business  on March 11,
1996  as  the  record  date  (the  "Record  Date")  for  the   determination  of
stockholders  entitled  to notice of and to vote at the Annual  Meeting  and any
adjournments  thereof.  Only holders of record of Bank Common Stock at the close
of  business on the Record Date will be entitled to notice of and to vote at the
Annual  Meeting or any  adjournments  thereof.  At the close of  business on the
Record  Date  there  were  1,575,892  shares of Bank  Common  Stock  issued  and
outstanding, and each such outstanding share is entitled to one vote. As of such
date there were approximately 594 holders of record of the Bank Common Stock. On
the Record Date, the Directors and principal  officers of the Bank  beneficially
owned in the  aggregate  461,030  shares of Bank  Common  Stock or 29.26% of the
issued and  outstanding  shares of Bank  Common  Stock which may be voted at the
Annual  Meeting,  all of which are expected to be voted at the Annual Meeting in
favor  of  the  Reorganization  and  the  Board  of  Directors'  recommendations
regarding the election of Directors,  Clerk and Assistant  Clerk of the Bank and
the ratification of the appointment of independent auditors.

Stockholder Vote Required

         The  presence,  in person or by proxy,  of at least a  majority  of the
total  number  of  outstanding  shares  of Bank  Common  Stock is  necessary  to
constitute a quorum at the Annual Meeting for the transaction of

                                       -8-

<PAGE>



business.  A quorum being  present,  the  affirmative  vote of two-thirds of the
issued  and  outstanding  shares of Bank  Common  Stock  eligible  to be cast by
stockholders  of record of the Bank at the close of  business on the Record Date
is  required  to  approve  the  Plan  of  Reorganization   (Proposal  One).  The
affirmative  vote of a  plurality  of the votes  cast at the  Annual  Meeting is
necessary  to approve  the  election  of a class of four  Directors  of the Bank
(Proposal  Two) and the election of a Clerk and an  Assistant  Clerk of the Bank
(Proposals  Three and Four).  The  affirmative  vote of a majority of the shares
present and voting,  in person or by proxy, is necessary for the ratification of
the appointment of independent auditors (Proposal Five).

                   PROPOSAL ONE - FORMATION OF HOLDING COMPANY

Proposal to Stockholders

         At the  Annual  Meeting,  stockholders  of the Bank are being  asked to
approve the formation of a holding  company for the Bank, to be  accomplished by
approving  the  Plan  of  Reorganization   pursuant  to  which  the  Company,  a
newly-formed  Massachusetts  corporation organized at the direction of the Bank,
will  acquire all of the issued and  outstanding  shares of Bank Common Stock in
exchange  for an equal  number of  shares  of  Company  Common  Stock.  Upon the
effective date of the transactions  contemplated by the Plan of  Reorganization,
the outstanding Bank Common Stock,  other than shares held by  stockholders,  if
any,  exercising  dissenters'  appraisal  rights,  will be exchanged for Company
Common Stock on a one-for-one basis (the  "Reorganization").  The Bank will then
be a  wholly-owned  subsidiary of the Company and the  stockholders  of the Bank
will then be stockholders of the Company.  A copy of the Plan of  Reorganization
is attached to this Proxy  Statement-Prospectus as Appendix A and should be read
in its entirety. See "Proposal One -- Formation of Holding Company."

Recommendation of Directors

         The  Board  of   Directors  of  the  Bank  has  approved  the  Plan  of
Reorganization  and recommends  that the  stockholders  vote FOR approval of the
Plan of Reorganization.

Parties to the Plan of Reorganization

         Enterprise Bank and Trust Company.  The Bank is a  Massachusetts  trust
company,   which  commenced  banking  operations  in  January  of  1989  and  is
headquartered  in  Lowell,   Massachusetts.   As  of  the  date  of  this  Proxy
Statement-Prospectus,  the Bank had  authorized  capital of 3,000,000  shares of
common stock,  par value $1.00 per share,  of which there were 1,575,892  shares
issued and outstanding, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $1.00
per  share,  none of which  was  issued  and  outstanding.  The Bank is  engaged
principally  in the business of attracting  deposits from the general public and
investing those deposits in real estate mortgage, consumer and commercial loans,
and in various  securities.  The Bank conducts its business from its main office
in Lowell and from a network of 3 branches  in the  communities  of  Chelmsford,
Billerica and Leominster.

         Enterprise  Bancorp,  Inc. The Company is a newly-formed  Massachusetts
corporation  organized  at the  direction  of the Bank.  Pursuant to the Plan of
Reorganization,  the  Company  will  acquire  all of the issued and  outstanding
shares of Bank Common Stock in exchange for an equal number of shares of Company
Common Stock. As of the date of this Proxy Statement-Prospectus, the Company had
authorized capital of 500,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share,
and 10,000 shares of preferred stock,  par value $0.01 per share,  none of which
was issued and outstanding.  Prior to the effective time of the  Reorganization,
and as a condition  thereto,  the Company  will amend its  existing  articles of
organization to increase its

                                       -9-

<PAGE>



authorized  capital to  5,000,000  shares of common  stock,  par value $0.01 per
share, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share.  Upon
completion of the Reorganization,  the Bank will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of
the Company. See "Business of the Company."

         The  principal  executive  offices of both the Bank and the Company are
located at 222 Merrimack  Street,  Lowell,  Massachusetts  01852.  The telephone
number for both offices is (508) 459-9000.

Reasons for Formation of Holding Company

         The Board of Directors of the Bank  believes  that the holding  company
structure  will  better  suit the  current  and future  interests  of the Bank's
shareholders  and  customers.  The Board of Directors  has  determined  that the
establishment of a bank holding company will provide  additional  flexibility to
respond to the changing  and  expanding  needs of the Bank's  present and future
customers  for financial  services,  thereby  improving  the Bank's  competitive
position. Moreover, it is expected that formation of a bank holding company will
facilitate  expansion and entry into other  financial  areas either  through the
creation of new subsidiaries or through the acquisition of, or affiliation with,
other  companies,  including  banks.  The Board of Directors  believes that such
growth should result in enhanced long-term  shareholder value. See "Proposal One
- -- Formation of Holding Company -- Reasons for Holding Company Formation."

Regulation and Supervision

         After the holding company  formation,  the Company and the Bank will be
subject to extensive  regulation.  The Company will be subject to  regulation by
the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System ("Federal  Reserve Board"),
the  Massachusetts  Secretary  of  State  and  the  SEC,  and  may,  in  certain
circumstances,  be subject to  regulation  by the  Commissioner  of Banks of the
Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  (the  "Commissioner  of Banks").  The Bank will
continue to be subject to federal  and state law,  including  regulation  by the
FDIC and the Commissioner of Banks. Company Common Stock will be registered with
the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act. If the Bank  abandons the  Reorganization,
the Bank  Common  Stock  would  continue  to be  registered  with the FDIC.  See
"Regulation."

Required Regulatory Approvals

         An application will be submitted to the Commissioner of Banks to obtain
his  approval of the Plan of  Reorganization  and the  formation  of the holding
company.  In  addition,  the Company is required to provide  prior notice to the
Federal Reserve Bank of Boston (the "Reserve Bank") of its proposed  acquisition
of all of the issued and  outstanding  capital  stock of the Bank in  accordance
with  the  Plan of  Reorganization.  See  "Proposal  One--Formation  of  Holding
Company--Conditions of the Reorganization."

         The Bank and the Company  have the right under the terms of the Plan of
Reorganization  to abandon  the  Reorganization  if,  among  other  things,  the
necessary  regulatory  approvals  cannot be  obtained  or if the  conditions  or
obligations associated with any such regulatory approval make the Reorganization
inadvisable  in the  opinion of the Bank or the  Company.  Any delays  which are
encountered in seeking any of the foregoing regulatory approvals could result in
a delay in the consummation of the Reorganization.  See "Proposal One--Formation
of Holding Company--Regulation."


                                      -10-

<PAGE>



Market for Stock and Dividends

         The Bank  Common  Stock is not  traded on any stock  exchange  or other
market system. The Company has no present plan or intention to list or otherwise
qualify the shares of Company  stock to be issued in the  Reorganization  on any
stock  exchange or with any other  trading  market.  The Bank has paid an annual
dividend  in each of the last four years and the  Company  expects  to  continue
payment of annual dividends.

Tax Consequences

         The  Bank  has  received  an  opinion  from  its   independent   public
accountants  to  the  effect  that  neither  the  Company,   the  Bank  nor  the
stockholders of the Bank (except dissenting stockholders) will recognize gain or
loss for  federal  income  tax  purposes  as a  result  of the  holding  company
formation.  Stockholders  of the  Bank  who  exercise  dissenters'  rights  will
recognize gain or loss on the transaction  for federal income tax purposes.  See
"Proposal One--Formation of Holding Company--Income Tax Consequences."

Dissenters' Rights

         Pursuant  to  Massachusetts  law,  holders  of Bank  Common  Stock have
dissenters'  appraisal  rights in  connection  with the formation of the holding
company.  The Bank and any such stockholder  shall in such cases have the rights
and  duties and shall  follow  the  procedure  set forth in  Sections  85 to 98,
inclusive, of Chapter 156B of the General Laws of Massachusetts, a copy of which
is attached to this Proxy  Statement-Prospectus as Appendix B and should be read
in its entirety.  Stockholders  of the Bank who exercise  dissenters'  appraisal
rights must carefully  follow the procedures  described  therein.  See "Proposal
One--Formation of Holding Company--Rights of Dissenting Stockholders."

Comparison of Stockholder Rights

         The  Bank,  as  a  Massachusetts  trust  company,  is  regulated  under
Massachusetts   banking  laws.  The  Company,   as  a   Massachusetts   business
corporation,  is governed by the corporate laws of  Massachusetts.  Although the
Articles  of  Organization  and  By-laws  of the  Company  and the  Articles  of
Organization  and Bylaws of the Bank are  similar,  there are certain  important
differences  of which  stockholders  of the Bank should be aware.  Copies of the
Articles of  Organization  and By-laws of the Company are attached to this Proxy
Statement-Prospectus  as  Appendix C and should be read in their  entirety.  See
"Comparison of Stockholder Rights."

                  PROPOSAL TWO - ELECTION OF CLASS OF DIRECTORS

Proposal to Stockholders

         The Bank's Articles of Organization  and By-laws provide that the Board
of  Directors  shall be divided  into three  classes as nearly  equal in size as
possible, with the Directors in each class serving for a term of three years. As
the term of one class  expires,  a  successor  class is elected  at each  annual
meeting of stockholders.

         At the  Annual  Meeting,  stockholders  of the Bank are being  asked to
elect  Kenneth S. Ansin,  Eric W. Hanson,  Arnold S. Lerner and Richard W. Main,
the four  nominees  proposed by the Board of Directors of the Bank, as Directors
of the Bank to serve until the 1999  annual  meeting of  stockholders  and until
their  successors  are elected and  qualified.  See "Proposal Two -- Election of
Class of Directors."

                                      -11-

<PAGE>




Recommendation of Directors

          The Board of Directors of the Bank  recommends  that the  stockholders
vote FOR the  election of each of Kenneth S. Ansin,  Eric W.  Hanson,  Arnold S.
Lerner and Richard W. Main,  the nominees  proposed by the Board of Directors of
the Bank, as Directors of the Bank.

        PROPOSALS THREE AND FOUR - ELECTION OF CLERK AND ASSISTANT CLERK

Proposal to Stockholders

         Under  Massachusetts  law,  the  Clerk  of the Bank is  required  to be
elected by the stockholders at the Annual Meeting.  In addition,  although there
is no requirement that the Bank's  stockholders elect the Assistant Clerk of the
Bank, stockholders are being asked to do so. At the Annual Meeting, stockholders
of the Bank are being asked to elect  Arnold S. Lerner and Michael A.  Spinelli,
the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors,  as the Clerk and the Assistant
Clerk of the Bank, respectively,  each to serve until the 1997 annual meeting of
stockholders  and until his successor is elected and  qualified.  See "Proposals
Three and Four -- Election of Clerk and Assistant Clerk."

Recommendation of Directors

         The Board of Directors  of the Bank  recommends  that the  stockholders
vote FOR the  election  of Arnold S.  Lerner as Clerk of the Bank and Michael A.
Spinelli as Assistant Clerk of the Bank.



       PROPOSAL FIVE - RATIFICATION OF APPOINTMENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

Proposal to Stockholders

         Although there is no requirement  that the Bank's  stockholders  ratify
the Board of Directors'  appointment of independent  auditors,  stockholders are
being asked at the Annual Meeting to ratify the Board of Directors'  appointment
of KPMG Peat  Marwick LLP to serve as the Bank's  independent  auditors  for the
fiscal year ending  December 31, 1996.  See "Proposal  Five --  Ratification  of
Appointment of Independent Auditors."

Recommendation of Directors

         The Board of Directors  of the Bank  recommends  that the  stockholders
vote FOR the  ratification  of the Board of Directors'  appointment of KPMG Peat
Marwick  LLP to serve as the Bank's  independent  auditors  for the fiscal  year
ending December 31, 1996.



                                      -12-

<PAGE>



                        ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY


                            ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.



                 VOTING, REVOCATION AND SOLICITATION OF PROXIES

Annual Meeting

         This Proxy  Statement-Prospectus  is being furnished in connection with
the solicitation of proxies by the Board of Directors of the Bank for use at the
Annual Meeting of  Stockholders  to be held at the Sheraton Inn  Riverfront,  50
Warren Street, Lowell,  Massachusetts at 4:00 p.m. local time on Tuesday, May 7,
1996, and any adjournments thereof.

         As more fully described in this Proxy Statement-Prospectus,  the Annual
Meeting  has been  called (1) to  consider  and vote upon a  proposal  to form a
holding  company  for the Bank by the  approval  of the  Plan of  Reorganization
pursuant to which the Bank will become a wholly-owned  subsidiary of the Company
and each issued and  outstanding  share of Bank Common Stock,  other than shares
held by stockholders,  if any, exercising  dissenters' appraisal rights, will be
exchanged for one share of Company  Common  Stock,  (2) to elect a class of four
Directors of the Bank for a three-year  term,  (3) to elect a Clerk of the Bank,
(4) to elect an Assistant  Clerk of the Bank,  (5) to ratify the  appointment of
independent  auditors,  and (6) to transact such other  business as may properly
come before the Annual Meeting or any adjournments or postponements thereof. See
"Proposal One--Formation of Holding Company."

Record Date

         The Board of  Directors  of the Bank has fixed the close of business on
March 11, 1996 as the Record Date for the determination of stockholders entitled
to notice of and to vote at the Annual  Meeting  and any  adjournments  thereof.
Only  holders of record of Bank  Common  Stock at the close of  business  on the
Record Date will be entitled to notice of and to vote at the Annual  Meeting and
any  adjournments  thereof.  At the close of business on the Record Date,  there
were 1,575,892  shares of Bank Common Stock issued and  outstanding and entitled
to vote at the Annual  Meeting  and any  adjournments  thereof.  As of such date
there were approximately 594 holders of record of Bank Common Stock. The holders
of each share of Bank Common  Stock  outstanding  as of the close of business on
the Record  Date will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record upon
each  matter  properly  submitted  to the  Annual  Meeting  or any  adjournments
thereof.

Proxies

         Holders of Bank Common Stock are requested to complete,  date, sign and
promptly  return the  accompanying  proxy card in the  enclosed  envelope  which
requires  no postage if mailed in the United  States.  If the  enclosed  form of
proxy is properly  executed  and returned to the Bank in time to be voted at the
Annual  Meeting,  the shares  represented  thereby  will,  unless such proxy has
previously been revoked, be voted in

                                      -13-

<PAGE>



accordance  with the  instructions  marked  thereon.  Executed  proxies  with no
instructions indicated thereon will be voted (1) FOR the approval of the Plan of
Reorganization, (2) FOR the election of Kenneth S. Ansin, Eric W. Hanson, Arnold
S. Lerner and Richard W. Main,  the four  nominees of the Board of  Directors of
the Bank, as Directors of the Bank,  (3) FOR the election of Arnold S. Lerner as
Clerk of the Bank,  (4) FOR the  election of Michael A.  Spinelli  as  Assistant
Clerk  of the  Bank,  (5)  FOR  the  ratification  of the  Board  of  Directors'
appointment of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP as the Bank's independent  auditors for the
fiscal year  ending  December  31,  1996 and (6) in such manner as  management's
proxy-holders shall decide on such other matters as may properly come before the
Annual Meeting.

         The  presence  of  a  stockholder   at  the  Annual  Meeting  will  not
automatically revoke a stockholder's proxy. A stockholder may, however, revoke a
proxy at any time prior to the voting thereof on any matter  (without,  however,
affecting any vote taken prior to such  revocation)  by filing with the Clerk of
the Bank a  written  notice  of  revocation,  by  delivering  to the Bank a duly
executed  proxy  bearing a later date,  or by attending  the Annual  Meeting and
voting in person.  All written  notices of revocation  and other  communications
with respect to  revocation  of proxies in  connection  with the Annual  Meeting
should be addressed as follows: Enterprise Bank and Trust Company, 222 Merrimack
Street, Lowell, Massachusetts 01852, Attention: Arnold S. Lerner, Clerk.

         It is not  anticipated  that any matters  other than those set forth in
proposals (1)-(5) contained in this Proxy  Statement-Prospectus  will be brought
before the Annual Meeting.  If any other matters properly come before the Annual
Meeting,  the  persons  named as  proxies  will vote upon such  matters in their
discretion in accordance with their best judgment.

         In addition to use of the mails, proxies may be solicited personally or
by telephone or telegraph by officers,  Directors  and employees of the Bank who
will not be specially compensated for such solicitation activities. Arrangements
will also be made with  brokerage  houses  and other  custodians,  nominees  and
fiduciaries for forwarding  solicitation  materials to the beneficial  owners of
shares held of record by such persons,  and the Bank will reimburse such persons
for their reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses  incurred in that connection.  The
cost of soliciting proxies will be borne by the Bank.

Quorum; Vote Required

         The  presence,  in person or by proxy,  of at least a  majority  of the
total  number  of  outstanding  shares  of Bank  Common  Stock is  necessary  to
constitute  a quorum at the Annual  Meeting  for the  transaction  of  business.
Abstentions and "broker non-votes" (as defined below) will be counted as present
for  purposes  of  determining  the  presence  or  absence  of a quorum  for the
transaction  of business at the Annual  Meeting.  A quorum  being  present,  the
affirmative  vote of a  plurality  of the votes  cast at the  Annual  Meeting is
required to elect a class of four  Directors of the Bank  (Proposal  Two) and to
elect a Clerk  and  Assistant  Clerk of the Bank  (Proposals  Three  and  Four).
Abstentions  and  broker  non-votes  will not be  counted  as  "votes  cast" for
purposes  of  electing a class of four  Directors  and a Clerk and an  Assistant
Clerk of the Bank and, therefore,  will not affect the election of Directors,  a
Clerk and an Assistant Clerk of the Bank. Approval of the proposal to ratify the
appointment of independent  auditors  (Proposal  Five) requires the  affirmative
vote of a majority of the shares present and voting,  in person or by proxy,  at
the Annual Meeting.  Abstentions and broker non-votes will not be included among
the votes deemed to be cast at the Annual  Meeting for purposes of approving the
proposal to ratify the appointment of independent auditors and, therefore,  will
not have the effect of either  votes  "for" or votes  "against"  this  proposal.
Approval of the Plan of  Reorganization  (Proposal One) requires the affirmative
vote of the holders of two-thirds of the issued and  outstanding  shares of Bank
Common  Stock  eligible  to be cast by  stockholders  of  record at the close of
business on the Record Date. By

                                      -14-

<PAGE>



voting for the Plan of Reorganization,  stockholders of the Bank shall be deemed
to authorize  the Bank to take all  appropriate  action to implement the Plan of
Reorganization.  Abstentions  and broker  non-votes will not be counted as votes
"for" the proposal to approve the Plan of Reorganization  and,  therefore,  will
have the affect of votes against this proposal.

         A  "broker  non-vote"  is a  proxy  from  a  broker  or  other  nominee
indicating  that such person has not received  instructions  from the beneficial
owner or other  person  entitled to vote the shares which are the subject of the
proxy on a particular  matter with respect to which the broker or other  nominee
does not have discretionary voting power.

         The Directors and principal  officers of the Bank have  indicated  that
they intend to vote all shares of Bank Common  Stock which they are  entitled to
vote in favor of each of the Proposals presented herein. On the Record Date, the
Directors and  principal  officers of the Bank in the aggregate had the right to
vote   approximately   461,030   shares  of  Bank  Common   Stock   representing
approximately  29.26% of the outstanding  Bank Common Stock as of such date. See
"Management of the Bank."



                   PROPOSAL ONE - FORMATION OF HOLDING COMPANY

         The following descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference
and are made subject to the Plan of  Reorganization  attached hereto as Appendix
A,  certain  provisions  of the General  Laws of  Massachusetts  relating to the
rights  of  dissenting  stockholders  attached  hereto  as  Appendix  B, and the
Articles of Organization  and By-laws of the Company attached hereto as Appendix
C.

Recommendation of Directors

         The  Boards  of  Directors  of the Bank and of the  Company  have  each
approved the Plan of  Reorganization,  which provides for the acquisition of all
outstanding  shares of Bank Common Stock by the Company in exchange for an equal
number of shares of Company  Common Stock  pursuant to the provisions of Section
26B  of  Chapter  172  of  the  General  Laws  of  Massachusetts.  The  Plan  of
Reorganization  will not take effect  unless it is  approved by the  affirmative
vote of two-thirds  of the total votes  eligible to be cast by  stockholders  of
record as of the close of business on the Record Date. Unless authority to do so
has been limited in a proxy, it is the intention of the persons named as proxies
to vote the shares to which the proxy  relates  for the  approval of the Plan of
Reorganization.

         The  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Bank  believes  that  the  Plan  of
Reorganization  is in the  best  interests  of the  Bank  and its  stockholders.
Accordingly,  the Board of Directors  recommends that the stockholders  vote FOR
approval of the Plan of Reorganization.

Description of the Plan of Reorganization

         The Company has been  organized as a  Massachusetts  corporation at the
direction  of the Bank for the  purpose of becoming  the holding  company of the
Bank. The Company and the Bank have entered into the Plan of Reorganization.

         Under the Plan of Reorganization,  the Company will become the owner of
all of the outstanding  shares of Bank Common Stock, and each stockholder of the
Bank who does not exercise dissenters' appraisal

                                      -15-

<PAGE>



rights with respect to the Plan of  Reorganization  will become the owner of one
share  of  Company  Common  Stock  for  each  share of Bank  Common  Stock  held
immediately prior to the consummation of the Reorganization.  Upon the effective
date  of  the   Reorganization,   each  share  of  Bank  Common  Stock  will  be
automatically   exchanged   for  one  share  of  Company   Common   Stock.   The
Reorganization  will  become  effective  (the  "Effective  Date")  on the  first
business  day  following  the date on which the Bank and the Company  advise the
Commissioner  of  Banks in  writing  that all the  conditions  precedent  to the
Reorganization  becoming  effective  have  been  satisfied  and that the Plan of
Reorganization has not been abandoned by the Bank or the Company. As a condition
to the consummation of the Reorganization, the Company and the Bank must receive
certain regulatory approvals. See "-- Conditions of the Reorganization." Neither
the Company nor the Bank can predict  whether such approvals will be obtained or
whether  such  approvals  will be on terms  satisfactory  to the Company and the
Bank.  Accordingly,  the consummation of the  Reorganization may be subject to a
delay  which  may,  under  certain   circumstances,   be  significant.   If  the
stockholders  approve  the Plan of  Reorganization  at the Annual  Meeting,  the
Company  and the Bank shall  have the right to  consummate  the  Reorganization,
subject  to the  satisfaction  of  the  conditions  contained  in  the  Plan  of
Reorganization, at any time thereafter.

         The  number  of  shares  of  Company  Common  Stock to be issued on the
Effective  Date will be equal the number of shares of Bank Common  Stock  issued
and  outstanding  immediately  prior thereto,  less the number of shares of Bank
Common Stock, if any, held by dissenting stockholders.  Shares of Company Common
Stock which would have been issued had  dissenting  stockholders  not  dissented
will remain as  authorized  but unissued  shares of Company  Common  Stock.  Any
shares of Company  Common  Stock which are  outstanding  prior to the  Effective
Date, all of which,  if any, would be held by the Bank,  will be redeemed at par
value as part of the  Reorganization and retired to the status of authorized and
unissued shares.

         The outstanding stock certificates of Bank Common Stock which, prior to
the Reorganization, represented shares of Bank Common Stock, will thereafter for
all purposes represent an equal number of shares of Company Common Stock, except
for certificates held by dissenting  stockholders and as set forth below.  After
the  Effective  Date,  the Company will issue and deliver to the transfer  agent
(the "Transfer  Agent") for the Bank and the Company  certificates  representing
the number of shares of Company  Common Stock  issuable in  connection  with the
Reorganization. The Company and the Bank will notify the stockholders by mail at
their  addresses  as shown on the Bank's  records  and, as may be  required,  by
publication  that they may present their  certificates to the Transfer Agent for
exchange.   Stockholders   may  exchange   their  present   stock   certificates
representing Bank Common Stock for new certificates  representing Company Common
Stock by  surrendering  their Bank Common  Stock  certificates  to the  Transfer
Agent. They will then receive in exchange therefor a certificate representing an
equal  number  of  shares  of  Company   Common   Stock.   Until  so  exchanged,
stockholders' present stock certificates representing Bank Common Stock will for
all purposes represent an equal number of shares of Company Common Stock and the
holders of those  certificates will have all the other rights of stockholders of
the Company.  However,  the Company at any time may withhold any dividends  that
may be declared on shares of Company  Common  Stock until  stockholders  present
their Bank Common Stock certificates to the Transfer Agent for exchange. In such
case,  upon delivery of such  certificates or as soon thereafter as practicable,
such persons shall be entitled to receive from the Company or the Transfer Agent
an amount equal to all accrued dividends  (without interest thereon and less the
amount of taxes,  if any,  which may have been  imposed or paid thereon or which
are required by law to be withheld in respect thereof) on the shares represented
thereby.

         After consummation of the Reorganization,  the Bank, as a subsidiary of
the Company, will continue to serve the communities it presently serves from its
existing  office  locations.  The assets,  property,  rights and powers,  debts,
liabilities,  obligations  and  duties  of the Bank will not be  changed  by the
Reorganization,  except for the  proposed  initial  transfer of $50,000 from the
Bank's stockholders' equity to the Company. See

                                      -16-

<PAGE>



"Financial Resources of the Company."  Similarly,  the Articles of Organization,
By-laws  and  name of the Bank  will  not be  affected  by  consummation  of the
Reorganization. Pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization, upon consummation of the
Reorganization  the employee incentive stock option plan of the Bank (the "Stock
Option  Plan")  will  become the  employee  incentive  stock  option plan of the
Company.  Certain  officers of the Bank will  initially  serve as the  principal
officers of the Company. See "Management of the Company."

         The  Reorganization  will be accounted  for in a method  similar to the
"pooling of interests" method for accounting purposes.

Reasons for the Holding Company Formation

         The Board of  Directors  of the Bank  believes  that a holding  company
structure will improve the  competitive  position of the Bank in an evolving and
consolidating market and provide increased long-term value to stockholders.  The
holding company  structure  should  facilitate the acquisition of or affiliation
with other banks as well as other companies engaged in bank-related  activities.
In its present  form,  the only  practical  way for the Bank to  affiliate  with
another banking  institution is by merger with, or acquisition of  substantially
all the assets of, the other  institution.  In such case, the acquired entity is
absorbed  by  the  acquirer  and  ceases  to  operate  as  an  ongoing  business
organization.  A holding company  structure,  however,  would permit an acquired
entity to operate on a more autonomous basis as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the
Company.  For example,  the acquired institution could retain its own directors,
officers,  corporate name and local identity. This more autonomous operation may
be decisive in  acquisition  negotiations.  The Board of  Directors  of the Bank
believes  that if the  Company  can  build a  multibank  franchise  composed  of
well-established  community  banks with strong ties to local consumers and small
businesses,   then  the  consolidated  Company,  by  benefitting  from  improved
economies of scale and expanded  managerial and financial  resources,  should be
able to provide in a cost effective manner an expanded range of superior quality
products and services,  which will, in turn,  enable the Company to compete more
effectively  with the larger  regional and  out-of-state  banking  organizations
operating  within the Company's  market area. While the Bank, from time to time,
explores  acquisition  and affiliation  possibilities,  neither the Bank nor the
Company has any current  agreements or understandings  for the acquisition of or
affiliation  with any  financial  institution  or other company and there are no
assurances that any such acquisitions or affiliations will occur.

         A holding company  structure will also provide greater  flexibility for
meeting  the future  financial  needs of the Bank or other  subsidiaries  of the
Company.  The  Company,  unlike the Bank,  will not  generally be subject to any
regulatory  limitations  on the amounts which it can invest in its  subsidiaries
and other  businesses.  In addition,  the Company,  unlike the Bank, will not be
required  to obtain  the prior  approval  of the  Commissioner  of Banks  before
issuing  shares of its capital  stock.  The Company will also be  permitted,  in
accordance with applicable regulations of the Federal Reserve Board, to purchase
or redeem its equity  securities.  Although current  Massachusetts  banking laws
would  permit the Bank to purchase  its own stock,  federal  limitations  on the
permissible  activities and investments of state-chartered  banks imposed by the
Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  Improvement Act of 1991 ("FDICIA") may
prohibit such  purchases by the Bank.  See  "Regulation."  With a parent holding
company as a potential source of additional  capital,  the Bank should be better
able to undertake necessary capital expenditures and/or grow its assets, both of
which may improve the Bank's competitive  position within its market area. There
are no current  agreements or understandings  with respect to any investments or
the issuance  (other than  pursuant to the Stock Option Plan) of any  additional
shares of capital stock by either the Bank or the Company.


                                      -17-

<PAGE>



         It is recognized that some increased  costs,  including  administrative
expenses and  franchise  and other taxes,  will be incurred in the formation and
operation of the Company. However, such increased costs are not expected to have
a material adverse effect on the consolidated  financial  results of the Company
and the Bank.

Financial Resources of the Company

                  The Bank  currently  intends to transfer  $50,000 as a capital
contribution  to the  Company  immediately  prior to the  effective  time of the
Reorganization.  Upon  consummation  of the  Reorganization,  the  shares of the
Company to be issued to the Bank in connection  with such capital  contribution,
will be  redeemed  at par value and  retired  to the  status of  authorized  and
unissued shares. See "Capitalization." Immediately following the Reorganization,
therefore,  the assets of the Company, on an unconsolidated  basis, will consist
of the  initial  transfer  of funds by the Bank and all of the then  outstanding
shares of Bank Common Stock. See  "Capitalization." A transfer of $50,000 to the
Company would reduce the Bank's stockholders' equity as of December 31, 1995, to
approximately  $18,915,714 on an  unconsolidated  basis. If this transfer to the
Company had been made on December 31, 1995,  the Bank's tier 1 leverage  capital
ratio, tier 1 risk-based  capital ratio and total risk-based capital ratio would
have been approximately 8.34%, 15.05% and 16.30%, respectively, each of which is
in excess of the Bank's  minimum  regulatory  requirements  and would permit the
Bank to qualify as a "well capitalized"  depositary institution for the purposes
of current FDIC capital regulations.

         The  actual  amount of funds  which  may be  transferred,  however,  is
subject to change and may be greater or less,  depending on a number of factors,
including the Company's future financial  requirements and applicable regulatory
restrictions.  In this  regard,  the Bank may also  lend  funds to the  Company,
either as part of or in addition to the transfer of funds being made at the time
of the  Reorganization  or thereafter.  The funds provided to the Company by the
Bank may be used by the Company for various  corporate  purposes,  including the
payment of expenses to be  incurred  by the  Company in the  ordinary  course of
business.

         Additional  financial  resources may be available to the Company in the
future  through  borrowings,  debt or equity  financings,  or dividends from the
Bank,  other acquired  entities or new businesses.  Some or all of the foregoing
will be subject to compliance with certain regulatory restrictions. In addition,
the Bank may lend  amounts to the  Company.  Any such loans  would be subject to
certain  restrictions on transactions  with affiliates of a bank holding company
under  Section 23A the Federal  Reserve  Act, as amended,  and other  regulatory
limitations.  There can be no assurance, however, as to the amount of additional
financial  resources which will be available to the Company.  Dividends from the
Bank to the Company will also be subject to tax and regulatory  limitations  and
requirements.  See "--  Income  Tax  Consequences"  and  "Market  for  Stock and
Dividends."

Conditions of the Reorganization

         The Plan of Reorganization  provides that it shall not become effective
until  all of  the  following  first  shall  have  occurred:  (i)  the  Plan  of
Reorganization  shall have been  approved by a vote of the holders of two-thirds
of the outstanding  shares of Bank Common Stock, (ii) the Plan of Reorganization
shall have been  approved  by the  Commissioner  of Banks  under  Section 26B of
Chapter 172 of the General Laws of  Massachusetts,  (iii) the Company shall have
provided  notice to the Reserve Bank of its proposed  acquisition  of all of the
capital  stock of the Bank in  accordance  with  the Plan of  Reorganization  as
required  under the  regulations  of the Federal  Reserve Board  contained at 12
C.F.R.  ss.  225.15 and neither the Reserve Bank nor the Federal  Reserve  Board
shall have objected to the  Reorganization  within thirty days after the date of
the Reserve Bank's  receipt of such notice,  (iv) the Bank and the Company shall
have received a favorable opinion

                                      -18-

<PAGE>



from its  independent  public  accountants  concerning  the  federal  income tax
consequences of the Reorganization, (v) the shares of Company Common Stock to be
issued in exchange for Bank Common Stock pursuant to the Reorganization shall be
registered or qualified  for issuance to the extent  required  under  applicable
state securities laws, and (vi) the Bank and the Company shall have obtained all
other necessary consents,  permissions and approvals and taken all other actions
required or  otherwise  deemed to be  necessary or  appropriate,  including  the
amendment of the Company's  articles of  organization to increase its authorized
capital to  5,000,000  shares of common  stock,  par value $0.01 per share,  and
1,000,000  shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, for the holding
company formation.

         It is expected that an application  will be filed with the Commissioner
of Banks  promptly after the date of this Proxy  Statement-Prospectus  to obtain
approval  of the Plan of  Reorganization.  The  Commissioner  of Banks  will not
approve the Plan of  Reorganization  unless and until the Plan of Reorganization
has been  approved by the Bank's  stockholders.  The Company  will also file the
required notice of the Reorganization with the Reserve Bank at approximately the
same time as the  application  to the  Commissioner  of Banks is submitted.  See
"Regulation--Holding  Company  Regulation."  The Bank has received an opinion of
its independent public accountants regarding the federal income tax consequences
of the Reorganization. See "Income Tax Consequences."

         If the Plan of Reorganization is approved by the Bank's stockholders at
the  Annual  Meeting,  the  holding  company  formation  is  expected  to become
effective as soon thereafter as the required regulatory  approvals are received.
The  Bank  and the  Company  have  the  right  under  the  terms  of the Plan of
Reorganization  to abandon  the  Reorganization  if,  among  other  things,  the
necessary  regulatory  approvals  cannot be  obtained  or if the  conditions  or
obligations associated with any such regulatory approval make the Reorganization
inadvisable in the opinion of the Bank or the Company.

         If the Plan of  Reorganization is not approved at the Annual Meeting or
all of the  necessary  regulatory  approvals  are not  obtained,  the Bank  will
continue  to  operate  without a holding  company  structure.  All  expenses  in
connection with the  Reorganization  will be paid by the Bank whether or not the
Plan of Reorganization is approved by its stockholders or the  Reorganization is
consummated.

         In addition,  the Plan of  Reorganization  also provides that it may be
abandoned  by the Board of  Directors of the Bank or the Company if, among other
things  (i) the  number of  shares  of Bank  Common  Stock  owned by  dissenting
stockholders  will make  consummation of the  Reorganization  inadvisable in the
opinion of the Bank or the Company,  (ii) any action, suit,  proceeding or claim
has been instituted,  made or threatened relating to the proposed Reorganization
which will make consummation of the Reorganization inadvisable in the opinion of
the Bank or the  Company,  or (iii) for any  other  reason  consummation  of the
Reorganization is inadvisable in the opinion of the Bank or the Company.

Rights of Dissenting Stockholders

         Any holder of Bank Common  Stock (i) who files with the Bank before the
taking  of the  vote on the  approval  of the  Plan of  Reorganization,  written
objection  to the Plan of  Reorganization,  stating  that he  intends  to demand
payment  for his shares if the  Reorganization  is  consummated,  and (ii) whose
shares are not voted in favor of the Plan of Reorganization, has or may have the
right to  demand in  writing  from the  Bank,  within 20 days  after the date of
mailing  to  him of  notice  in  writing  that  the  Reorganization  has  become
effective,  payment for his shares and an  appraisal of the value  thereof.  The
Bank and any such  stockholder  shall follow the procedure set forth in Sections
85 to 98,  inclusive,  of Chapter 156B of the General Laws of  Massachusetts.  A
brief summary of the applicable sections of the General Laws of Massachusetts is
set forth

                                      -19-

<PAGE>



below.  However, this summary does not purport to be a complete statement of the
procedures to be followed by  stockholders  desiring to exercise their rights to
dissent  from the  Reorganization  and is  qualified  in its entirety by express
reference   to   such    sections,    which   are   included   in   this   Proxy
Statement-Prospectus as Appendix B.

         A holder of Bank Common Stock  intending  to exercise  his  dissenter's
right to  receive  payment  for his shares  must file with the Bank,  before the
Annual  Meeting  or at the  Annual  Meeting  but  before the vote on the Plan of
Reorganization,  written objection to the Plan of Reorganization stating that he
intends to demand  payment for his shares if the  Reorganization  is consummated
and must not vote in favor of the  Reorganization at the Annual Meeting.  Within
10 days after the Reorganization  becomes effective,  the Bank will give written
notice of such  effectiveness  by registered or certified mail to each holder of
Bank Common Stock who filed such written objection and who did not vote in favor
of the Plan of  Reorganization.  Such written  notice of  effectiveness  will be
addressed  to the  stockholder  at his last  known  address as it appears in the
stock record books of the Bank. Within 20 days after the mailing of such notice,
any  holder  of Bank  Common  Stock to whom the Bank was  required  to give such
notice may make  written  demand for payment for his shares from the Bank and in
such event, the Bank will be required to pay to him the fair value of his shares
within 30 days after the  expiration  of the period during which such demand may
be made.  If during such 30-day period the Bank and the  dissenting  stockholder
fail to agree as to the fair value of such shares,  the Bank or such stockholder
may have the fair value of the stock of all dissenting  stockholders  determined
by  judicial  proceedings  by filing a bill in equity in the  Superior  Court in
Middlesex  County,  Massachusetts,  within four months after such 30-day period.
For the  purposes of any such  Superior  Court  determination,  the value of the
shares of the Bank is to be  determined  as of the day preceding the date of the
vote of the  stockholders  approving  the Plan of  Reorganization  and  shall be
exclusive of any element of value arising from the expectation or accomplishment
of the  Reorganization.  Upon  making  such  written  demand  for  payment,  the
dissenting stockholder will not thereafter be entitled to notices of meetings of
stockholders,  to vote,  or to  dividends  unless no suit is filed  within  four
months to  determine  the value of the stock,  any such suit is  dismissed as to
that stockholder, or the stockholder withdraws his objection in writing with the
written approval of the Bank.

         Failure to affirmatively  vote against the Plan of Reorganization  does
not constitute a waiver of a dissenting  stockholder's  right to receive payment
for his shares of Bank Common Stock,  provided that such dissenting  stockholder
has furnished the requisite notice of objection prior to the stockholders'  vote
on  the  Plan  of   Reorganization   and  such  stockholder  does  not  in  fact
affirmatively  vote  in  favor  of the  Plan  of  Reorganization.  Likewise,  an
affirmative  vote  against  the  Plan  of  Reorganization  does  not  entitle  a
stockholder  to receive  payment for his shares of Bank Common Stock unless such
stockholder has also furnished the requisite  notice of objection and undertaken
the additional steps (summarized in the preceding paragraph) required to perfect
his dissenters' rights of appraisal.

     The enforcement by a dissenting stockholder of his right to receive payment
for his Bank  Common  Stock in the manner  provided by Sections 85 through 98 of
Chapter 156B of the General Laws of Massachusetts  will be his exclusive remedy,
except that a stockholder  shall not be excluded from bringing or maintaining an
appropriate  proceeding to obtain relief on the ground that  consummation of the
Reorganization will be or is illegal or fraudulent as to him.

Income Tax Consequences

     The  Bank  will  not  seek a  ruling  from  the  Internal  Revenue  Service
concerning the federal income tax  consequences of the proposed  holding company
formation, but will instead rely on an opinion of its

                                      -20-

<PAGE>



independent public  accountants,  KPMG Peat Marwick LLP. Unlike a private letter
ruling from the Internal Revenue Service,  such an opinion has no binding effect
on the Internal Revenue Service.  The Bank has been advised by KPMG Peat Marwick
LLP in substance that:

     1.    No gain or loss will be  recognized by the  stockholders  of the Bank
           upon the transfer of their shares of Bank Common Stock to the Company
           solely in exchange for shares of Company Common Stock (Section 351(a)
           of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code")).

     2.   No gain or loss  will be  recognized  by the Bank as a  result  of the
          Reorganization.

     3.    No gain or loss will be recognized by the Company upon the receipt of
           shares of Bank Common  Stock  solely in exchange  for Company  Common
           Stock (Section 1032(a)(1) of the Code).

     4.    The basis of the shares of Company Common Stock to be received by the
           shareholders of the Bank in the Reorganization will, in each case, be
           the same as the basis of the shares of Bank Common Stock  surrendered
           in exchange therefor (Section 358(a)(1) of the Code).

     5.    The  holding  period of the  shares  of  Company  Common  Stock to be
           received by the shareholders of the Bank will, in each case,  include
           the period  during  which the shares of Bank Common  Stock  exchanged
           therefor  were held,  provided  the shares of Bank Common  Stock were
           held as a capital asset by the Bank's shareholders on the date of the
           exchange (Section 1223(1) of the Code).

     6.    The basis of the shares of Bank  Common  Stock to be  received by the
           Company will, in each case, be the same as the basis of such stock in
           the hands of the exchanging Bank shareholders  (Section 362(a) of the
           Code).

     7.    The holding  period of the shares of Bank Common Stock to be received
           by the Company  will,  in each  instance,  include the period  during
           which such shares were held by the  shareholders of the Bank (Section
           1223(2) of the Code).

     8.    Provided the Company and the Bank file a consolidated  federal income
           tax return,  the earnings  and profits of the Company,  as new common
           parent of the  affiliated  group,  will be  adjusted  to reflect  the
           earnings  and profits of the Bank (see  Section  1.1502-31(a)(1)  and
           1.1502-33(f)(1) of the Treasury Regulations).

     9.    Provided the Company and the Bank file a consolidated  federal income
           tax  return,  the  affiliated  group of which the Bank was the common
           parent prior to the  Reorganization  will continue in existence  with
           the Company as the new common parent.

     10.   Stockholders  of the Bank who exercise their  dissenters'  rights and
           receive  cash in the  exchange  for their shares of Bank Common Stock
           will recognize taxable income or loss for federal income tax purposes
           in connection with the  Reorganization.  The amount of that income or
           loss and the tax  treatment of that income or loss (e.g.,  whether it
           constitutes ordinary income or loss,  short-term capital gain or loss
           or  long-term  capital  gain or loss)  will  depend  upon a number of
           factual considerations peculiar to the individual stockholder.



                                      -21-

<PAGE>



           Any  stockholder of the Bank  considering  exercising his dissenter's
appraisal  rights with respect to any shares of Bank Common Stock should consult
his personal  income tax advisor for specific advice with respect to the federal
income tax consequences of that exercise.



                        COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS

     As a result of the holding  company  formation,  stockholders  of the Bank,
whose rights are presently  governed by the  Massachusetts  banking  laws,  will
become stockholders of the Company, a Massachusetts business corporation, and as
such their  rights will be governed by the  Massachusetts  Business  Corporation
Law. Certain differences in the rights of stockholders arise from this change in
governing  law. In  addition,  although  the  Articles of  Organization  and the
By-laws of the Bank (such Articles of  Organization  being referred to herein as
the "Bank Articles") and the Articles of  Organization,  as they will be amended
prior to the Effective Time to increase the Company's  authorized capital stock,
and the By-laws of the Company (such  Articles of  Organization,  as so amended,
being  referred to herein as the "Company  Articles")  are similar in substance,
there are certain  differences  in their  respective  provisions.  The  material
differences and some of the important similarities of the rights of stockholders
of the Bank and the Company are discussed below.  The following  discussion does
not purport to be a complete  statement  of such  similarities  and  differences
affecting  the rights of  stockholders  of the Bank but is intended as a summary
only. The Articles of Organization  and By-laws of the Company,  copies of which
are  attached  as  Appendix  C to this  Proxy  Statement-Prospectus,  should  be
reviewed carefully by each stockholder.

Capital Stock

     Authorized  and Issued Stock.  The Bank has 3,000,000  shares of authorized
common stock,  par value $1.00 per share, of which 1,575,892  shares were issued
and  outstanding  as of the Record Date and 152,802 shares in the aggregate were
reserved for issuance  under the Stock Option Plan.  The Bank also has 1,000,000
shares of authorized but unissued  preferred  stock,  par value $1.00 per share.
The Company  Articles  provide for 5,000,000  shares of common stock,  par value
$0.01 per share,  and 1,000,000  shares of preferred  stock, par value $0.01 per
share,  of which no shares  are  currently  issued  and  outstanding.  After the
consummation  of the  Reorganization,  the Company  will have the same number of
issued and outstanding shares,  subject to the exercise of dissenters' appraisal
rights,  and shares  reserved  for  issuance  under its stock option plan as are
presently  so issued  and  reserved  by the Bank.  See  "Description  of Company
Capital Stock."

     Issuance of Stock.  Under the provisions of Massachusetts  banking law, the
issuance  of  capital  stock by the Bank  requires  the  prior  approval  of the
Commissioner  of Banks.  In  contrast,  the  Company is able to issue  shares of
capital stock without obtaining prior approval of the Commissioner of Banks. The
issuance  of  capital  stock  by the  Company,  however,  would  be  subject  to
registration  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended  (the  "Securities
Act"),  unless such issuance was not in connection with a public offering or was
otherwise subject to an exemption from such registration  requirements,  whereas
the  capital  stock of the Bank is exempt in all cases  from such  registration.
There are no current  agreements or understandings  with respect to the issuance
of any additional shares of the Company capital stock.

     Pre-emptive Rights. The stockholders of the Company,  like the stockholders
of the Bank,  will not be entitled  to  pre-emptive  rights with  respect to any
shares of capital stock which may be issued.


                                      -22-

<PAGE>



     Rights of Issuer to Repurchase  Stock.  Under  applicable state and federal
banking laws, the Bank is authorized to purchase shares of its own stock if such
purchase is  undertaken  in  accordance  with certain  regulatory  requirements,
including  the prior  approval  of the FDIC.  Under the  Massachusetts  Business
Corporation Law, the Company will be allowed to purchase shares of its own stock
in the open market or otherwise.  Any purchase by the Company will be subject to
applicable  law,  including  prior  notice to the  Federal  Reserve  Board under
certain circumstances. See "Regulation -- Holding Company Regulation."

Common Stock

     Dividend  Rights.  The  stockholders  of the Bank are entitled to dividends
when  and as  declared  by the  Bank's  Board  of  Directors.  Under  applicable
Massachusetts  law and FDIC  regulations  governing  the payment of dividends by
stock  form  banks,  such as the  Bank,  the  board of  directors  is  generally
empowered to pay dividends out of the bank's net profits, to the extent that the
board of  directors  considers  such  payment  advisable,  and the bank  remains
adequately   capitalized.   Massachusetts  law  also  imposes  various  specific
restrictions upon a bank's payment of dividends,  including the requirement that
on the date a dividend is declared the bank's  capital and surplus must equal at
least 10% of its deposit  liabilities or a sufficient amount must be transferred
from net profits to surplus so that the surplus  account shall equal one hundred
percent of the capital stock account prior to the payment of such dividend.  The
Bank is not subject to any regulatory  agreement,  order or directive that would
restrict its ability to pay dividends to the fullest extent otherwise  permitted
by applicable law and regulation.

     A  Massachusetts  business  corporation,  such  as  the  Company,  may  pay
dividends  or  repurchase  or redeem  its shares of capital  stock;  however,  a
director who votes to authorize a dividend, repurchase or redemption which is in
violation of the  corporation's  articles of  organization  or which renders the
corporation  insolvent  may be jointly and  severally  liable for such  improper
dividend, repurchase or redemption. Stockholders to whom a corporation makes any
such distribution  (except a distribution of stock of the  corporation),  if the
corporation is, or is thereby rendered, insolvent, are liable to the corporation
for the amount of such distribution made, or for the amount of such distribution
which exceeds that which could have been made without  rendering the corporation
insolvent,  but in  either  event  only  to the  extent  of the  amount  paid or
distributed to them, respectively.

     It is the policy of the Federal  Reserve Board that bank holding  companies
should  pay cash  dividends  on common  stock  only out of the past  year's  net
income,  and only if  prospective  earnings  retention  is  consistent  with the
organization's  expected  future needs.  The policy  further  provides that bank
holding  companies should not maintain a level of cash dividends that undermines
the bank  holding  company's  ability  to serve as a source of  strength  to its
subsidiary  banks.  The Federal Reserve Board also requires by regulation that a
bank holding company seeking to purchase or redeem any of its equity  securities
must provide  prior notice to the  appropriate  regional  Federal  Reserve Bank,
which may  disapprove  of such  proposed  purchase or  redemption,  if the gross
consideration  for such purchase or  redemption,  when  aggregated  with the net
consideration  paid by the holding company for all such purchases or redemptions
during  the  preceding  twelve  months,  exceeds  10% of the  holding  company's
consolidated net worth,  except that such prior notice requirements do not apply
to any holding  company that is "well  capitalized"  in accordance  with Federal
Reserve  Board  regulations,  has received a composite  "1" or "2" rating in its
most recent examination and is not subject to any unresolved regulatory issues.

     Principal  sources of revenues for the Company  will be dividends  received
from  the  Bank  and  other  subsidiaries  and  interest  earned  on  short-term
investments and advances to subsidiaries. See "Market for Stock and Dividends."

                                      -23-

<PAGE>



     Any issuance of preferred stock with a preference over Company Common Stock
as to dividends may affect the dividend rights of common stockholders.

     Voting  Rights.  All voting rights in the Bank are currently  vested in the
holders of the issued and  outstanding  Bank  Common  Stock.  Each share of Bank
Common  Stock is  entitled  to one vote on all  matters,  without  any  right to
cumulative  voting in the election of Directors.  Following the formation of the
holding  company  structure,  all voting rights in the Company will be vested in
the holders of Company  Common Stock and each share of Company Common Stock will
be entitled to one vote on all matters,  without any right to cumulative  voting
in the election of Directors. In each case, any issuance of preferred stock with
voting rights may affect the voting rights of common stockholders.

Preferred Stock

     Under both the Bank  Articles  and the  Company  Articles,  the  respective
Boards  of  Directors  of the  Bank  and the  Company  are  authorized  to issue
preferred stock in series and to fix the powers,  designations,  preferences, or
other  rights  of the  shares  of  each  such  series  and  the  qualifications,
limitations,  and restrictions  thereon.  The issuance of preferred stock by the
Bank and by the  Company is subject to the  approval  of a majority  vote of the
Board of Directors of the Bank or the Company,  as the case may be. The issuance
of preferred  stock by the Bank is also subject to approval by the  Commissioner
of Banks.  Preferred  stock issued by the Company after the  Reorganization  may
rank prior to the Company  Common Stock as to dividend  rights,  or  liquidation
preferences, or both, may have full or limited voting rights (including multiple
voting rights and voting rights as a class),  and may be convertible into shares
of Company Common Stock. The Company has no present plans or understandings  for
the issuance of any preferred stock.

Directors

     Number and Staggered Terms. The Articles of Organization and By-laws of the
Bank provide that the Board of  Directors  shall  consist of not less than seven
nor more than 15  members.  The  Articles  of  Organization  and  By-laws of the
Company provide that the number of Directors of the Company shall consist of not
less than  three.  The Board of  Directors  of the  Company  will  initially  be
composed of the 13 persons  currently  serving as the Board of  Directors of the
Bank. Both the Bank Articles and the Company  Articles provide for three classes
of Directors with one class elected each year for three year staggered terms, so
that ordinarily no more than approximately one-third of the Directors will stand
for election in any one year and that there will be no cumulative  voting in the
election of Directors.

     Removal.  The Bank  Articles  and the Company  Articles  both  provide that
Directors may be removed from office,  but only for cause,  and then only by the
affirmative  vote of either not less than two-thirds of the  outstanding  shares
entitled to vote at a duly constituted  meeting of stockholders or two-thirds of
the members of the Board of Directors then in office, unless at the time of such
removal there shall be an Interested  Stockholder (as defined  below),  in which
case  the  affirmative  vote  of not  less  than  two-thirds  of the  Continuing
Directors  (as defined  below) then in office shall instead be required for such
removal by vote of the Board of Directors.  The term "Interested Stockholder" is
defined in both the Bank Articles and the Company Articles to mean generally any
beneficial  owner of more than 10% of the  outstanding  stock of the Bank or the
Company,  as  the  case  may  be,  and  certain  assignees  of  such  Interested
Stockholder.  The  term  "Continuing  Directors"  is  defined  in both  the Bank
Articles  and the  Company  Articles  to mean  generally  Directors  and certain
successor Directors who are not affiliates of an Interested  Stockholder and who
were  Directors  prior to the time  that an  Interested  Stockholder  became  an
Interested  Stockholder.  Both the Bank Articles and the Company Articles define
cause to mean only the following: (i) conviction of a felony, (ii)

                                      -24-

<PAGE>



acceptance of immunity to testify  where another has been so convicted,  (iii) a
court determination of liability for negligence or misconduct in the performance
of  directorial  duties  in an  important  matter  or  (iv) a  determination  or
direction  by such  governmental  agency or  authority  as may  exercise  proper
jurisdiction that an individual should not be a Director.

     Vacancies.  The By-laws of the Bank provide  that any vacancy  occurring on
the Board of Directors  caused by  resignation,  removal or death of a Director,
may be filled by the vote of a majority of the remaining  Directors unless there
is an Interested Stockholder in which case the affirmative vote of a majority of
the Continuing Directors then in office is also required.  Any vacancy caused by
an increase in the size of the Bank's  Board of  Directors  may be filled by the
existing  Directors.  All Directors of the Bank elected to fill vacancies  shall
serve until the next election of Directors by the  stockholders.  The By-laws of
the Company provide that any vacancy  occurring on the Board of Directors of the
Company,  including  vacancies resulting from an enlargement of the Board, shall
be  filled  solely  by the  affirmative  vote  of a  majority  of the  remaining
Directors,  unless at the time there is an Interested Stockholder, in which case
the affirmative vote of a majority of the Continuing Directors is also required.
In contrast to the Bank, any Director of the Company so chosen would hold office
for the  remainder  of the term of the class of  Directors to which the Director
has been elected,  not just until the next annual meeting of  stockholders.  The
By-laws of the Bank also provide that a maximum of two additional  Directors may
be elected in any fiscal  year by vote of a majority  of the  Directors  then in
office.  The By-laws of the Company has no such  limitation  on the  election of
additional  Directors  during any period by such action of the Directors then in
office.

Meetings of Stockholders

     The Bank Articles  provide that a special  meeting of  stockholders  may be
called only by the Chairman and Chief  Executive  Officer or by the  affirmative
vote of a majority of the Directors then in office except that if at the time of
such call there is an Interested  Stockholder,  the call of such a meeting shall
also require the affirmative vote of a majority of the Continuing Directors then
in office.  The Bank  Articles and the Company  Articles  both also provide that
only  those  matters  set  forth  in the  call  of the  special  meeting  may be
considered or acted upon at such special meeting,  unless otherwise  provided by
law.

     The Bank's Articles of  Organization  and By-laws set forth certain advance
notice and  informational  requirements  and time  limitations  on any  Director
nomination  or any new  business  which a  stockholder  wishes  to  propose  for
consideration at an annual meeting of  stockholders.  Any such nomination or new
business,  to be timely,  shall be delivered  to, or mailed and received at, the
principal  executive offices of the Bank not less than 60 days nor more than 150
days  prior to the  annual  meeting,  provided  that in the event that less than
seventy  days'  notice  or prior  public  disclosure  of the date of the  annual
meeting is given or made to stockholders, notice by the close of business on the
tenth day  following the day on which such notice of the date of the meeting was
mailed or such public disclosure was made must be given. A stockholder's  notice
must be delivered  in writing to the Clerk of the Bank and must satisfy  various
informational  requirements  pertaining  to such  director  nomination  or other
proposal  sought to be presented by the  stockholder as well as the identity and
stock  ownership of such  stockholder.  Stockholder  nominations of directors or
proposals  of new  business  that  do not  satisfy  all  of the  procedural  and
informational  requirements contained in the Bank's Articles of Organization and
By-laws may be rejected by the Board of Directors.  The Articles of Organization
and  By-laws  of the  Company  contain  substantially  the same  provisions  for
director nominations and new business proposals by stockholders.


                                      -25-

<PAGE>



Stockholder Vote Required to Approve Certain Transactions

     Massachusetts   law  provides   that  certain   agreements   of  merger  or
consolidation, or the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the
property and assets,  of a  Massachusetts  trust company or corporation  must be
approved by the affirmative  vote of holders of two-thirds of the shares of each
class of stock  outstanding  and entitled to vote thereon or, if the articles of
organization so provide,  the vote of a lesser  proportion,  but not less than a
majority.  Additionally,   Massachusetts  law  provides  that  no  vote  of  the
stockholders  of the surviving  Massachusetts  bank or  corporation is required,
unless its articles of organization  otherwise  provide,  to approve a merger if
(i) the  agreement  of merger  does not amend in any  respect  the bank's or the
corporation's  articles  of  organization,  (ii) the  number  of  shares  of the
surviving  bank's or  corporation's  stock to be issued in the  merger  does not
exceed 15% of the shares of the same class outstanding  immediately prior to the
effective  date of the merger and (iii) the issuance of authorized  but unissued
stock  pursuant to a merger by vote of the directors has been  authorized by the
by-laws or a vote of the  stockholders.  A Massachusetts  corporation  owning at
least  90% of  the  outstanding  shares  of  each  class  of  stock  of  another
corporation  may  merge  such  corporation  into  itself  without  a vote of the
stockholders.

     The Bank Articles provide that any Business  Combination (as defined below)
involving the Bank and an Interested Stockholder must be approved by the holders
of at least 80% of the outstanding  shares of the Bank's voting stock (the "Bank
Voting  Requirement")  voting  together  as a  single  class.  The  Bank  Voting
Requirement  does not apply and only such affirmative vote as is required by law
(which is currently  two-thirds  of the  outstanding  shares of voting stock) is
necessary if (i) the Business  Combination is approved by an affirmative vote of
at least  two-thirds  of the  Continuing  Directors or (ii) certain "fair price"
(defined  generally to mean,  among other things,  that the  consideration to be
received by stockholders in such Business  Combination shall be in the same form
and kind as the consideration paid by the Interested  Stockholder for the Bank's
capital stock owned by such person and shall be at least equal to the highest of
the  following:  (A) the  highest  per  share  price  paid  by  such  Interested
Stockholder in acquiring any of its holdings of Bank Common Stock within the two
year period  immediately prior to the first public  announcement of the proposal
of the Business  Combination  (the  "Announcement  Date") or in the  transaction
through which such person became an Interested Stockholder; (B) the highest Fair
Market Value (as defined in the Bank Articles) per share of Bank Common Stock on
any date during the one-year  period  prior to and  including  the  Announcement
Date;  and (C) the price per share equal to (1) the Fair Market  Value per share
of common stock on the Announcement  Date or on the date on which the Interested
Stockholder became an Interested  Stockholder,  multiplied by (2) a fraction (x)
the  numerator  of which is the highest  per share price paid by the  Interested
Stockholder  for any  share of Bank  Common  Stock  acquired  by it  within  the
two-year period immediately prior to and including the Announcement Date and (y)
the denominator of which is the Fair Market Value per share of Bank Common Stock
on the first day in such  two-year  period on which the  Interested  Stockholder
acquired any shares of Bank Common Stock) and other  criteria are met. Under the
Bank  Articles,  a  "Business  Combination"  is  defined  as  (i)  any  plan  of
acquisition pursuant to Section 4A of Chapter 167A of the Massachusetts  General
Laws (which statute is no longer  applicable) or merger or  consolidation of the
Bank with an Interested  Stockholder or affiliate thereof, (ii) any sale, lease,
exchange,  mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition by the Bank of assets
having  a fair  market  value  of  $2,500,000  or more to or with an  Interested
Stockholder or an affiliate thereof,  (iii) the issuance or transfer by the Bank
of any  securities  of the Bank to an  Interested  Stockholder  or any affiliate
thereof in exchange for cash,  securities  or other  property (or a  combination
thereof)  having a fair market value of $2,500,000 or more, (iv) the adoption of
a plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Bank proposed by or
on behalf of an  Interested  Stockholder  or an  affiliate  thereof  and (v) any
transaction  that has the effect of increasing  the  proportionate  share of any
class of equity or convertible securities of the Bank that is beneficially owned
by an Interested Stockholder or any affiliate thereof.

                                      -26-

<PAGE>



     The Company  Articles address Business  Combinations  involving  Interested
Stockholders in substantially the same manner as the Bank Articles,  except that
the  definition of Business  Combination  also includes the purchase,  exchange,
lease or other  acquisition  by the Company of all or  substantially  all of the
assets or business of any Interested Stockholder or any affiliate thereof.

Provisions Relating to Exercise of Business Judgment by Board of Directors

     The Bank Articles provide that its Board of Directors,  when evaluating any
tender or  exchange  offer,  merger,  acquisition  or  similar  offer of another
person,  shall in  connection  with the exercise of its judgment in  determining
what is in the  best  interests  of the  Bank  and its  stockholders,  give  due
consideration to all relevant factors including,  without limitation, the social
and economic  effects of acceptance  of such an offer on the Bank's  present and
future account holders, borrowers and employees, on the communities in which the
Bank  operates  or is located  and on the  ability  of the Bank to  fulfill  its
objectives  under  applicable  statutes and  regulations.  The Company  Articles
contain a provision that is substantially the same.

Beneficial Ownership Limitation

     Both the Bank  Articles  and the  Company  Articles  contain a  prohibition
against any person  directly or  indirectly  offering to acquire,  or acquiring,
beneficial  ownership (as defined in the Bank Articles and the Company Articles)
10% of any class of outstanding equity securities of the Bank or the Company, as
the case may be, except that the prohibition in the Bank Articles expired by its
terms  in  1994  and  the   prohibition  in  the  Company   Articles   continues
indefinitely.  Both  the Bank  Articles  and the  Company  Articles  contain  an
exception from this limitation for (i) any offer to the Bank or the Company,  as
the case may be,  made by the  underwriters  acting on behalf of the Bank or the
Company in connection  with a public  offering by the Bank or the Company of its
capital  stock,  (ii) any  acquisition of shares of capital stock which has been
approved by an  affirmative  vote of not less than  two-thirds of the Continuing
Directors then in office,  and (iii) any  acquisition  of shares  acquired by an
employee  stock  ownership plan  established by the Bank or the Company,  as the
case may be. The Bank  Articles also contain an exception  from this  limitation
for the formation by the Bank of a holding company.

Indemnification and Limitation of Liability

     The  Articles  of  Organization  and  By-laws of the Bank  provide  for the
indemnification of each director,  officer and employee against all expenses and
liabilities  reasonably  incurred  by or imposed on him in  connection  with any
proceeding or threatened proceeding in which he may become involved by reason of
his being or having been a director or officer,  so long as such person acted in
good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in best interests of the
Bank.  The  Articles  of  Organization   and  By-laws  of  the  Company  contain
substantially similar provisions,  except that a person's indemnification rights
depend upon such person having acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably
believed  to be in or not  opposed to the best  interests  of the  Company.  The
By-laws of the Company further provide that (i) if the Company is merged into or
consolidated  with  another  corporation  and the  Company is not the  surviving
corporation,   the  surviving   corporation  shall  assume  the  indemnification
obligations  of the Company under the By-laws with respect to any action,  suit,
proceeding  or  investigation  arising  out  of  or  relating  to  any  actions,
transactions  or facts  occurring  at or prior  to the  date of such  merger  or
consolidation; (ii) if the By-laws are invalidated on any ground by any court of
competent  jurisdiction,  the Company shall  nevertheless  indemnify and advance
expenses to each indemnitee as to any expenses (including  reasonable attorneys'
fees), judgments, fines, liabilities,  losses, and amounts paid in settlement in
connection with any action,  suit,  proceeding or investigation,  whether civil,
criminal  or  administrative,  including  an  action  by or in the  right of the
Company,

                                      -27-

<PAGE>



to the fullest extent  permitted by any  applicable  portion of the By-laws that
have not been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law;
and (iii) if the  Massachusetts  General Laws are amended after  adoption of the
Company's  By-laws  to  expand  further  the  indemnification  permitted  to  an
indemnitee,  the Company shall  indemnify all such persons to the fullest extent
permitted by the Massachusetts General Laws, as so amended.

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to  Directors,  officers,  or persons  controlling  the Company
pursuant to the foregoing provisions,  the Company has been informed that in the
opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in
the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

     The Company  Articles  provide that its  directors  shall not be personally
liable to the Company or its  stockholders  for  monetary  damages for breach of
fiduciary  duty as a director,  except for  liability  (i) for any breach of the
director's duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders,  (ii) for acts or
omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation of law, (iii) for any unlawful  distributions to stockholders or loans
to officers or directors,  or (iv) for any  transaction  from which the director
derived an improper personal benefit.  The Bank Articles do not contain any such
provisions.

Amendment of Articles of Organization

     The Bank  Articles and the Company  Articles each provide that an amendment
to either of the  respective  documents  must first be approved by two-thirds of
the  Directors  of the Bank or the  Company  then in office,  respectively,  and
thereafter by an affirmative vote of at least eighty percent of the voting power
of the then outstanding voting stock of the Bank or the Company, as the case may
be (except  that  certain  provisions  may be amended by a majority  vote of the
stockholders).  In addition,  if, at any time within a sixty-day period prior to
the meeting of stockholders at which such amendment is to be considered there is
an Interested Stockholder, the amendment must also be approved by an affirmative
vote of a majority of the Continuing Directors then in office, prior to approval
by the stockholders.

Amendment of By-laws

     The Bank Articles and the Company  Articles provide that the By-laws may be
adopted or amended either by the Board of Directors or the  stockholders  of the
Bank or the Company as the case may be.  Such  action by the Board of  Directors
shall require the affirmative  vote of at least two-thirds of the Directors then
in office at a duly constituted meeting of the Board of Directors, unless at the
time of such action there shall be an Interested Stockholder, in which case such
action shall also require the  affirmative  vote of at least  two-thirds  of the
Continuing  Directors  then in  office,  at such a meeting.  Such  action by the
stockholders  of the Bank or the Company,  as the case may be, shall require (i)
approval by the affirmative vote of a majority of its Board of Directors then in
office at a duly constituted  meeting of such Board of Directors,  unless at the
time of such action there shall be an Interested Stockholder, in which case such
action  shall also  require the  affirmative  vote at such meeting of at least a
majority of the Continuing  Directors then in office,  (ii) unless waived by the
affirmative  vote of such Board of Directors  (and,  if  applicable,  Continuing
Directors)   specified  in  the  preceding  sentence,   the  submission  by  the
stockholders of written proposals for adopting,  altering, amending, changing or
repealing  the By-laws that comply in all respects  with the  provisions  of the
By-laws  governing such  submissions and (iii) the affirmative  vote of at least
two-thirds  of  the  votes  eligible  to  be  cast  by  stockholders  at a  duly
constituted meeting of stockholders called expressly for such purpose.


                                      -28-

<PAGE>



Legal Investments

     Under the laws of some  jurisdictions,  shares of Bank Common  Stock may be
legal  investments for certain  institutions and fiduciaries,  whereas shares of
Company Common Stock may not be legal investments for such investors.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

     Certain  provisions of the Articles of Organization and By-laws of the Bank
and the Company,  as described above,  may be deemed to have an  "anti-takeover"
effect.  For  example:  (i)  the  Board  of  Directors'  authority  to  fix  the
designations,  powers,  preferences  and relative  rights of the  authorized and
unissued  shares of preferred  stock could be used in the event of an attempt by
an  unsolicited  third party to gain control of the Bank or the Company,  as the
case may be, to impede  such  attempt to acquire  control;  (ii) the  three-year
staggered  terms for  Directors,  the Board of  Directors'  authority to fix the
number of  directors  who may serve  from time to time,  the  ability  to remove
directors only for cause, and the advanced notice and informational requirements
pertaining to the nomination by  shareholders  of candidates for election to the
Board of  Directors  all may make it more  difficult to change a majority of the
Board of Directors; (iii) the requirements that special meetings of shareholders
may be called only by the Chairman of the Board and Chief  Executive  Officer or
by a majority of the  directors  and that  shareholder  proposals  must  satisfy
certain  advance notice and  informational  requirements to be considered at any
meeting may make it more difficult for  shareholders to take action  independent
of the Board of Directors; (iv) the requirements that Business Combinations that
are not approved by the Continuing  Directors must either satisfy  certain "fair
price" provisions or be approved by a "super majority" stockholder vote may make
it more  difficult to effect any such  transaction  that is not supported by the
Board of  Directors;  (v) the  provisions  relating  to the Board of  Directors'
exercise of their  business  judgment may provide the directors  with a stronger
position to oppose certain  transactions that may otherwise appear  economically
attractive to stockholders;  (vi) the prohibition against any person directly or
indirectly  acquiring or offering to acquire  beneficial  ownership of more than
10% of any class of the equity  securities  of the Bank or the  Company,  as the
case may be, without the approval of the Continuing  Directors  precludes on its
face any such  acquisition  transaction  without  the  support  of the  Board of
Directors;  and  (vii)  the  requirement  that  shareholder  action to amend the
Articles of  Organization  or By-laws must generally be preceded by the approval
of the Board of Directors of such  proposed  amendment  may limit  shareholders'
ability to effect such amendments without the support of the Board of Directors.

     In addition to the various  provisions of the Articles of Organization  and
By-laws of the Bank and the Company,  certain  provisions  of the  Massachusetts
General Laws may also have the effect of discouraging future acquisitions of the
Company or the Bank, as applicable.  Chapters 110D and 110F of the Massachusetts
General  Laws  cover  "control   share   acquisitions"   and  certain   business
combinations with interested shareholders, respectively.

     Chapter  110D of the  Massachusetts  General  Laws  covers  "control  share
acquisitions" affecting corporations  incorporated in Massachusetts that have at
least  200  stockholders  and  possess  certain  statutory  indicia   reflecting
additional  substantial  ties to  Massachusetts  (as  would be the case with the
Company).  Chapter  110D limits the voting  rights of shares held by persons who
have acquired 20% or more of the voting power of the target  corporation.  Under
this statute,  shares  acquired in a control share  acquisition  retain the same
voting rights as all other shares of the same class or series only to the extent
authorized  by a vote of the  majority  of all shares  entitled  to vote for the
election of directors,  excluding such acquired  shares.  A corporation  that is
otherwise  subject to Chapter  110D may  expressly  provide in its  articles  of
organization  or bylaws that the  statute  does not apply.  Chapter  110D by its
terms would apply to the Company, but not

                                      -29-

<PAGE>



apply to the Bank.  The  Company has not  included  any "opt out"  provision  in
either the Articles or By-laws of the Company.

     Chapter  110F  of the  Massachusetts  General  Laws  provides  that  if any
acquirer buys 5% or more of a target company's  stock,  where the target company
has at least 200 stockholders and possesses certain statutory indicia reflecting
substantial  ties or nexus to  Massachusetts,  without the prior approval of the
target  company's  board of directors,  such  acquirer  generally may not, for a
period of three  years,  (i)  complete  the  acquisition  of the target  company
through a merger,  (ii) pledge or sell any assets of the target company or (iii)
engage in other  self-dealing  transactions  with the target company.  The prior
board of directors  approval  requirement does not apply if the acquirer buys at
least 90% of the target company's  outstanding stock in the transaction in which
it crosses the 5% threshold or if the acquirer,  after  crossing the  threshold,
obtains the approval of the target  company's  board of directors and two-thirds
of the  target  company's  stock  held by persons  other  than the  acquirer.  A
corporation  that would  otherwise  be covered  by  Chapter  110F may  expressly
provide in its articles of organization that the statute does not apply. Chapter
110F by its terms would apply to both the Bank and the Company. Neither the Bank
Articles nor the Company Articles contains any such "opt out" provision.

     The  foregoing  does  not  purport  to be a  complete  description  of  the
differences  between the statutory and other rights of  stockholders of the Bank
and the Company. Such differences can be determined more completely by reference
to the Massachusetts  Business  Corporation Law and various  applicable  banking
laws, the Company's Articles of Organization and By-laws and the Bank's Articles
of Organization and By-laws.


                                 CAPITALIZATION

     The following tables set forth (i) the consolidated  capitalization  of the
Bank at December 31, 1995; (ii) the pro forma consolidated capitalization of the
Bank as of December 31, 1995 after giving  effect to the  Reorganization  (which
reflects  the  transfer  of $50,000  from the Bank's  retained  earnings  to the
Company),   and  (iii)  the  pro  forma  capitalization  of  the  Company  on  a
consolidated  basis after  giving  effect to the  Reorganization.  The pro forma
consolidated  capitalization  of the  Company as of  December  31,  1995 will be
substantially  the same (with certain  differences  resulting from the Company's
lower par value on its capital stock) as the consolidated  capitalization of the
Bank as of that date.  This pro forma  capitalization  of the Company assumes no
exercise of dissenters'  appraisal rights.  The pro forma  capitalization of the
Bank  however,  is changed as a result of the $50,000  proposed  transfer by the
Bank to the Company.



                                                     As of December 31, 1995
                                                     -----------------------

                                                       Bank           Bank
                                                      (Actual      (Pro Forma)
                                                   (Consolidated) (Consolidated)

Deposits........................................    $196,317,743   $196,317,743

Short Term borrowings...........................       6,981,783      6,981,783
                                                    ------------    ------------


                                      -30-

<PAGE>



                                                   As of December 31, 1995
                                                   ----------------------- 

                                                     Bank           Bank
                                                    (Actual      (Pro Forma)
                                                 (Consolidated) (Consolidated)

Total deposits and short-term
borrowings...................................... $203,299,526   $203,299,526
                                                 ============   ============
Stockholder's equity:
   Preferred stock ($1.00 par value;
   1,000,000 shares authorized; none
   issued and outstanding)...................... $     --       $    --

   Common stock ($1.00 par value;
   3,000,000 shares authorized;
   1,575,892 shares issued and
   outstanding.................................. $  1,575,892   $  1,575,892
   Additional paid-in capital...................   13,913,325     13,913,325
   Retained earnings............................    3,324,225      3,274,225 (1)
   Unrealized gain on investment
   securities available for sale, net of tax
   effect.......................................      152,272        152,272
                                                 ------------   ------------
   Total stockholders' equity................... $ 18,965,714   $ 18,915,714
                                                 ============   ============




                                                     As of December 31, 1995
                                                     -----------------------
                                                             Company
                                                     (Pro Forma Consolidated)

Deposits........................................           $ 196,317,743

Short-term borrowings...........................               6,981,783
                                                           -------------

- --------
(1)  Reflects  transfer  of $50,000  from the Bank's  retained  earnings  to the
     Company.
                                      -31-

<PAGE>

                                                     As of December 31, 1995
                                                     -----------------------
                                                             Company
                                                     (Pro Forma Consolidated)


                             
Total deposits and short-term borrowings........           $ 203,299,526
                                                           =============
Stockholder's equity:
   Preferred stock ($0.01 par value; 1,000,000
   shares authorized; none issued and
   outstanding).................................           $       ---
   Common stock ($0.01 par value; 5,000,000
   shares authorized; 1,575,892 shares issued
   and outstanding).............................                  15,759(2)
   Additional paid-in capital...................              15,473,458(2)
   Retained earnings............................               3,324,225
   Plus:
   Unrealized gain on investment securities
   available for sale, net of tax effect........                 152,272
                                                            ------------

   Total stockholders' equity...................            $ 18,965,714
                                                            ============



                         MARKET FOR STOCK AND DIVIDENDS

         The Bank Common Stock is not listed or otherwise  qualified for trading
on any stock  exchange  or other  market  system.  Trading in the shares of Bank
Common Stock is limited to privately negotiated purchases and sales, which occur
from time to time at prices  that are not  ordinarily  publicly  disclosed.  The
Company has no present plan or intention to list or otherwise qualify the shares
of Company Common Stock to be issued in the Reorganization on any stock exchange
or with any other trading market.

         As of the Record Date, the Bank had  approximately  594 stockholders of
record who held 1,575,892 outstanding shares of Bank Common Stock. This does not
reflect the number or persons or entities  who held their  shares of Bank Common
Stock in nominee or "street" name through various brokerage firms.

         The Bank has paid an annual  dividend on the Bank Common  Stock in each
of the last four years.  The Company  intends to continue  the payment of annual
dividends for the foreseeable future following the Reorganization.

- --------
(2)  Reflects  the change from $1.00 par value common stock of the Bank to $0.01
     par value common stock of the Company.

                                      -32-

<PAGE>



                      DESCRIPTION OF COMPANY CAPITAL STOCK

General

         Under the Company  Articles,  the Company is  authorized to issue up to
5,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and up to 1,000,000
shares of  preferred  stock,  par value  $0.01 per  share.  No shares of Company
Common  Stock are  currently  issued and  outstanding.  Pursuant  to the Plan of
Reorganization,  the Company is deemed to have agreed to reserve  153,902 shares
of Company  Common Stock in the  aggregate for future  issuance  under the Stock
Option Plan,  subject to any future amendments of the Stock Option Plan that may
increase  the  number of shares of  Company  Common  Stock that may be issued in
accordance with the terms thereof. The Plan of Reorganization provides that upon
consummation  of the  Reorganization,  the Stock  Option  Plan will  become  the
employee incentive stock option plan of the Company, and as a result thereof the
Company shall assume all of the Bank's  obligations  under the Stock Option Plan
in accordance with the terms thereof. See "Comparison of Stockholder Rights" for
a discussion of the rights of holders of Company Common Stock as compared to the
rights of holders of Bank Common Stock.

Common Stock

         Voting Rights.  Stockholders  are entitled to one vote per share on any
matters  subject to stockholder  approval,  including the election of Directors.
The Company Articles do not provide for cumulative voting in connection with the
election of Directors, and therefore holders of a majority of the Company Common
Stock will be able to elect all of the  Directors  standing for election in each
year,  subject to the rights of the holders of shares of preferred stock, if and
when issued.  The By-laws of the Company  provide,  subject to the rights of the
holders of shares of preferred  stock,  if and when  issued,  that the number of
Directors  shall be fixed by the Board of  Directors,  which number shall not in
any  case  be less  than  three,  unless  at the  time  there  is an  Interested
Stockholder,  in which case a majority vote of the Continuing  Directors then in
office is also required to fix such number of Directors.  The terms  "Interested
Stockholder"  and  "Continuing  Directors" are defined in the Company  Articles.
Each Director will serve for a term of three years, with approximately one-third
of the Directors being elected annually on a staggered basis.

         Pre-emptive Rights. Holders of Company Common Stock have no pre-emptive
rights as to the  purchase of any shares  issued in the future.  Therefore,  the
Board of Directors may sell shares of capital stock without first  offering them
to the then stockholders of the Company.

         Assessability.   Under  Massachusetts  law,  Company  Common  Stock  is
non-assessable.

Preferred Stock

         The Board of Directors of the Company is  authorized to issue shares of
preferred  stock  in  series  and  to  fix  the  voting  powers,   designations,
preferences,  or other special  rights of the shares of each such series and the
qualifications,  limitations,  and  restrictions  thereon.  Such preferred stock
issued by the Company after the  Reorganization may rank prior to Company Common
Stock as to dividend rights, liquidation preferences,  or both, may have full or
limited  voting  rights,  and may be  convertible  into shares of Company Common
Stock.




                                      -33-

<PAGE>



Transfer Agent and Registrar

         It is presently  contemplated that the transfer agent and registrar for
Company Common Stock shall be the Bank.

Changes in Control

         Articles and By-Laws.  A number of provisions of the Company's Articles
of  Organization  and By-laws deal with matters of corporate  governance and the
rights of stockholders.  Certain  provisions of the Articles of Organization and
By-laws of the Company  relating to stock  ownership and transfer,  the Board of
Directors  and business  combinations  may be deemed to have an  "anti-takeover"
effect, and may discourage takeover attempts not first approved by the Directors
(including  takeovers  which  certain  stockholders  might  deem to be in  their
interests).  These provisions, like the comparable provisions in the Articles of
Organization and By-laws of the Bank,  affect  stockholder  rights and should be
given careful  attention.  Although the Board of Directors of the Company is not
aware of any effort that might be made to gain control of the Company  after the
Reorganization,  the Board of  Directors  believes  that  these  provisions  are
appropriate  to protect the interests of the Company and its  stockholders  from
hostile takeovers that the Board of Directors  believes would not be in the best
interests  of the  Company  and all of its  stockholders.  A general  summary of
certain  of these  provisions  can be found  under the  heading  "Comparison  of
Stockholder  Rights."  That  description  is  necessarily  general and reference
should be made in each case to the Articles of  Organization  and By-laws of the
Company,  copies of which are  attached  to this Proxy  Statement-Prospectus  as
Appendix C.

         Massachusetts Law: Chapters 110D and 110F of the Massachusetts  General
Laws,  which are summarized  above under the caption  "Comparison of Stockholder
Rights--Anti-takeover  Provisions",  provide certain statutory  limitations,  in
addition  to those  contained  in the  Company's  Articles of  Organization  and
By-laws, on offers to acquire and acquisitions of certain threshold  percentages
of the outstanding voting stock of the Company under circumstances in which such
transactions  have  not  been  previously  approved  by the  Company's  Board of
Directors.

         Federal  Law.  The  Change  in  Bank  Control  Act,  as  amended,   and
regulations  adopted  thereunder by the Federal Reserve Board generally requires
persons who at any time intend to acquire  control,  directly or indirectly,  of
the Company to give 60 days' prior written notice to the Federal  Reserve Board.
"Control" for the purpose of the Change in Bank Control Act and related  Federal
Reserve Board regulations  exists in situations in which the acquiring party has
voting  control  of at least 25% of any  class of the  Company's  voting  stock,
control in any manner over the election of a majority of the Company's directors
or the power to direct the  management or policies of the Company.  "Control" is
presumed to exist where the acquiring  party will acquire  voting control of 10%
or more of any class of the  Company's  voting  stock if (i) the class of voting
securities is  registered  under Section 12 of the Exchange Act or (ii) no other
person will own a greater  percentage of that class of voting stock  immediately
after the transaction. The Company Common Stock will be registered under Section
12 of the Exchange Act following the Reorganization.  The Change in Bank Control
Act and underlying regulations authorize the Federal Reserve Board to disapprove
a proposed acquisition of control on certain specified grounds.  Acquisitions of
control  of the  Company  that would be  subject  to the prior  approval  of the
Federal  Reserve  Board under the Bank Holding  Company Act of 1956,  as amended
(the  "BHCA"),  which are  described in the  following  paragraph,  are not also
subject to the prior notice requirements of the Change in Bank Control Act.

         The BHCA and  regulations  adopted  thereunder  require  prior  Federal
Reserve Board approval before any company or other entity may acquire control of
the Company. "Control" for this purpose involves

                                      -34-

<PAGE>



ownership, control or possession of power to vote or proxies with respect to 25%
or more of any class of the voting stock of the  Company,  control in any manner
of the election of a majority of the directors of the Company or a determination
by the  Federal  Reserve  Board,  after a  hearing,  that the  person  or entity
exercises  a  controlling  influence  over the  management  or  policies  of the
Company.  In the latter  instance,  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  presumes  that
acquisition  of 5% or  more  of  the  voting  stock  of a bank  holding  company
constitutes acquisition of control,  absent other considerations,  and therefore
is likely to require prior Federal Reserve Board approval.

         The  Exchange  Act  requires  that  a  purchaser  of any  class  of the
Company's  securities  registered  under the Exchange Act notify the SEC and the
Company within ten days after its purchases exceed 5% of the outstanding  shares
of the security. This statement must disclose the background and identity of the
purchaser, the source and amount of funds for the purchase, the number of shares
owned and,  if the  purpose  of the  transaction  is to  acquire  control of the
Company,  any plans to  materially  alter the  Company's  business or  corporate
structure.  In  addition,  any tender offer to acquire  Company  Common Stock is
subject to the limitations and disclosure requirements of the Exchange Act.

         For further  information on certain of these matters,  see "Regulation"
and  "Proposal  One--Formation  of Holding  Company--Comparison  of  Stockholder
Rights."


                             BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY

General

         The Company is a business  corporation  organized under the laws of The
Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts  on February  29,  1996.  The only office of the
Company,  and its principal place of business,  is located at the main office of
the Bank at 222 Merrimack Street, Lowell,  Massachusetts 01852 and its telephone
number is (508) 459-9000.

         The Company was  organized for the sole purpose of becoming the holding
company of the Bank. Upon completion of the holding company formation,  the Bank
will be a  wholly-owned  subsidiary of the Company,  which will thereby become a
bank holding  company.  Each  stockholder  of the Bank,  upon  completion of the
holding  company  formation,  will become a stockholder  of the Company  without
change in the number of shares  owned or in  respective  ownership  percentages,
subject to dissenters' appraisal rights.

         The Company has not yet  undertaken  any business  activities and there
are no operating business activities  currently proposed for the Company. In the
future, following the consummation of the Reorganization, the Company may become
an  operating  company or acquire  commercial  banks or thrift  institutions  or
companies engaged in bank-related activities. There are no current agreements or
understandings  with respect to any  acquisition  and no assurance  can be given
that any such  acquisitions  will occur.  Upon formation of the holding company,
the Company  will own all of the  outstanding  Bank  Common  Stock and will have
received a transfer of approximately $50,000 in funds from the Bank. Pending use
of these funds for other corporate purposes, the Company intends to invest these
funds in U.S. government securities or other short-term investments permitted by
law. See "Proposal One -- Formation of Holding Company -- Financial Resources of
the Company." The Company may enter into a management  agreement for the purpose
of  rendering  certain  services  to the Bank after  completion  of the  holding
company formation. No proposal and no terms of any agreement, however, have been
considered.


                                      -35-

<PAGE>



Property

         Initially,  the Company will neither own nor lease any real or personal
property.  Instead,  the Company intends to utilize the premises,  equipment and
furniture of the Bank without the direct payment of any rental fees to the Bank.

Competition

         It is expected  that for the near  future the  primary  business of the
Company will be the ongoing  business of the Bank.  Therefore,  the  competitive
conditions  to be faced by the  Company  will be the same as those  faced by the
Bank. In addition,  many banks and financial  institutions  have formed  holding
companies or may form holding  companies in the future.  It is likely that these
holding companies will attempt to acquire commercial banks,  thrift institutions
or companies engaged in bank-related activities.  The Company,  therefore,  will
face  competition  in  undertaking  any  such   acquisitions  and  in  operating
subsequent to any such acquisitions.

Employees

         At the present time,  the Company does not intend to employ any persons
other than its management.  See "Management of the Company." It will utilize the
support  staff of the Bank from time to time  without  the  payment of any fees,
except to the  extent as may be  required  by  applicable  law.  If the  Company
acquires other financial institutions or pursues other lines of business, it may
at such time hire additional employees.


                                   REGULATION

Holding Company Regulation

         General.  Upon consummation of the Reorganization,  the Company, as the
sole  shareholder  of the Bank,  will  become a bank  holding  company  and will
register as such with the Federal  Reserve  Board.  Bank holding  companies  are
subject to comprehensive  regulation by the Federal Reserve Board under the BHCA
and the regulations of the Federal Reserve Board. As a bank holding company, the
Company will be required to file with the Federal  Reserve Board annual  reports
and such  additional  information  as the Federal  Reserve Board may require and
will be  subject to regular  examinations  by the  Federal  Reserve  Board.  The
Federal Reserve Board also has extensive enforcement authority over bank holding
companies,  including,  among other  things,  the ability to assess  civil money
penalties  to issue  cease and  desist or removal  orders and to require  that a
holding  company  divest  subsidiaries  (including  its bank  subsidiaries).  In
general,  enforcement  actions  may be  initiated  for  violations  of  law  and
regulations and unsafe or unsound practices.

         Under the BHCA, a bank  holding  company  must obtain  Federal  Reserve
Board  approval  before:  (1) acquiring,  directly or  indirectly,  ownership or
control of any voting  shares of another bank or bank holding  company if, after
such acquisition, it would own or control more than 5% of such shares (unless it
already owns or controls  the majority of such  shares);  (2)  acquiring  all or
substantially all of the assets of another bank or bank holding company;  or (3)
merging or consolidating with another bank holding company.

         The  BHCA  also  prohibits  a  bank  holding   company,   with  certain
exceptions,  from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than
5% of the  voting  shares  of any  company  which is not a bank or bank  holding
company,  or from engaging directly or indirectly in activities other than those
of banking,

                                      -36-

<PAGE>



managing or controlling banks, or providing  services for its subsidiaries.  The
principal  exceptions to these prohibitions  involve certain non-bank activities
which,  by statute or by Federal  Reserve Board  regulation or order,  have been
identified as activities  closely related to the business of banking or managing
or controlling  banks.  The list of activities  permitted by the Federal Reserve
Board includes,  among other things,  operating a savings institution,  mortgage
company,  finance company, credit card company or factoring company,  performing
certain data processing  operations,  providing certain investment and financial
advice;  underwriting  and acting as an  insurance  agent for  certain  types of
credit-related  insurance;  leasing  property  on a  full-payout,  non-operating
basis; selling money orders,  travelers' checks and United States Savings Bonds;
real  estate and  personal  property  appraising;  providing  tax  planning  and
preparation services; and, subject to certain limitations,  providing securities
brokerage services for customers.  The Company has no present plans to engage in
any of these activities.

         Dividends.  The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy  statement on
the payment of cash  dividends by bank holding  companies,  which  expresses the
Federal  Reserve  Board's  view  that a bank  holding  company  should  pay cash
dividends  only to the extent that the company's net income for the past year is
sufficient to cover both the cash dividends and a rate of earning retention that
is  consistent  with the  company's  capital  needs,  asset  quality and overall
financial  condition.  The Federal Reserve Board also indicated that it would be
inappropriate for a company  experiencing  serious financial  problems to borrow
funds  to  pay  dividends.  Furthermore,  under  the  prompt  corrective  action
regulations adopted by the Federal Reserve Board pursuant to FDICIA, the Federal
Reserve  Board may prohibit a bank holding  company from paying any dividends if
the holding company's bank subsidiary is classified as "undercapitalized."

         Bank holding  companies are required to give the Federal  Reserve Board
prior written  notice of any purchase or redemption  of its  outstanding  equity
securities  if the gross  consideration  of the  purchase  or  redemption,  when
combined with the net  consideration  paid for all such purchases or redemptions
during the  preceding 12 months,  is equal to 10% or more of their  consolidated
net  worth.  The  Federal  Reserve  Board  may  disapprove  such a  purchase  or
redemption  of it  determines  that the proposal  would  constitute an unsafe or
unsound  practice or would violate any law,  regulation,  Federal  Reserve Board
order,  or any  condition  imposed by, or written  agreement  with,  the Federal
Reserve  Board.  This prior  notice  requirement  does not apply to bank holding
companies that are "well  capitalized"  in accordance  with  applicable  Federal
Reserve  Board  regulations,  have  received  a "1" or "2"  rating in their most
recent examination and that have no unresolved regulatory issues.

         Capital Requirements. The Federal Reserve Board has established capital
requirements  for bank holding  companies  that  generally  parallel the capital
requirements  applicable  to state  non-member  banks,  such as the Bank,  under
regulations  promulgated  by the FDIC. If the Federal  Reserve  Board's  capital
guidelines  were  applied  to the  Company,  assuming  the  consummation  of the
Reorganization,  the Company's levels of consolidated  regulatory  capital would
exceed the Federal Reserve Board's minimum requirements, as follows:


                                                    Amount            Percent
                                                    ------            -------
Tier 1 Leverage Capital                          $ 18,743,715          8.36%
Minimum Tier 1 (leverage) requirement(1)         $  6,727,969          3.00%
Excess                                           $ 12,015,746          5.36%

Tier 1 Risk-based Capital                        $ 18,743,715         15.09%
Minimum Tier 1 (risk-based) requirement          $  4,967,786          4.00%
Excess                                           $ 13,775,929         11.09%


                                      -37-

<PAGE>



                                                    Amount            Percent
                                                    ------            -------
Total Risk-based capital                         $ 20,296,148         16.34%
Minimum total risk-based capital requirement     $  9,935,572          8.00%
Excess                                           $ 10,360,576          8.34%


- -----------------

(1)      Applicable capital adequacy guidelines require a minimum leverage ratio
         of 3% for the highest rated banks and bank holding  companies  that are
         neither  experiencing nor anticipating  significant  growth.  All other
         banking  organizations are expected to operate with a leverage ratio of
         at least 100-200 basis points above the stated minimum.

The Company would be deemed to be "well  capitalized"  under applicable  Federal
Reserve Board regulations on the basis of the capital measures set forth above.

Other Regulatory Considerations

         Banks,  thrifts and bank  holding  companies  are subject to  extensive
government  regulation  through Federal and state statutes and regulations which
are subject to changes that may have significant impact on the way in which such
entities may conduct business.  The likelihood and potential effects of any such
changes   cannot  be  predicted.   Legislation   enacted  in  recent  years  has
substantially  increased the level of competition among commercial banks, thrift
institutions  and  nonbanking   institutions,   including  insurance  companies,
brokerage  firms,  mutual  funds,  investment  banks  and  major  retailers.  In
addition,  the enactment of recent  banking  legislation  such as FDICIA and the
Riegle-Neal  Interstate  Banking  and  Branching  Efficiency  Act of  1994  (the
"Interstate  Act") have  affected the banking  industry by, among other  things,
broadening the regulatory  powers of the federal banking agencies in a number of
areas and  enabling  banks and bank holding  companies to expand the  geographic
area in which  they may  provide  banking  services.  The  following  summary is
qualified in its entirety by the text of the relevant statutes and regulations.

Interstate Banking Legislation

         On September 29, 1994 the Interstate Act became law. Under the new law,
different  types of interstate  transactions  and activities  will be permitted,
each with different  effective  dates.  Interstate  transactions  and activities
provided for under the new law include: (i) bank holding company acquisitions of
separately held banks in a state other than a bank holding company's home state;
(ii)  mergers  between  insured  banks with  different  home  states,  including
consolidations of affiliated  insured banks;  (iii)  establishment of interstate
branches  either de novo or by branch  acquisition;  and (iv)  affiliated  banks
acting as agents for one another for certain banking functions without regard to
state law  prohibitions  on interstate  branching or  unauthorized  banking.  In
general,  nationwide  interstate bank acquisitions  became  permissible one year
after the date of enactment,  irrespective of state law limitations.  Interstate
mergers  will be  permissible  on July 1,  1997,  unless a state  either  passes
legislation  either to prevent or to permit the earlier occurrence of interstate
mergers.  States may at any time enact legislation permitting interstate de novo
branching.  Banks  may act as  agents  for  affiliated  depository  institutions
beginning  within  one  year  after  enactment.  Each  of the  transactions  and
activities  must be approved by the  appropriate  federal bank  regulator,  with
separate and specific criteria established for each category.


                                      -38-

<PAGE>



         Once the  applicable  effective  date has occurred (and, in the case of
interstate  mergers  and de novo  branching,  subject  to  applicable  state law
"opt-out" or "opt-in"  provisions),  the appropriate  federal bank regulator may
approve the respective interstate transactions only if certain criteria are met.
First,  in order for a banking  institution (a bank or bank holding  company) to
receive  approval  for  an  interstate  transaction,   it  must  be  "adequately
capitalized" and "adequately  managed." The phrase  "adequately  capitalized" is
generally  defined as meeting or exceeding  all  applicable  federal  regulatory
capital  standards,  while the phrase  "adequately  managed" is left  undefined.
Second, the appropriate federal bank regulator must consider the applicant's and
its affiliated  institutions'  records under the CRA, as well as the applicant's
record under applicable state community reinvestment laws.

         The  new law  applies  deposit  "concentration  limits"  to  interstate
acquisition and merger transactions. Specifically, a banking institution may not
receive federal approval for interstate expansion if it and its affiliates would
control  (i)  more  than  10% of the  deposits  held by all  insured  depository
institutions  in the United  States,  or (ii) 30% or more of the deposits of all
insured  depository  institutions  in any state in which  the banks or  branches
involved in the transactions (or any affiliated depository institution) overlap.
States may, by statute,  regulation or order,  raise or lower the 30% limit.  In
addition,  the new law  preempts  certain  existing  state law  restrictions  on
interstate  banking (such as regional  compacts and  reciprocity  requirements),
effective  one year  after  enactment.  However,  in order  to  receive  federal
approval for an interstate merger or de novo branching transaction, an applicant
still also must comply with any  non-discriminatory  host state filing and other
requirements.

FDICIA

         FDICIA,  which was enacted on December 19, 1991,  provides  for,  among
other things,  increased funding for the Bank Insurance Fund ("BIF") of the FDIC
and  expanded  regulation  of  depository  institutions  and  their  affiliates,
including parent holding  companies.  A summary of certain  provisions of FDICIA
and its implementing regulations is provided below.

         Risk Based Deposit Insurance Assessments.  A significant portion of the
additional  funding  to the BIF is in the form of  borrowings  to be  repaid  by
insurance  premiums assessed on BIF members.  FDICIA also provides authority for
special  assessments  against  insured  deposits  and for the  development  of a
general risk- based assessment system.

         As  of  January  1,  1996,  the  FDIC  has  set  assessment  rates  for
BIF-insured  institutions  ranging  from 0.00% to 0.27% of deposits  (subject to
payment by each  institution of an annual  statutory  minimum amount of $2,000),
based on a risk assessment of the institution.

         Each  financial  institution is assigned to one of three capital groups
- -- "well capitalized",  "adequately  capitalized" or  "undercapitalized"  -- and
further  assigned to one of three  subgroups  within each capital group,  on the
basis of supervisory evaluations,  the institution's financial condition and the
risk posed to the applicable  insurance fund. A well capitalized  institution is
one  that  has a  total  risk-based  capital  ratio  of  10% or  more,  a Tier 1
risk-based  capital ratio of 6% or more,  and a leverage ratio of 5% or more. An
adequately capitalized institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8% or
more, a Tier 1 risk-based  capital ratio of 4% or more,  and a leverage ratio of
4% or more, but does not qualify as a well-capitalized institution.

         An undercapitalized institution is one that does not meet either of the
foregoing  definitions.  The actual  assessment  rate applicable to a particular
institution,  therefore, depends in part upon the risk assessment classification
so assigned to the  institution  by the FDIC. As of December 31, 1995,  the Bank
was classified as "well capitalized" under these provisions.

                                      -39-

<PAGE>



         Prompt  Corrective  Actions.  FDICIA also provides the federal  banking
agencies with broad powers to take prompt  corrective action to resolve problems
of insured depository  institutions,  depending upon a particular  institution's
level of  capital.  FDICIA  establishes  five tiers of capital  measurement  for
regulatory   purposes   ranging   from   "well   capitalized"   to   "critically
undercapitalized."  Under prompt  corrective action  regulations  adopted by the
federal banking agencies in December 1992, a depository institution is (a) "well
capitalized" if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% or more, a Tier 1
risk-based  capital  ratio of 6% or more, a leverage  ratio of 5% or more and is
not  subject to any  written  agreement,  order or capital  directive  or prompt
corrective action directive issued by the primary regulator to meet and maintain
a specific  capital  measure;  (b)  "adequately  capitalized"  if it is not well
capitalized  and has a total  risk-based  capital  ratio of 8% or more, a Tier 1
risk-based capital ratio of 4% or more and a leverage ratio of 4% or more (3% or
more if the bank is rated  composite 1 under the CAMEL rating system in its most
recent examination and is not experiencing or anticipating  significant growth);
(c)  "undercapitalized"  if it has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less
than 8%, a Tier 1  risk-based  capital  ratio that is less than 4% or a leverage
ratio that is less than 4% (less than 3% if the bank is rated  composite 1 under
the CAMEL rating system in its most recent  examination and is not  experiencing
or anticipating significant growth); (d) "significantly undercapitalized" if the
bank  has a total  risk-based  capital  ratio  that is less  than  6%,  a Tier 1
risk-based  capital ratio that is less than 3% or a leverage  ratio that is less
than 3%; and (e) "critically undercapitalized" if the depository institution has
a ratio of tangible  equity to total  assets that is equal to or less than 2%. A
depository institution may be deemed to be in a capitalization  category that is
lower  than  is  indicated  by  its  actual   capital   position  under  certain
circumstances.  At December 31, 1995, the Bank had capital ratios  sufficient to
be  characterized  as "well  capitalized"  under the  prompt  corrective  action
regulations.

         Undercapitalized   and   significantly    undercapitalized   depository
institutions  must submit capital  restoration  plans to their federal regulator
and may be  subject  to a number of  requirements  and  restrictions,  including
orders  to sell  sufficient  voting  stock  to  become  adequately  capitalized,
requirements  to reduce total assets and  cessation of receipt of deposits  from
correspondent  banks.  In addition,  significantly  undercapitalized  depository
institutions   also  are   prohibited   from  awarding   bonuses  or  increasing
compensation  of  senior   executive   officers  until  approval  of  a  capital
restoration  plan.  Critically   undercapitalized  depository  institutions  are
subject to appointment of a receiver or conservator.

         Brokered  Deposits  and  Pass-Through  Deposit  Insurance  Limitations.
FDICIA also imposed limits on depository  institutions,  except well capitalized
depository institutions,  accepting, renewing or rolling over brokered deposits.
A depository institution that is adequately capitalized may not accept, renew or
roll  over  any  brokered  deposit  unless  it  obtains  a  waiver  of  FDICIA's
limitations  from  the  FDIC.  Even  if an  adequately  capitalized  institution
receives  such a waiver,  it may offer yields on brokered  deposits  only within
specified  limits.  An  undercapitalized  depository  institution may not accept
brokered   deposits.   The  definitions  of  "well   capitalized",   "adequately
capitalized"  and  "undercapitalized"   generally  conform  to  the  definitions
described above for prompt corrective action.

         In addition, "pass-through" insurance coverage may not be available for
certain  employee  benefit  accounts and eligible  deferred  compensation  plans
maintained by depository institutions that cannot accept brokered deposits.

         Safety and  Soundness  Guidelines.  FDICIA  also  required  the federal
banking agencies to develop regulations for all insured depository  institutions
and depository  institutions holding companies prescribing standards relating to
internal  controls,  loan  documentation,  credit  underwriting,  interest  rate
exposure, asset growth, compensation,  and such other operational and managerial
standards as the banking agencies deem  appropriate.  The Community  Development
and Regulatory Improvement Act of 1994 amended FDICIA by

                                      -40-

<PAGE>



allowing  the  federal  banking  agencies  to  publish  guidelines  rather  than
regulations concerning safety and soundness.

         In  August,  1995,  the  federal  banking  agencies  issued  guidelines
establishing  standards for safety and soundness.  These interagency  guidelines
relate to the management policies of financial  institutions and are designed to
implement the safety and soundness  criteria outlined in FDICIA. If the relevant
federal banking agency determines that an institution fails to meet any standard
established  by such  guidelines,  such agency may require  the  institution  to
submit to the agency an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard.
If an institution  fails to submit an acceptable plan within the time allowed by
the  relevant  agency or fails to implement  an accepted  plan,  the agency must
require the  institution to correct the deficiency and, until the deficiency has
been corrected,  the agency may, and in some cases must, take other  supervisory
actions.  Action taken by a federal banking agency under these guidelines may be
taken  independently  of,  in  conjunction  with,  or in  addition  to any other
enforcement  action available to such agency. At this time,  management does not
believe that the safety and soundness  guidelines  will have any material effect
on the current practices of the Bank.

         FDICIA also contains a variety of other  provisions that may affect the
Bank's  respective  operations,  including  reporting  requirements,  regulatory
guidelines  for real  estate  lending,  "truth in savings"  provisions,  and the
requirements  that a  depository  institution  give 90  days'  prior  notice  to
customers and regulatory  authorities before closing any branch.  Certain of the
provisions  in FDICIA  have  recently  been or will be  implemented  through the
adoption of regulations by the various federal banking agencies and,  therefore,
their precise impact cannot be addressed at this time.

         The federal banking agencies continue to indicate their desire to raise
capital requirements applicable to banking organizations, and have amended their
risk-based   capital   regulations   to  provide  for  the   consideration   of,
concentration of credit rate risk and non-traditional  banking activities in the
determination  of a bank's  minimum  capital  requirements.  The  amendments are
intended to require  that banks  effectively  measure and monitor  these  credit
risks and that they maintain  capital  adequate for that risk.  The federal bank
regulators  intend to  consider  these  risks when  assessing  a bank's  capital
adequacy,  and the new  regulations  may require  banks to  maintain  additional
capital beyond that otherwise required.

         Failure  to meet the  minimum  regulatory  capital  requirements  could
subject a banking institution to a variety of enforcement remedies available for
federal regulatory  authorities,  including the termination of deposit insurance
by the FDIC and seizure of the institution.

CRA Regulations

         The federal bank regulatory  agencies have jointly issued amendments to
the regulations  implementing the CRA that substantially revises the current CRA
framework  effective  July 1,  1995.  They  rely  more  than  the  previous  CRA
regulations  upon objective  criteria of the performance of  institutions  under
three key  assessment  tests:  a lending  test, a service test and an investment
test.

         At this time it is not known  what  effect  this  amendment  to the CRA
regulations will have upon the current practices of the Bank.


                                      -41-

<PAGE>



Federal Securities Laws

         Following consummation of the Reorganization, the Company will register
the shares of Company Common Stock to be issued in the Reorganization  under the
Exchange  Act.  Accordingly,  the Company will be required to file  periodic and
other  reports with the SEC, and will be subject to the insider  trading,  proxy
solicitation  and other  requirements  of the SEC under the  Exchange Act on the
same basis as the Bank is  currently  subject  through  regulation  by the FDIC.
Following  consummation  of the  Reorganization,  the Bank Common  Stock will no
longer be registered under the Exchange Act and, as a consequence, the Bank will
no longer be required to comply with the reporting and proxy requirements of the
Exchange Act.

         Shares of the Company  Common Stock received in the  Reorganization  by
persons who are not  affiliates of the Bank or the Company may be resold without
registration  or other  limitation  under the Securities Act. Shares received by
affiliates  of the Bank may be resold only if  registered or if they qualify for
an exemption from registration under the Securities Act. The possible exemptions
include  those  provided  in Rules  144 and 145 under the  Securities  Act.  The
conditions imposed by the exemption under Rule 145 are substantially the same as
the conditions imposed by Rule 144 discussed below other than the holding period
requirement, which is not required under Rule 145. The Rule 145 conditions cease
to be applicable  after two years,  but resales by any affiliate of the Bank who
remains an affiliate of the Company will  continue to require an exemption  from
registration, such as Rule 144.

         In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person (or persons
whose shares are required to be aggregated) who has beneficially owned shares of
Company  Common  Stock  that  constitute  restricted  securities  and have  been
outstanding  and not held by any  "affiliate" of the Company for a period of two
years is entitled to sell within any three-month  period a number of shares that
does not exceed the  greater of one  percent of the then  outstanding  shares of
Company  Common  Stock or the  average  weekly  reported  trading  volume of the
Company Common Stock during the four calendar weeks  preceding the date on which
notice of such sale is given,  provided certain requirements as to the manner of
sale,  notice of sale and the  availability  of current public  information  are
satisfied  (which   requirements  as  to  the  availability  of  current  public
information  are  expected to be satisfied  commencing  within 90 days after the
consummation of the Reorganization).  Affiliates of the Company must comply with
the foregoing  restrictions  and  requirements of Rule 144 as to both restricted
and  non-restricted   securities,   except  that  the  two-year  holding  period
requirement  generally does not apply to shares of Company Common Stock that are
not "restricted  securities".  Under Rule 144(k),  a person who is not deemed an
"affiliate" of the Company at any time during the three months  preceding a sale
by such person,  and who has  beneficially  owned shares of Company Common Stock
that were not acquired from the Company or an  "affiliate" of the Company within
the previous  three years,  would be entitled to sell such shares without regard
to volume limitation,  manner of sale provisions,  notification  requirements or
the  availability  of current  public  information  concerning  the Company.  As
defined in Rule 144, an  "affiliate"  of an issuer is a person that  directly or
indirectly through one or more intermediaries  controls, or is controlled by, or
is under common control with, such issuer.


                            MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

Directors

         The  initial  Directors  of the  Company  consist of the 13 persons who
currently  serve as  Directors  of the Bank.  The  Directors  of the Company are
divided into three  classes,  as nearly  equal in number as  possible,  with one
class elected each year at the annual meeting of stockholders.  The Directors in
each class serve for

                                      -42-

<PAGE>



a term of three years and until their successors are duly elected and qualified.
As the term of one class  expires,  a successor  class is elected at each annual
meeting of  stockholders  to serve  until the  annual  meeting to be held in the
third year  following the election of such class and until their  successors are
duly elected and  qualified.  The names of the initial  Directors of the Company
and their terms are set forth below (See also "Management of the Bank"):


                                                      Term of Office
       Names                                              Expires
       -----                                           -------------
Class I:
Gerald G. Bousquet                                         1997
Kathleen M. Bradley                                        1997
James F. Conway, III                                       1997
Nancy L. Donahue                                           1997

Class II:
Walter L. Armstrong                                        1998
George L. Duncan                                           1998
John P. Harrington                                         1998
Charles P. Sarantos                                        1998
Michael A. Spinelli                                        1998

Class III:
Kenneth S. Ansin                                           1999
Eric W. Hanson                                             1999
Arnold S. Lerner                                           1999
Richard W. Main                                            1999

Committees

         The  By-laws  of the  Company  provide  that  the  Company's  Board  of
Directors  may  establish  various  Committees  from  time  to  time.  Upon  the
consummation  of the  Reorganization,  the Committees of the Company's  Board of
Directors and their respective memberships are expected to be: (i) the Executive
Committee:  Messrs.  Duncan and Lerner,  together  with two  additional  members
chosen to serve on a three- month rotating basis;  and (ii) the Audit Committee:
Ms. Bradley and Messrs. Hanson, Harrington and Spinelli.

Executive Officers

         The initial officers of the Company are: George L. Duncan, Chairman and
Chief  Executive  Officer;  Richard W. Main,  President;  John P.  Clancy,  Jr.,
Treasurer;  and Arnold S.  Lerner,  Clerk.  All of these  persons  hold  similar
positions with the Bank.  Information concerning their principal occupations and
business  experience  during the past five years and other  biographical data is
set forth under "Management of the Bank- -Executive Officers."

                                      -43-

<PAGE>



Compensation

         It is expected that until the Company becomes actively  involved in the
acquisition of additional banks or other  businesses,  no separate  compensation
will be paid to the officers and Directors of the Company.  However, the Company
may  determine  that  such  compensation  is  appropriate  in  the  future.  See
"Management of the Bank--Compensation."

Employee Benefit Plans

         Upon  completion  of the  Reorganization,  the Stock  Option  Plan will
become the employee incentive stock option plan of the Company with officers and
other employees of the Bank and the Company eligible to participate according to
the terms of such plans.  As the officers and  Directors of the Company will not
initially  be  compensated  by the  Company  but will  continue  to serve and be
compensated  by  the  Bank,  no  separate  holding  company  benefit  plans  are
anticipated  at this time.  The Bank  intends to continue to maintain  its other
benefit programs.


                  PROPOSAL TWO - ELECTION OF CLASS OF DIRECTORS

         The Bank's By-Laws provide that the number of Directors shall be set by
a majority  vote of the  entire  Board of  Directors,  which has been set at 13.
Under the Bank's  Articles of  Organization  and  By-Laws,  this number shall be
divided into three  classes,  as nearly  equal in number as  possible,  with the
Directors in each class serving a term of three years and until their respective
successors  are  duly  elected  and  qualified,  or  until  his or  her  earlier
resignation,  death or removal.  As the term of one class  expires,  a successor
class is elected at the annual meeting of stockholders for that year.

         At the 1996 Annual  Meeting,  there are four Directors to be elected to
serve until the 1999 Annual  Meeting and until their  respective  successors are
duly elected and qualified, or until his earlier resignation,  death or removal.
The Board of Directors of the Bank has nominated each of Kenneth S. Ansin,  Eric
W. Hanson,  Arnold S. Lerner and Richard W. Main, for election as a Director for
a three-year  term. For  information  with respect to the nominees and the other
Directors  of the Bank  whose  terms do not  expire  in  1996,  including  their
business  experience,  compensation  paid  by the  Bank,  and  participation  on
committees of the Board of Directors, see "Management of the Bank."

         Unless authority to do so has been withheld or limited in the proxy, it
is the  intention  of the  persons  named  in  the  proxy  to  vote  the  shares
represented by each properly  executed proxy for the election as a Director each
of the nominees  named above.  The Board of Directors  believes  that all of the
nominees will stand for election and will serve if elected as Director. However,
if any person nominated by the Board of Directors fails to stand for election or
is unable or  refuses  to accept  election,  the  proxies  will be voted for the
election  of such  other  person  or  persons  as the  Board  of  Directors  may
recommend.

         If  the   Reorganization  is  consummated,   the  Bank  will  become  a
wholly-owned  subsidiary of the Company and  thereafter,  so long as the Company
remains the sole  stockholder  of the Bank,  the  Directors  of the Bank will be
elected by the Company.  Stockholders of the Bank, who will become  stockholders
of the Company upon the consummation of the  Reorganization,  will in the future
elect the  Directors of the Company.  If,  however,  the  Reorganization  is not
consummated,  the  Directors  of the Bank will  continue  to be  elected  by the
stockholders of the Bank.


                                      -44-

<PAGE>



Recommendation of Directors

         The Board of Directors  recommends that the  stockholders  vote FOR the
election of Kenneth S. Ansin,  Eric W.  Hanson,  Arnold S. Lerner and Richard W.
Main,  the four  nominees  proposed by the Board of  Directors  of the Bank,  as
Directors of the Bank to serve until the 1999 annual meeting of stockholders and
until their successors are elected and qualified.


                             MANAGEMENT OF THE BANK

Directors and Nominees

         Formation of the holding  company will not change the  Directors of the
Bank. The Directors of the Bank are divided into three classes,  as nearly equal
in number as possible, with one class elected each year at the annual meeting of
stockholders.  The  Directors  in each class serve for a term of three years and
until their successors are duly elected and qualified.  As the term of one class
expires,  a successor class is elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to
serve until the next annual meeting.

         The following  table sets forth certain  information as of February 29,
1996 for each of the four  nominees  for  election  as  Directors  at the Annual
Meeting and for those  continuing  Directors  whose  terms  expire at the annual
meetings of the Bank's  stockholders  in 1997 and 1998. Each individual has been
engaged in his or her principal  occupation  for at least five years,  except as
otherwise indicated.


                                      -45-

<PAGE>




                                    Nominees
                            (Term to Expire in 1999)


                                                                      Director
Name, Age and Principal Occupation                                     Since
- ----------------------------------                                    --------
Kenneth S. Ansin (31)                                                  1994
 President, L.B. Evans Company
Eric W. Hanson (52)                                                    1991
 Chairman and President
 D.J. Reardon Company, Inc.
Arnold S. Lerner (66)                                                  1988
  Partner in WLLH Radio (Lowell)
  and in several other radio stations;
  Director, Courier Corporation
Richard W. Main (48)                                                   1989
  President, Chief Operating Officer and
  Chief Lending Officer
  Enterprise Bank and Trust Company

                              Continuing Directors
                            (Term to Expire in 1997)


Name, Age and Principal Occupation                               Director Since
- ----------------------------------                               --------------
Gerald G. Bousquet, M.D. (62)                                          1988
 Physician; director and partner in
 several health care facilities
Kathleen M. Bradley (71)                                               1988
 Former Owner, Westford Sports Center, Inc.
James F. Conway, III (43)                                              1989
 Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President
 Courier Corporation
Nancy L. Donahue (65)                                                  1988
  Chair of the Board of Trustees, Merrimack Repertory Theatre


                                      -46-

<PAGE>




                              Continuing Directors
                            (Term to Expire in 1998)



Name, Age and Principal Occupation                               Director Since
- ----------------------------------                               --------------
Walter L. Armstrong (59)                                               1989
 Executive Vice President
 Enterprise Bank and Trust Company
George L. Duncan (55)                                                  1988
 Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and
 Chief Investment Officer
 Enterprise Bank and Trust Company
John P. Harrington (53)                                                1989
 Since February 1995, Senior Vice President,
 Colonial Gas Company; prior thereto, Vice
 President, Colonial Gas Company
Charles P. Sarantos (70)                                               1991
 Chairman, C&I Electrical Supply Co., Inc.
Michael A. Spinelli (63)                                               1988
 Owner, Merrimac Travel and Action Six
 Travel Network


Meetings of Board of Directors and Committees

         There were twelve (12)  meetings of the Board of Directors  held during
the year ended December 31, 1995. During such year, all directors  attended more
than 75% in the  aggregate of such total number of meetings held by the Board of
Directors  and the total  number of  meetings of each of the  committees  of the
Board of  Directors  on which he or she served,  except for Nancy L. Donahue who
attended 74% of the total number of such meetings.

         The  Bank's  Board  of  Directors  has an  executive  committee,  audit
committee,  compensation/personnel  committee,  investment  and  asset/liability
committee,  marketing committee,  banking technology committee, trust committee,
overdue loan review committee and ECOA (Equal Credit Opportunity Act) committee.
All of the  committees  keep minutes of their meetings which are reported to the
full board of directors.  Philip S. Nyman,  outside general counsel to the Bank,
attends board of directors meetings and meetings of subcommittees, as requested.
George  Leahey,  outside  trust  counsel to the Bank,  attends  trust  committee
meetings as requested.

         Executive  Committee.  The executive  committee is authorized to manage
and transact the business of the Bank. In addition,  loans over certain  amounts
must be pre-approved by at least two members of the executive committee. Messrs.
Duncan (chairman of the committee) and Lerner serve as permanent  members of the
executive  committee,  while two  members  are chosen to serve on a  three-month
rotating basis from among the remaining  members of the Board of Directors.  The
committee also consults with the other

                                      -47-

<PAGE>



members of the Board of Directors with respect to executive  committee  matters.
The committee held sixteen (16) meetings in 1995.

         Audit  Committee.  The  audit  committee  recommends  to the  Board  of
Directors the appointment of an independent  certified public accounting firm to
serve as  independent  auditors to the Bank,  oversees  and reviews all internal
audit  examinations  and reports and reviews all reports of  examination  of the
Bank  prepared  by bank  regulatory  authorities.  The  current  members  of the
committee are Ms. Bradley and Messrs. Hanson,  Harrington and Spinelli (chairman
of the  committee).  The  committee  also consults with the other members of the
Board of Directors with respect to audit committee  matters.  The committee held
five (5) meetings in 1995.

         Compensation/Personnel  Committee. The compensation/personnel committee
is responsible  for overseeing the  administration  of the employee  benefit and
compensation  programs of the Bank. Messrs.  Conway (chairman of the committee),
Hanson and Lerner serve on the  committee.  The committee also consults with the
other members of the Board of Directors  with respect to  compensation/personnel
committee matters. The committee held eleven (11) meetings in 1995.

         Investment   and   Asset/Liability   Committee.   The   investment  and
asset/liability  committee  is  authorized  to develop and refine the  strategic
investment  portfolio objectives of the Bank to ensure that the Bank maintains a
portfolio  consistent  with sound  investment  and  banking  practices.  Messrs.
Conway,  Duncan,  Lerner  (chairman  of the  committee)  and  Main  serve on the
committee.  Two additional members are chosen to serve on a three-month rotating
basis from among the remaining members of the Board of Directors.  The committee
also consults  with the other  members of the Board of Directors  with regard to
investment matters.
The committee held sixteen (16) meetings in 1995.

         Marketing  Committee.   The  marketing  committee  reviews  the  Bank's
marketing  activities.  The current members of the committee are Messrs.  Ansin,
Armstrong, Duncan, Harrington, Lerner, Main, and Ms. Donahue (chairperson of the
committee).  The  committee  also  consults  with other  members of the Board of
Directors with respect to marketing  committee  matters.  The committee held two
(2) meetings in 1995.

         Banking  Technology  Committee.  The banking  technology  committee  is
responsible  for overseeing  the  administration  of the Bank's data  processing
function. Messrs. Ansin, Bousquet, Main and Sarantos (chairman of the committee)
serve on the  committee.  The committee  also consults with other members of the
Board of Directors with respect to data processing  matters.  The committee held
four (4) meetings in 1995.

         Trust  Committee.  The trust  committee is  responsible  for overseeing
trust  activities  including  administering  trust  policy and  reviewing  trust
accounts.  Messrs.  Conway,  Duncan, Lerner (chairman of the committee) and Main
serve on the  committee.  The committee  also consults with other members of the
Board of  Directors  on a regular  basis  with  respect  to trust  matters.  The
committee held thirteen (13) meetings in 1995.

         Overdue  Loan  Review  Committee.  The overdue  loan  review  committee
reviews  and  assesses  all  loan  delinquencies.  The  current  members  of the
committee  are  Messrs.   Armstrong,   Bousquet  (chairman  of  the  committee),
Harrington, Main, Sarantos, and Mesdames Bradley and Donahue. The committee also
consults with the other  members of the Board of Directors  with respect to loan
review committee matters. The committee held eight (8) meetings in 1995.


                                      -48-

<PAGE>



         ECOA  Committee.  The ECOA  committee  is  responsible  for  reviewing,
enhancing  and   developing   policies  and   procedures   to  combat   possible
discrimination  in  lending.  Mr.  Ansin  and Ms.  Donahue  (chairperson  of the
committee) serve on the committee which held one (1) meeting in 1995.
Executive Compensation

         Summary   Compensation  Table.  The  following  table  sets  forth  the
compensation paid by the Bank for services rendered in all capacities during the
year ended  December 31, 1995,  to the chief  executive  officer and each of the
four  most  highly  compensated  principal  officers  of the  Bank  (the  "Named
Executive Officers").

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                           Summary Compensation Table

                                                       Annual                              Long-Term
                                                    Compensation                         Compensation
                                                                                            Awards
                                   -----------------------------------------------       ------------         --------------


Name and Principal Position        Year       Salary      Bonus          Other            Securities
                                               ($)         ($)           Annual           Underlying           All Other
                                                                     Compensation($)      Options(#)         Compensation 1
- ---------------------------      -------    ---------    --------    ---------------      ----------         ------------  
<S>                              <C>        <C>         <C>            <C>                 <C>                <C>

George L. Duncan                   1995      $156,250    $ 50,387        - 0 -              5,500               $ 4,625
Chairman, Chief Executive          1994      $156,250    $ 19,180        - 0 -              - 0 -               $ 3,854
Officer and Chief                  
Investment Officer                 1993      $156,250    $ 31,250        - 0 -              - 0 -               $ 3,741

Richard W. Main                    1995      $124,345    $ 39,950        - 0 -              2,750               $ 4,625
President, Chief Operating         1994      $124,345    $ 15,232        - 0 -              - 0 -               $ 3,908
Officer and Chief Lending          
Officer                            1993      $124,345    $  6,217        - 0 -              - 0 -               $ 3,257

Walter L. Armstrong                1995      $115,943     - 0 -          - 0 -              1,000               $ 4,625
Executive Vice President           1994      $118,960     - 0 -          - 0 -              - 0 -               $ 3,472
and Business Development                     
Officer                            1993      $115,762     - 0 -          - 0 -              - 0 -               $ 3,457

D. Eric Thompson                   1995      $108,150    $ 20,008        - 0 -              3,900               $ 4,425
Senior Vice President and          1994      $108,150    $ 13,248        - 0 -              - 0 -               $ 3,489
Senior Trust Officer               1993      $106,605    $  5,408        - 0 -              - 0 -               $ 2,982

Robert R. Gilman                   1995      $ 96,180    $ 17,793        - 0 -              1,000               $ 3,892
Senior Vice President,                      
Commercial Lending                 1994      $ 96,180    $ 11,782        - 0 -              - 0 -               $ 2,803
Officer and Human                  
Resources Officer                  1993      $ 93,458    $  9,618        - 0 -              - 0 -               $ 1,636
- -----------------
<FN>
1  Reflects the Bank's matching contributions on behalf of the Named Executive Officers to the Bank's existing 401(k) plan.
</FN>
</TABLE>
                                      -49-

<PAGE>





         Report on Executive Compensation. The Compensation/Personnel  Committee
of the  Board  of  Directors  of the Bank is  composed  exclusively  of  outside
directors  and  is  responsible  for  developing  the   compensation   strategy,
principles and  recommendations  for executive  officers and all employees.  The
philosophy  of  the  compensation   committee  is  to  align  compensation  with
shareholder value to have an officer's or employee's  compensation  reflect that
employee's  performance  in  implementing  the Bank's  business  strategies  and
management  initiatives.  A  basic  compensation  principle  is to  encourage  a
performance-oriented  environment  which  rewards  officers  and  employees  for
long-term high performance with a higher-than-average compensation package which
includes  a base  salary  plus a bonus  based  on  achievement  as  compared  to
predetermined  goals.  Peer group data,  individual  performance  and total bank
performance are used in establishing individual recommendations.

Director Compensation

         The Bank pays $200 to directors for Board of Directors  meetings,  $200
to directors for executive committee  meetings,  $150 to directors for all other
committee meetings,  a $100 monthly retainer to all directors and a $100 monthly
retainer  to  executive  committee  members.  The Bank also pays a $100  monthly
retainer to the vice-chairman of the Board of Directors, a $200 monthly retainer
to the  Clerk of the Bank and $200 to the  chairpersons  of the  investment  and
asset/liability,   trust,  banking  technology,  ECOA,   compensation/personnel,
overdue loan review,  audit and marketing  committees for each meeting attended.
Directors who are also  salaried  employees or officers of the Bank are not paid
for attending Board of Directors or committee meetings.

Employment Agreements

         The Bank has entered into  employment  agreements  with each of Messrs.
Duncan and Main.

         The term of Mr. Duncan's agreement is a "rolling" three (3) years until
and unless  terminated  based on the occurrence of any of the following  events:
(i) thirty-six  (36) months after notice is given by the Bank to Mr. Duncan that
it no longer  desires to extend  the  agreement;  (ii) the death of Mr.  Duncan;
(iii) the termination of Mr. Duncan by the Bank for cause;  (iv) sixty (60) days
after notice is given by Mr. Duncan to the Bank at any time after the occurrence
of a Business  Combination as defined in the Bank  Articles;  and (v) sixty (60)
days  after  notice is given by Mr.  Duncan to the Bank  following  the Board of
Directors'  failure to re-elect Mr. Duncan as the chief executive officer of the
Bank.

         Mr. Duncan receives a minimum annual base salary under the agreement of
$156,250,  which is subject to periodic upward  adjustments as determined by the
Board of  Directors.  In addition to his base salary,  Mr. Duncan is entitled to
participate  in all other benefit  plans and otherwise  receive all other fringe
benefits that the Bank from time to time makes available to its officers.

         Following the  occurrence of any Business  Combination,  Mr. Duncan has
the option,  upon 60 days advance  written  notice to the Bank, to terminate the
agreement,  in which event the Bank is  obligated  to pay Mr.  Duncan  three (3)
times his previous  highest annual  earnings under the agreement.  If Mr. Duncan
exercises the option to terminate  under such  circumstances,  he is relieved of
the non-competition restrictions that would otherwise apply upon his termination
of the agreement.


                                      -50-

<PAGE>



         If the Board of Directors  fails to re-elect Mr. Duncan chief executive
officer at any time during the period of the agreement,  then Mr. Duncan has the
options,  upon sixty (60) days advance  written notice to the Bank to (i) remain
as a full-time employee;  (ii) terminate the agreement;  or (iii) serve the Bank
as a consultant in lieu of serving in another capacity.  In the event Mr. Duncan
elects to terminate  the agreement  because he is no longer the chief  executive
officer,  he shall  receive  compensation  from the Bank for two (2) years.  The
compensation  shall equal the highest annual  earnings paid to Mr. Duncan during
any year of the agreement.  During the two-year period he is receiving  payments
under the agreement and in  consideration of the compensation to be paid to him,
Mr. Duncan is prohibited  from  competing with the Bank. In the event Mr. Duncan
elects to serve as a  consultant  to the Bank,  he would be  required  to devote
approximately  one-half of his time to the  business and affairs of the Bank and
would receive as  compensation  a salary equal to one-half of the highest annual
earnings  paid to him  during  the  period  in which he  served  the Bank in the
capacity of chief executive officer.

         If Mr. Duncan becomes  disabled during the term of the agreement,  then
the Bank may elect to stop paying Mr.  Duncan his regular  annual  earnings and,
upon notice,  pay Mr. Duncan during the period of his disability an amount equal
to  seventy-five  percent of the highest annual  earnings paid to him during the
term of the  agreement  less any amounts  payable to him under the Bank's  group
disability  plan. If Mr. Duncan dies while the agreement is in effect,  then the
Bank will continue to provide health insurance  coverage under its group plan to
Mr. Duncan's spouse and children in accordance with certain conditions specified
in the agreement.

         Under  the  terms of the  agreement,  Mr.  Duncan  is  prohibited  from
competing  with the Bank during the  two-year  period from the date on which the
agreement is terminated for any reason,  except as described  above in the event
of Mr. Duncan's  termination of the agreement following a Business  Combination.
During  each  year of the  two-year  non-compete  period,  Mr.  Duncan  would be
entitled to receive  salary  payments  at least equal to seventy  percent of the
highest  annual  earnings  paid  to him  during  any  year  of the  term  of the
agreement.

         The  terms  of  Mr.  Main's  employment   agreement  are  substantially
equivalent to those of Mr. Duncan's  employment  agreement,  except that (i) the
term of Mr. Main's  agreement is for a "rolling" two (2) years;  (ii) Mr. Main's
minimum  annual base salary is $124,345;  (iii) the office  which the  agreement
contemplates  will be held by Mr. Main is the office of president;  and (iv) Mr.
Main's potential termination payment following a Business Combination is two (2)
times his previous highest annual earnings under the agreement.

Stock Option Plan

         The Stock Option Plan serves as a performance  incentive for the Bank's
officers  and  other  employees.  The Bank  does  not  maintain  any  "long-term
incentive plans" as such term is used for purposes of the SEC's Regulation S-K.

         The Stock  Option Plan is  administered  by the  compensation/personnel
committee.  The  compensation/personnel  committee  has  complete  authority  to
administer the Stock Option Plan,  which includes the authority to determine the
persons to whom options should be granted, the number of shares and the types of
options to be offered, and other terms and conditions of the options.

         Under the Stock Option Plan,  the  compensation/personnel  committee is
authorized to grant options without further stockholder approval to officers and
other employees of the bank to purchase up to 153,902

                                      -51-

<PAGE>



shares of the Bank Common  Stock at the fair market  value of such shares at the
date of grant.  Shares of Bank Common Stock  subject to an option  granted under
the Stock Option Plan which are not exercised  prior to expiration of the option
may be used for  purposes  of  granting  subsequent  options.  Neither the Stock
Option Plan nor any other employee  benefit plan maintained by the Bank provides
for the granting of "stock  appreciation rights (SARs)" as such term is used for
purposes of the SEC's Regulation S-K.

         Both "incentive stock options" and "non-qualified stock options" may be
granted  pursuant to the Stock Option Plan. The Bank intends that the "incentive
stock  options"  granted  under the Stock Option Plan will qualify under Section
422A of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  The market value of all
common stock  available for the first time in any year under all such  incentive
stock  options  granted to any person  under the Stock Option Plan is limited to
$100,000.  For this purpose, the value of the Bank Common Stock is determined at
the date of grant of each such option. No gain or loss will be recognized by the
Bank or the employee as a result of the grant or exercise of an incentive  stock
option,  and any gain  realized by an optionee at the time of sale of the shares
acquired upon exercise of an incentive stock option will be treated as a capital
gain,  provided  that such shares are held by the optionee for at least one year
after the date of exercise  and two years  after the date of grant.  Only in the
event  that an  optionee  disposes  of these  shares  prior to the  close of the
holding period will the Bank be entitled to claim a tax deductible expense in an
amount equal to the  difference  between the exercise  price and the fair market
value of the shares on the date of exercise.

         In the case of non-qualified  stock options, an optionee will be deemed
to  receive  income  taxable  at  ordinary  income  rates  upon  exercise  of  a
non-qualified  stock  option in an amount  equal to the  difference  between the
exercise  price and the fair  market  value of the  common  stock on the date of
exercise.  The amount of such taxable income will be a tax deductible expense to
the Bank.

         All options granted under the Stock Option Plan are required to have an
exercise  price per share equal to a least the fair  market  value of a share of
the Bank Common Stock on the date the option is granted. No option granted under
the Stock Option Plan is exercisable after the date on which the optionee ceases
to be employed by the Bank (except that if  employment is terminated as a result
of  death  or  disability,  options  may  be  exercisable  for  up to  one  year
thereafter),  or if the optionee continues to be employed by the Bank, after the
tenth  anniversary  of the date on which the option  was  granted.  Payment  for
shares purchased pursuant to an option may be made in cash or check.

         As of February 29, 1996,  options to purchase a total of 102,050 shares
were  outstanding.  A total of 25,650  options were granted in 1995. All options
granted to date are classified as incentive  stock options.  Options to purchase
50,752  shares remain to be granted.  The exercise  price for all of the options
granted to date under the Stock  Option Plan  ranges from $11.00 to $13.50.  The
options are  exercisable  at the rate of 25% a year starting from the employee's
date of hire.  As of February  29,  1996,  of the options that have been granted
under  the Stock  Option  Plan,  options  to  purchase  1,100  shares  have been
exercised.  The following table shows individual  grants of stock options to the
Named Executive Officers during the year ended December 31, 1995.



                                      -52-

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                         Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year

                                              Individual Grants in 1995


                                  Number of
                                 Securities         Percent of Total
                                 Underlying        Options Granted to
                                   Options         Employee in Fiscal    Exercise or Base Price
Name                             Granted (#)              Year                   ($/Sh )              Expiration Date
- ----                             -----------             ------                 ---------             ---------------

<S>                                <C>                  <C>                     <C>                     <C>
George L. Duncan                    5,500                21.44%                  $13.50                  07/05/2005

Richard W. Main                     2,750                10.72%                  $13.50                  07/05/2005
Walter L. Armstrong                 1,000                 3.90%                  $13.50                  07/05/2005

D. Eric Thompson                    3,900                15.20%                  $13.50                  07/05/2005
Robert R. Gilman                    1,000                 3.90%                  $13.50                  07/05/2005

</TABLE>

         The  following  table shows each exercise of stock options by the Named
Executive  Officers  during the year ended December 31, 1995 and the unexercised
stock options held by such persons as of such date:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  Aggregated Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year
                                         and Fiscal Year-End Option Values


                                                                              Number of Securities           Value of
                                                                             Underlying Unexercised     Unexercised In-the-
                                                                            Options at Fiscal Year-      Money Options at
                                                                                    End (#)             Fiscal Year-End ($)
                               Shares Acquired on                                 Exercisable/             Exercisable/
Name                              Exercise (#)        Value Realized ($)         Unexercisable            Unexercisable(1)
- -----                            --------------       ------------------         -------------            ------------- 
<S>                                  <C>                     <C>                 <C>                        <C>
George L. Duncan                      - 0 -                   ---                 19,800/5,500               $40,500/0
Richard W. Main                       - 0 -                   ---                  9,900/2,750               $24,750/0
Walter L. Armstrong                   - 0 -                   ---                  9,900/1,000               $24,750/0
D. Eric Thompson                      - 0 -                   ---                   75/3,925                  $188/$62
Robert R. Gilman                      - 0 -                   ---                  4,000/1,000               $10,000/0

- ---------------------
<FN>
       (1) The dollar  values  shown  equal the  product  of (x) the  difference
between $13.50 (which the Board of Directors believes represents the current per
share fair market value of the Bank Common Stock) and the exercise  price of the
options and (y) the number of shares subject to the options.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                      -53-

<PAGE>




Retirement Plan

         The Bank  maintains  a 401(k)  plan (the  "Plan").  For the year  ended
December  31, 1995,  the Bank's  expense for  contributions  to the Plan totaled
$91,806 The Bank does not offer any other pension plan to its employees.

         Eligible  employees  under the Plan may direct the Bank to reduce their
current compensation, and contribute to the Plan, up to 15% of such compensation
(the participant's "pre-tax  contributions").  The Bank also makes contributions
matching the portion of each participant's  pre-tax  contributions not exceeding
6% of such  participant's  compensation.  The precise  percentage  amount of the
Bank's pre-tax  matching  contributions  is determined  annually by the Board of
Directors.  The percentage  match for the years 1990 through 1995 was 50% of the
participants'  first  6% of  contributions.  Participant  pre-tax  and  matching
contributions are invested according to participant's  instructions in a limited
number of investment funds.

         Amounts allocated to a participant's  accounts under the Plan generally
are  not  distributable  prior  to  termination  of  employment,  except  that a
participant's  pre-tax  contributions  may be  withdrawn by the  participant  on
account of financial hardship and participants may borrow within limits from the
Plan.  Upon  termination  of employment,  a participant is always  entitled to a
distribution  of the  value  of his or her  pre-tax  contributions,  but  unless
termination  occurs  after  attainment  of age 65,  or on  account  of  death or
disability,  a participant  may be entitled to only a percentage of the value of
his or her matching contributions.

Insurance and Other Benefits

         The  Bank's  full-time  officers  and  employees  have the option to be
covered by the Bank's group health and dental  insurance,  long-term  disability
insurance  and life  insurance  which  are  available  on the same  terms to all
employees who meet the required  minimum  hours.  The Bank pays for a portion of
the cost. The Bank also provides  tuition  reimbursement  for certain  education
programs.

Transactions with Certain Related Persons

         The Bank leases its  headquarters  from First Holding Trust. Mr. Duncan
is a trustee of First  Holding  Trust and is a general  partner of Old City Hall
Limited  Partnership  which is, in turn, the beneficiary of First Holding Trust.
Messrs. Main, Armstrong, Gilman and Clancy are limited partners of Old City Hall
Limited Partnership.  Mr. Duncan has a 17% ownership interest, and Messrs. Main,
Armstrong,  Gilman and Clancy each have a 5% ownership interest in Old City Hall
Limited  Partnership.  Under the terms of the bank's  lease  with First  Holding
Trust,  the Bank paid $178,684 in rent,  parking fees, taxes and maintenance for
the year ended  December  31, 1995.  In  addition,  the Bank leases space at 170
Merrimack  Street and 27 Palmer  Street from  Merrimack  Realty  Trust.  Messrs.
Duncan, Main, Armstrong, Gilman and Leahy, all officers of the Bank, are limited
partners of Merrimack Realty Trust. Messrs.  Spinelli,  Lerner and Bousquet, all
directors of the Bank, are also limited  partners of Merrimack Realty Trust. Mr.
Duncan has a 23% ownership interest; Messrs. Spinelli, Lerner, Main and Bousquet
have a 5% ownership interest; and Messrs. Armstrong,  Gilman and Leahy have a 3%
ownership  interest in  Merrimack  Realty  Trust.  Under the terms of the bank's
lease with  Merrimack  Realty Trust,  the Bank paid $42,698 in rent for the year
ended December 31, 1995.

         Certain  directors  and officers of the Bank are also  customers of the
bank and have  entered  into  loan  transactions  with the bank in the  ordinary
course of business. In addition, certain directors are also directors,  officers
or stockholders of corporations,  non profit entities or members of partnerships
which are customers

                                      -54-

<PAGE>



of the Bank and which have  transactions with the Bank in the ordinary course of
business.  Such loan  transactions  with  directors and officers of the Bank and
with such  corporations and partnerships are on such terms,  including  interest
rates,  repayment  terms and  collateral,  as those  prevailing  at the time for
comparable transactions with persons who are not affiliated with the Bank and do
not involve more than a normal risk of  collectibility or present other features
unfavorable to the Bank.

         In the future, the Bank may retain the services of, or enter into other
business  transactions  with,  members  of the Board of  Directors,  the  Bank's
officers, or with persons or entities with whom or which any such persons may be
affiliated,  if such  transactions are deemed to be in the best interests of the
Bank. Such transactions  would be entered into on arms-length terms and if other
than in the  ordinary  course of  business,  would be  approved  by the Board of
Directors.

                                      -55-

<PAGE>





          SECURITIES OWNERSHIP OF MANAGEMENT AND PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

         The following table sets forth  information  with respect to directors,
directors and officers as a group and persons known to the Bank who are known to
be the beneficial owners of more than five percent (5%) of the Bank Common Stock
as of February 29, 1996.  Information  includes the total number of shares known
by the Bank to be  beneficially  owned by each  such  person  and  group and the
percentage  of such stock  each such  person and group  beneficially  owns.  All
shares  are  owned of  record  and  beneficially,  and  each  person  and  group
identified  has sole voting and  investment  power with  respect to such shares,
except as otherwise noted.


   Directors(1)            Shares of Bank Common Stock        Percent of Total
   ----------                  Beneficially Owned             Bank Common Stock
                           ---------------------------        -----------------
Kenneth S. Ansin                    11,000                           .70%
Walter L. Armstrong(2)              13,000                           .82%
Gerald G. Bousquet                   7,000                           .44%
Kathleen M. Bradley                  6,000                           .38%
James F. Conway, III                    91                            --
Nancy L. Donahue                     5,000                           .32%
George L. Duncan(3)                132,879                          8.43%
710 Andover Street
Lowell, MA  01852

- --------
(1)      The information as to the Bank Common Stock beneficially owned has been
         furnished by each such stockholder.  All persons having sole voting and
         investment power over the shares, unless otherwise indicated.

(2)      Includes  9,900  options to purchase  the Bank  Common  Stock which are
         currently vested,  but which have not been exercised.  This figure does
         not include an option to  purchase  up to 25,000  shares of Bank Common
         Stock owned by Mr. Duncan, which option was granted to Mr. Armstrong by
         Mr. Duncan.

(3)      Includes  19,800  options to purchase  the Bank Common  Stock which are
         currently vested but which have not been exercised,  2,500 shares owned
         by Mr. Duncan's wife and 2,500 shares owned by Mr.  Duncan's  children.
         Includes  50,000  shares  owned by Mr.  Duncan,  which are  subject  to
         options granted by Mr. Duncan to Mr. Armstrong and Mr. Main.

                                      -56-

<PAGE>




     Directors               Shares of Bank Common Stock      Percent of Total
     ---------                   Beneficially Owned           Bank Common Stock
                             ---------------------------      -----------------
Eric W. Hanson(4)                       94,350                      5.99%
Three Boardwalk
Chelmsford, MA  01824
John P. Harrington                         100                       --
Arnold S. Lerner(5)                    131,000                      8.31%
155 Pine Hill Road
Hollis, NH  03049
Richard W. Main(6)                      23,200                      1.47%
Charles P. Sarantos(7)                   9,600                       .61%
Michael A. Spinelli                     60,000                      3.81%
All Directors and  Principal           461,030                     29.26%
Officers as a Group
(20 Persons)(8)
Non-Directors
Ronald M. Ansin                        156,000                      9.90%
132 Littleton Road
Harvard, MA  01451


- --------
(4)      Includes  90,350 shares owned jointly with Mr.  Hanson's wife and 4,000
         shares owned by Mr. Hanson's children, with respect to which Mr. Hanson
         or his wife are the custodians.

(5)      Includes  50,000  shares owned by Mr.  Lerner's  wife and 15,000 shares
         owned  by Mr.  Lerner's  children  as to  which  Mr.  Lerner  disclaims
         beneficial ownership.

(6)      Includes  9,900  options  to  purchase  Bank  Common  Stock  which  are
         currently vested but which have not been exercised,  3,900 shares owned
         jointly  with Mr.  Main's  wife  and 800  shares  owned  by Mr.  Main's
         children, with respect to which Mr. Main is the custodian.  This figure
         does not  include  an option to  purchase  up to 25,000  shares of Bank
         Common Stock owned by Mr. Duncan,  which option was granted to Mr. Main
         by Mr. Duncan.

(7)      Includes  4,000 shares owned jointly with Mr.  Sarantos' wife and 1,000
         shares owned jointly by Mr. Sarantos' wife and daughter.

(8)      Includes  options to  purchase  shares of Bank  Common  Stock which are
         currently exercisable.

                                      -57-

<PAGE>





                     PROPOSALS THREE AND FOUR - ELECTION OF
                            CLERK AND ASSISTANT CLERK

         At the Annual Meeting,  a Clerk and an Assistant Clerk of the Bank will
be elected to serve until the 1997 annual meeting and until their successors are
elected and qualified.

         The Board of Directors of the Bank has selected Arnold S. Lerner as the
nominee for Clerk and Michael A. Spinelli as the nominee for Assistant Clerk.

         Unless  otherwise  specified in the proxy,  it is the  intention of the
persons  named in the  proxy to vote the  shares  represented  by each  properly
executed  proxy for the  election  of Arnold S.  Lerner as Clerk of the Bank and
Michael A.  Spinelli  as  Assistant  Clerk of the Bank.  The Board of  Directors
believes that Messrs. Lerner and Spinelli will stand for election and will serve
if  elected.  However,  if either  fails to stand for  election  or is unable or
refuses to accept  election,  the proxies will be voted for the  election(s)  of
such other person(s) as the Board of Directors may recommend.

Recommendation of Directors

         The Board of Directors  recommends that the  stockholders  vote FOR the
election  of Arnold S.  Lerner as Clerk of the Bank and  Michael A.  Spinelli as
Assistant Clerk of the Bank.

                                  PROPOSAL FIVE
               RATIFICATION OF APPOINTMENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

         The Board of Directors has appointed  KPMG Peat Marwick LLP to serve as
independent auditors of the Bank for the fiscal year ending December 31, 1996.

         The Bank is not required to submit the ratification and approval of the
Board  of  Directors'   appointment  of  independent   auditors  to  a  vote  of
stockholders.  In the  event a  majority  of the  votes  cast  are  against  the
appointment  of KPMG Peat Marwick  LLP, the Board of Directors  may consider the
vote  and the  reasons  therefor  in  future  decisions  on its  appointment  of
independent auditors.

         Representatives  of KPMG Peat  Marwick  LLP are  expected to attend the
annual  meeting at which time they will have an  opportunity to make a statement
if they wish to do so and will be available to answer any appropriate  questions
from stockholders.

Recommendation of Directors

         The Board of Directors  recommends that the  stockholders  vote FOR the
ratification of the Board of Directors'  appointment of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP as
independent auditors of the Bank for the fiscal year ending December 31, 1996.


                             
                                      -58-

<PAGE>





                              STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS

         Proposals of  stockholders  of the Bank intended to be presented at the
1997  Annual  Meeting  of the Bank must be  received  by the Bank no later  than
December 31, 1996 to be included in the Bank's proxy statement and form of proxy
relating to that meeting; provided,  however, if the Reorganization is completed
prior to the 1997 Annual Meeting any such stockholder  proposal must be received
by the Company no later than December 1, 1996 in accordance  with the applicable
SEC rules that would govern such matters pertaining to the Company. In addition,
the  Bank's,  as well as the  Company's,  Articles of  Organization  and By-Laws
provide  that any  stockholder  wishing to have any  director  nominations  or a
stockholder proposal considered at an annual meeting must provide written notice
of said nomination or stockholder proposal to the Clerk of the Bank as set forth
in the  Articles  of  Organization  and  By-Laws  of the  Bank at its  principal
executive offices not less than 60 days nor more than 150 days prior to the date
of the scheduled annual meeting; provided,  however, that in the event that less
than 70 days  notice or prior  public  disclosure  of the  schedule  date of the
meeting  is given or made to  stockholders,  notice by the  stockholder  must be
received not later than the close of business on the 10th day  following the day
on which such  notice of the  scheduled  date of the  meeting was mailed or such
disclosure was made,  whichever first occurs. Any stockholder desiring to submit
a  nomination  or  proposal  must  comply  with  all  of  the   procedural   and
informational requirements contained in the Articles of Organization and By-Laws
of the Bank or the Company as applicable.

                                  OTHER MATTERS

         Shares  represented  by proxies in the  enclosed  form will be voted as
stockholders  direct.  Subject to applicable rules regarding  broker  non-votes,
proxies that contain no directions to the contrary will be voted in favor of the
proposal  to  approve  the  Plan of  Reorganization,  the  election  of the four
nominees to serve as  Directors  of the Bank,  the  election of the  nominees to
serve as Clerk  and  Assistant  Clerk  of the Bank and the  ratification  of the
appointment  of independent  auditors.  At the time of preparation of this Proxy
Statement-  Prospectus,  the Board of  Directors  of the Bank  knows of no other
matters  to be  presented  for action at the  Annual  Meeting.  As stated in the
accompanying  proxy card, if any other business  should properly come before the
Annual  Meeting,  proxies  have  discretionary  authority  to  vote  the  shares
according to their best judgment or the Company as applicable.


         WHETHER  OR  NOT  YOU  EXPECT  TO BE  PRESENT  AT THE  MEETING,  PLEASE
COMPLETE,  SIGN AND DATE THE  ENCLOSED  PROXY  AND  RETURN  IT  PROMPTLY  IN THE
ENCLOSED ENVELOPE.  IF YOU ATTEND THE MEETING,  YOU MAY WITHDRAW ANY PROXY GIVEN
BY YOU AND VOTE YOUR SHARES IN PERSON.


March 29, 1996







                                      -59-

<PAGE>




                                                                       EXHIBIT A

                      AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

                     Pursuant to Section 26B of Chapter 172
                      of the General Laws of Massachusetts


         This Agreement and Plan of Reorganization  (this "Plan") is dated as of
February 29, 1996 and made between  Enterprise  Bank and Trust Company,  a trust
company  organized under Chapter 172 of the General Laws of  Massachusetts  (the
"Bank") and Enterprise Bancorp,  Inc., a Massachusetts business corporation (the
"Holding  Company").  This Plan constitutes the plan of acquisition  between the
Bank and the Holding  Company for  purposes of Section 26B of Chapter 172 of the
General Laws of Massachusetts.

         The Bank is a trust company,  duly organized and validly existing under
the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts,  with its principal office at 222
Merrimack  Street,  Lowell,  Massachusetts  01852.  As of the date  hereof,  the
authorized  capital  stock of the Bank  consists of  3,000,000  shares of common
stock,  par value $1.00 per share (the "Bank Common Stock"),  of which 1,575,892
shares are issued and  outstanding  and 152,802 shares are reserved for issuance
under the  Enterprise  Bank and Trust Company 1988 Stock Option Plan (the "Stock
Option Plan"), and 450,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share,
none of which shares are issued and outstanding.

         The  Holding  Company is a  corporation,  duly  organized  and  validly
existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, with its principal
office at 222 Merrimack  Street,  Lowell,  Massachusetts  01852.  As of the date
hereof,  the authorized capital stock of the Holding Company consists of 500,000
shares of common stock,  par value $0.01 per share (the "Holding  Company Common
Stock"),  and 100,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, none
of which shares are issued and outstanding. Prior to the Effective Time, as such
term is defined in Subsection  2.1 hereof,  the Holding  Company shall cause its
articles of organization to be amended to increase the authorized  capital stock
of the Holding  Company from its current number of shares to a level  consisting
of 5,000,000  shares of common stock,  par value $0.01 per share,  and 1,000,000
shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share.

         The Bank and the Holding  Company have agreed that the Holding  Company
will  acquire all of the issued and  outstanding  shares of Bank Common Stock in
exchange for shares of Holding  Company  Common Stock pursuant to the provisions
of Section 26B of Chapter 172 of the General Laws of  Massachusetts  and of this
Plan.  This Plan has been  adopted and approved by a vote of at least a majority
of all the members of the Board of  Directors  of the Bank,  and by a vote of at
least a majority  of all the  members of the Board of  Directors  of the Holding
Company.  The officers of the Bank and of the Holding  Company whose  respective
signatures  appear below have been duly  authorized  to execute and deliver this
Plan.


                                       A-1

<PAGE>



         NOW THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the foregoing  premises and other
good and  valuable  consideration,  the receipt and  adequacy of which is hereby
acknowledge, the Bank and the Holding Company agree as follows:

SECTION 1.  Approval and Filing of Plan

         1.1 This Plan shall be  submitted  for  approval by the holders of Bank
Common  Stock at a meeting  to be duly  called and held in  accordance  with the
by-laws  of the Bank and all  applicable  laws and  regulations.  Notice of such
meeting shall be mailed directly to all stockholders and published at least once
a week for two  successive  weeks in a newspaper of general  circulation  in the
County of  Middlesex,  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts.  Both of said  newspaper
publications shall be at least fifteen days prior to the date of the meeting.

         1.2 Subject to the approval of this Plan by the affirmative vote of the
holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Bank Common Stock as
required by law, the Bank and the Holding  Company shall submit this Plan to the
Commissioner  of  Banks  of  the  Commonwealth  of   Massachusetts   (the  "Bank
Commissioner")  for his approval and filing in accordance with the provisions of
Section 26B of Chapter 172 of the General Laws of Massachusetts. This Plan shall
be accompanied by such  certificates of the respective  officers of the Bank and
the Holding  Company as may be required  by law and a written  request  from the
Bank that this Plan not be filed by the Bank Commissioner until such future time
as the Bank  Commissioner  shall  have  received  from the Bank and the  Holding
Company the written notice described in Subsection 2.1 hereof.

         1.3 If the  requisite  approval of this Plan is obtained at the meeting
of holders of Bank Common Stock referred to in Subsection 1.1 hereof, thereafter
and until the  Effective  Time,  as  hereinafter  defined,  the Bank shall issue
certificates for Bank Common Stock, whether upon transfer or otherwise,  only if
such  certificates bear a legend indicating that this Plan has been approved and
that shares of Bank Common Stock evidenced by such  certificates  are subject to
the acquisition by the Holding Company pursuant to this Plan.

SECTION 2.  Definition of Effective Time

         2.1 The  transactions  contemplated by this Plan shall become effective
at 12:01 A.M. on the first  business  day  following  the date on which the Bank
Commissioner  duly files this Plan in accordance  with the provisions of Section
26B of Chapter 172 of the General Laws of  Massachusetts,  which filing shall be
preceded  by  written  notice  to the  Bank  Commissioner  from the Bank and the
Holding  Company  advising  the Bank  Commissioner  that (i) all the  conditions
precedent to this Plan becoming effective  specified in Section 5 hereof,  other
than the condition described in Subsection 5.2, have been satisfied and (ii) the
Plan has not been  abandoned  by the Bank or the Holding  Company in  accordance
with the provisions of Section 6 hereof. Such time is hereinafter referred to as
the "Effective Time."

SECTION 3.  Actions at the Effective Time

         3.1 At the  Effective  Time,  the Holding  Company  shall,  without any
further  action on its part or on the part of the holders of Bank Common  Stock,
automatically  and by  operation  of law  acquire  and  become the owner for all
purposes of all shares of Bank Common Stock issued and

                                       A-2

<PAGE>



outstanding  immediately  prior to the Effective  Time, and the Holding  Company
shall be entitled to have issued to it by the Bank a certificate or certificates
representing  such shares.  Thereafter,  the Holding Company shall have full and
exclusive power to vote such shares of Bank Common Stock,  to receive  dividends
thereon and to exercise all rights of an owner thereof.

         3.2 At the Effective  Time, any shares of Holding  Company Common Stock
which may have been previously  issued and are outstanding  immediately prior to
the Effective Time shall be redeemed and retired and shall thereafter constitute
authorized and unissued shares of Holding Company Common Stock.

         3.3 At the  Effective  Time,  the  holders of the shares of Bank Common
Stock issued and  outstanding  immediately  prior to the  Effective  Time shall,
without any further action on their part or on the part of the Holding  Company,
automatically and by operation of law cease to own such shares and shall instead
become  owners of one share of Holding  Company  Common  Stock for each share of
Bank  Common  Stock  held by  them  immediately  prior  to the  Effective  Time.
Thereafter, such persons shall have full and exclusive power to vote such shares
of Holding  Company  Common  Stock,  to  receive  dividends  thereon,  except as
otherwise provided herein, and to exercise all rights of an owner thereof.

         3.4 At the  Effective  Time,  all  previously  issued  and  outstanding
certificates  representing  shares of Bank Common Stock (the "Old Certificates")
shall  automatically  and by operation of law cease to represent  shares of Bank
Common  Stock or any interest  therein and each Old  Certificate  shall  instead
represent  the  ownership by the holder  thereof of an equal number of shares of
Holding Company Common Stock. No holder of an Old Certificate  shall be entitled
to  vote  the  shares  of  Bank  Common  Stock  formerly   represented  by  such
certificate, or to receive dividends thereon, or to exercise any other rights of
ownership in respect thereof.

         3.5 Notwithstanding any of the foregoing,  any Dissenting  Stockholder,
as such term is defined in Subsection 8.1 hereof,  shall have such rights as are
provided  by  Subsection  8.2  hereof  and by the  laws of the  Commonwealth  of
Massachusetts.

SECTION 4.  Actions After the Effective Time

         As soon as practicable and in any event not more than thirty days after
the Effective Time:

         4.1 The Holding  Company  shall  deliver to the transfer  agent for the
Bank and the  Holding  Company  (the  "Transfer  Agent"),  as agent for the then
holders of the Old Certificates (other than Old Certificates representing shares
of Bank Common Stock as to which  dissenters'  appraisal  rights shall have been
effected),  a certificate or certificates  for the aggregate number of shares of
Holding  Company  Common Stock (the "New  Certificates"),  to which said holders
shall be entitled.  The parties acknowledge and agree that the Bank may serve as
the Transfer Agent for all purposes under this Plan.  Each such holder of an Old
Certificate  shall  surrender  his Old  Certificate  to the  Transfer  Agent and
receive in exchange  therefor a New Certificate for an equal number of shares of
Holding Company Common Stock.  Until so surrendered,  each Old Certificate shall
be deemed, for all corporate  purposes,  to evidence the ownership of the number
of shares of Holding  Company  Common  Stock which the holder  thereof  would be
entitled to receive upon its surrender,  except that the Holding Company may, in
its sole discretion, withhold from the holder of shares represented by

                                       A-3

<PAGE>



such Old  Certificate,  distribution  of any or all  dividends  declared  by the
Holding Company on such shares until such time as such Old Certificate  shall be
surrendered  in  exchange  for one or  more  New  Certificates,  at  which  time
dividends  so withheld by the Holding  Company with respect to such shares shall
be delivered  (without  interest  thereon and less the amount of taxes,  if any,
which may have been  imposed or paid  thereon or which are required by law to be
withheld in respect thereof), to the stockholder to whom such New Certificate(s)
are issued.

         4.2 The  Holding  Company  shall  publish,  to the extent  required  in
accordance with applicable law, a notice to the holders of all Old Certificates,
specifying the Effective Time of the transactions  contemplated by this Plan and
notifying  such  holders  that they may,  or if required to do so by the Holding
Company in its sole  discretion,  shall,  present their Old  Certificates to the
Transfer  Agent for exchange.  The Holding  Company  shall also provide  notice,
together with any transmittal materials that may be necessary or appropriate, by
mail directly to such holders at their last known  addresses as contained in the
Bank's stockholder records.

SECTION 5.  Conditions Precedent

         This Plan and the  transactions  provided  for herein  shall not become
effective unless all of the following shall have occurred:

         5.1 This Plan and the transactions  contemplated hereby shall have been
approved by the  affirmative  vote of the holders of at least  two-thirds of the
outstanding  shares of Bank Common Stock at a meeting of such  stockholders duly
called and held for such purpose in accordance  with the by-laws of the Bank and
all applicable laws and regulations.

         5.2 This Plan shall have been approved by the Bank  Commissioner  and a
copy of this Plan with his approval  endorsed  thereon  shall have been filed in
his office, all as provided in Section 26B of Chapter 172 of the General Laws of
Massachusetts.

         5.3 The Holding  Company shall have provided notice of this Plan to the
Federal Reserve Bank of Boston (the "Reserve Bank") in accordance with 12 C.F.R.
Section  225.15 and the Reserve  Bank shall not have  objected  to the  parties'
consummation of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby within thirty days after
the date of the Reserve  Bank's  receipt of such notice or,  alternatively,  the
Reserve  Bank or the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve  System,  acting
pursuant to Section 3(a)(1) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended,
shall have  approved  an  application  of the  Holding  Company to become a bank
holding company upon the consummation of the  transactions  contemplated by this
Plan and a period of  thirty  days  shall  have  elapsed  after the date of such
approval.

         5.4 The Bank shall have received a favorable  opinion from its counsel,
satisfactory  in form and  substance  to the Bank,  with  respect to the federal
income tax consequences of this Plan and the transactions contemplated hereby.

         5.5 To the extent  legally  required,  if at all, the shares of Holding
Company  Common Stock to be issued to the holders of Bank Common Stock  pursuant
to this Plan shall have been registered or qualified for such issuance under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all applicable state securities laws.

                                       A-4

<PAGE>




         5.6 The Bank and the  Holding  Company  shall have  obtained  all other
consents,  permissions  and approvals and taken all actions  required by law and
agreement,  or  otherwise  deemed  necessary or  appropriate  by the Bank or the
Holding Company,  including the amendment of the Holding  Company's  articles of
organization  to increase its authorized  capital stock as  contemplated by this
Plan, prior to the  consummation of the  transactions  provided for by this Plan
and the Holding  Company's  having and  exercising  all rights of ownership with
respect to all of the outstanding  shares of Bank Common Stock to be acquired by
it hereunder.

SECTION 6.  Abandonment of Plan

         6.1 This  Plan  may be  abandoned  by  either  the Bank or the  Holding
Company at any time before the Effective Time in the event that:

         (a)      The number of shares of Bank Common Stock owned by  Dissenting
                  Stockholders,  as defined in Subsection 8.1 hereof, shall make
                  consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated  by this Plan
                  inadvisable in the opinion of the Bank or the Holding Company;

         (b)      Any action,  suit,  proceeding  or claim has been  instituted,
                  made or  threatened  relating  to this Plan  which  shall make
                  consummation  of the  transactions  contemplated  by this Plan
                  inadvisable in the opinion of the Bank or the Holding Company;
                  or

         (c)      For  any  other  reason   consummation  of  the   transactions
                  contemplated by this Plan is inadvisable in the opinion of the
                  Bank or the Holding Company.

         Such abandonment shall be effected by written notice by either the Bank
or the Holding Company to the other of them, and shall be authorized or approved
by the Board of Directors  of the party  giving such notice.  Upon the giving of
such notice,  this Plan shall be terminated  and shall be of no further force or
effect  and  there  shall  be no  liability  hereunder  or on  account  of  such
termination  on the part of the Bank or the  Holding  Company or the  Directors,
officers,  employees,  agents or stockholders of either of them. In the event of
such abandonment of this Plan, the Bank shall pay the fees and expenses incurred
by itself and the Holding  Company in connection with this Plan and the proposed
transactions contemplated hereby. If either party hereto gives written notice of
termination to the other party pursuant to this Section 6, the party giving such
written  notice  shall  simultaneously  furnish  a  copy  thereof  to  the  Bank
Commissioner.

SECTION 7.  Amendment of Plan

         7.1  This  Plan  may be  amended  or  modified  at any  time by  mutual
agreement  of the Boards of  Directors  of the Holding  Company and the Bank (i)
prior to its approval by the stockholders of the Bank, in any respect,  and (ii)
subsequent to such approval, in any respect, provided that the Bank Commissioner
shall approve of such amendment or modification.


                                       A-5

<PAGE>



SECTION 8.  Rights of Dissenting Stockholders

         8.1 The term "Dissenting Stockholders" shall mean those holders of Bank
common  stock who file with the Bank  before the taking of the vote on this Plan
written  objection  to this Plan,  pursuant to Section 86 of Chapter 156B of the
General Laws of  Massachusetts,  stating that they intend to demand  payment for
their shares of Bank Common Stock if this Plan is  consummated  and whose shares
are not voted in favor of this Plan.

         8.2 Dissenting  Stockholders who comply with the provisions of Sections
85 through 98,  inclusive,  of Chapter 156B of the General Laws of Massachusetts
and all other applicable provisions of law shall be entitled to receive from the
Bank  payment  of the fair  value of their  shares  of Bank  Common  Stock  upon
surrender by such holders of the certificates which previously  represented such
shares of Bank Common Stock.  Certificates so obtained by the Bank, upon payment
of the fair value of such shares as provided by law,  shall be canceled.  Shares
of Holding Company Common Stock,  to which  Dissenting  Stockholders  would have
been entitled had they not dissented,  shall be deemed to constitute  authorized
and unissued shares of Holding Company Common Stock and may thereafter be issued
or otherwise  disposed of by the Holding  Company at the  discretion  of, and on
such terms as may be fixed by, its Board of Directors.

SECTION 9.  Stock Options

         By the Holding Company's having executed and delivered this Plan and by
the parties' subsequent  consummation of the transactions  contemplated  hereby,
the Holding  Company  shall be deemed to have approved the Stock Option Plan, as
may be amended from time to time, as the employee incentive stock option plan of
the Holding  Company and shall be deemed to have agreed to issue Holding Company
Common Stock in lieu of Bank Common Stock pursuant to stock options  outstanding
under the Stock Option Plan. As of the Effective Time, the unexercised  portions
of the options  outstanding  under the Stock Option Plan shall be assumed by the
Holding Company and thereafter  shall be exercisable  only for shares of Holding
Company Common Stock,  with each such option being  exercisable  for a number of
shares of Holding  Company  Common  Stock  equal to the number of shares of Bank
Common Stock that were available  thereunder  immediately prior to the Effective
Time, and with no change in the exercise price or any other term or condition of
such option. To the extent deemed necessary or appropriate,  the Holding Company
and the Bank shall  make  appropriate  amendments  to the Stock  Option  Plan to
reflect the adoption of the Stock Option Plan as the  employee  incentive  stock
option  plan of the  Holding  Company  without  adverse  effect upon the options
outstanding under the Stock Option Plan.

SECTION 10.  Governing Law

         This  Plan  shall  take  effect  as a sealed  instrument  and  shall be
governed by and construed in  accordance  with the laws of the  Commonwealth  of
Massachusetts.

SECTION 11.  Counterparts

         This Plan may be executed in several  identical  counterparts,  each of
which when  executed and  delivered by the parties  hereto shall be an original,
but all of which together shall constitute a

                                       A-6

<PAGE>


single  instrument.  In making proof of this Plan,  it shall not be necessary to
produce or account for more than one such counterpart.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have caused this Agreement and
Plan of  Reorganization  to be duly  executed and delivered as of the date first
above written and their corporate seals to be hereunto affixed.


                                      ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY


                                      By: /s/ Richard W. Main
                                               Name:  Richard W. Main
                                               Title: President



ATTEST:


/s/ John P. Clancy, Jr.
  Name:  John P. Clancy, Jr.
  Title:   Treasurer

                                      ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.



                                       By: /s/ George L. Duncan
                                              Name:  George L. Duncan
                                              Title: Chief Executive Officer


ATTEST:


/s/ John P. Clancy, Jr.
Name:  John P. Clancy, Jr.
Title:    Treasurer









                                       A-7

<PAGE>
                                                                       EXHIBIT B

                    PROVISIONS OF MASSACHUSETTS GENERAL LAWS
                  RELATING TO RIGHTS OF DISSENTING STOCKHOLDERS

      (Sections 85 to 98 of Chapter 156B of the Massachusetts General Laws)

         Section 85. Dissenting Stockholder;  Right to Demand Payment for Stock;
Exception.  A  stockholder  in any  corporation  organized  under  the  laws  of
Massachusetts  which shall have duly voted to  consolidate or merge with another
corporation or corporations  under the provisions of sections  seventy-eight  or
seventy-nine who objects to such  consolidation or merger may demand payment for
his stock from the  resulting  or  surviving  corporation  and an  appraisal  in
accordance  with  the  provisions  of  sections   eighty-six  to   ninety-eight,
inclusive, and such stockholder and the resulting or surviving corporation shall
have the rights and duties and follow the procedure set forth in those sections.
This  section  shall  not  apply  to the  holders  of any  shares  of stock of a
constituent corporation surviving a merger if, as permitted by subsection (c) of
section seventy-eight, the merger did not require for its approval a vote of the
stockholders of the surviving corporation.

         Section  86.  Selection  Applicable  to  Appraisal;Prerequisites.  If a
corporation  proposes to take a corporate action as to which any section of this
chapter  provides that a  stockholder  who objects to such action shall have the
right to demand  payment  for his  shares  and an  appraisal  thereof,  sections
eighty-seven  to  ninety-eight,  inclusive,  shall  apply  except  as  otherwise
specifically  provided  in any  section of this  chapter.  Except as provided in
sections  eighty-two  and  eighty-three,  no  stockholder  shall have such right
unless  (1) he files with the  corporation  before the taking of the vote of the
shareholders on such corporate action,  written objection to the proposed action
stating that he intends to demand  payment for his shares if the action is taken
and (2) his shares are not voted in favor of the proposed action.

         Section 87. Statement of Rights of Objecting  Stockholders in Notice of
Meeting;  Form. The notice of the meeting of  stockholders at which the approval
of such  proposed  action is to be  considered  shall contain a statement of the
rights of objecting stockholders.  The giving of such notice shall not be deemed
to create any rights in any stockholder receiving the same to demand payment for
his stock, and the directors may authorize the inclusion in any such notice of a
statement of opinion by the management as to the existence or  non-existence  of
the right of the  stockholders  to demand  payment for their stock on account of
the proposed  corporate action.  The notice may be in such form as the directors
or officers calling the meeting deem advisable, but the following form of notice
shall be sufficient to comply with this section:

         "If the action proposed is approved by the  stockholders at the meeting
         and effected by the corporation, any stockholder (1) who files with the
         corporation  before  the  taking  of the vote on the  approval  of such
         action,  written  objection  to the  proposed  action  stating  that he
         intends to demand payment for his shares if the action is taken and (2)
         whose  shares are not voted in favor of such action has or may have the
         right to demand in writing from the  corporation  (or, in the case of a
         consolidation  or  merger,  the  name  of the  resulting  or  surviving
         corporation  shall be  inserted),  within twenty days after the date of
         mailing  to him of notice in  writing  that the  corporate  action  has
         become effective,  payment for his shares and an appraisal of the value
         thereof.  Such corporation and any such stockholder shall in such cases
         have the rights and duties and shall follow the  procedure set forth in
         sections 88 to 98,  inclusive,  of chapter  156B of the General Laws of
         Massachusetts."

         Section  88.  Notice  of  Effectiveness  of  Action  Objected  To.  The
corporation  taking such action, or in the case of a merger or consolidation the
surviving or  resulting  corporation,  shall,  within ten days after the date on
which such corporate action became effective,  notify each stockholder who filed
a

                                       B-1

<PAGE>



written  objection  meeting the  requirements  of section  eighty-six  and whose
shares were not voted in favor of the approval of such  action,  that the action
approved  at the meeting of the  corporation  of which he is a  stockholder  has
become  effective.  The giving of such notice  shall not be deemed to create any
rights in any  stockholder  receiving the same to demand  payment for his stock.
The notice  shall be sent by  registered  or  certified  mail,  addressed to the
stockholder  at his last  known  address  as it  appears  in the  records of the
corporation.

         Section 89. Demand for Payment; Time for Payment. If within twenty days
after the date of mailing of a notice under subsection (e) of section eighty-two
,  subsection  (f)  of  section  eighty-three,  or  section  eighty-eight,   any
stockholder  to whom the  corporation  was  required to give such  notice  shall
demand in writing from the corporation  taking such action,  or in the case of a
consolidation or merger from the resulting or surviving corporation, payment for
his stock,  the corporation  upon which such demand is made shall pay to him the
fair value of his stock within  thirty days after the  expiration  of the period
during which such demand may be made.

         Section 90. Demand for Determination of Value;  Bill in Equity;  Venue.
If during the period of thirty  days  provided  for in section  eighty-nine  the
corporation  upon which such demand is made and any such  objecting  stockholder
fail to  agree as to the  value  of such  stock,  such  corporation  or any such
stockholder  may within  four months  after the  expiration  of such  thirty-day
period demand a  determination  of the value of the stock of all such  objecting
stockholders by a bill in equity filed in the superior court in the county where
the  corporation in which such objecting  stockholder  held stock had or has its
principal office in the commonwealth.

         Section 91. Parties to Suit to Determine Value; Service. If the bill is
filed by the corporation,  it shall name as parties  respondent all stockholders
who have demanded payment for their shares and with whom the corporation has not
reached  agreement  as  to  the  value  thereof.  If  the  bill  is  filed  by a
stockholder,  he shall  bring  the bill in his own  behalf  and in behalf of all
other  stockholders who have demanded payment for their shares and with whom the
corporation  has not reached  agreement as to the value thereof,  and service of
the bill shall be made upon the  corporation by subpoena with a copy of the bill
annexed.  The corporation shall file with its answer a duly verified list of all
such other stockholders, and such stockholders shall thereupon be deemed to have
been added as parties to the bill.  The  corporation  shall give  notice in such
form and  returnable  on such date as the court shall order to each  stockholder
party to the bill by registered or certified  mail,  addressed to the last known
address of such stockholder as shown in the records of the corporation,  and the
court may order such  additional  notice by publication or otherwise as it deems
advisable.  Each stockholder who makes demand as provided in section eighty-nine
shall be deemed to have consented to the provisions of this section  relating to
notice,  and the giving of notice by the corporation to any such  stockholder in
compliance with the order of the court shall be a sufficient  service of process
on him.  Failure  to give  notice to any  stockholder  making  demand  shall not
invalidate the proceedings as to other  stockholders to whom notice was properly
given,  and the court may at any time  before the entry of a final  decree  make
supplementary orders of notice.

         Section 92. Decree  Determining Value and Ordering  Payment;  Valuation
Date. After hearing the court shall enter a decree determining the fair value of
the stock of those stockholders who have become entitled to the valuation of and
payment of their shares, and shall order the corporation to make payment of such
value,  together  with  interest,  if  any,  as  hereinafter  provided,  to  the
stockholders  entitled  thereto upon the transfer by them to the  corporation of
the certificates  representing such stock if certificated or, if uncertificated,
upon receipt of an instruction  transferring such stock to the corporation.  For
this  purpose,  the  value  of the  shares  shall  be  determined  as of the day
preceding the date of the vote approving the proposed corporate action and shall
be  exclusive  of  any  element  of  value  arising  from  the   expectation  or
accomplishment of the proposed corporate action.


                                       B-2

<PAGE>


         Section 93.  Reference to Special  Master.  The court in its discretion
may refer the bill or any question  arising  thereunder  to a special  master to
hear the  parties,  make  findings  and  report  the same to the  court,  all in
accordance with the usual practice in suits in equity in the superior court.

         Section 94.  Notation  on Stock  Certificates  of Pendency of Bill.  On
motion  the court  may order  stockholder  parties  to the bill to submit  their
certificates  of  stock  to the  corporation  for the  notation  thereon  of the
pendency of the bill and may order the  corporation to note such pendency in its
records  with  respect to any  uncertificated  shares  held by such  stockholder
parties,  and may on motion dismiss the bill as to any  stockholder who fails to
comply with such order.

         Section  95.  Costs;  Interest.  The costs of the bill,  including  the
reasonable  compensation  and expenses of any master appointed by the court, but
exclusive  of fees of  counsel  or of experts  retained  by any party,  shall be
determined  by the court and taxed upon the parties to the bill, or any of them,
in such  manner as  appears  to be  equitable,  except  that all costs of giving
notice  to  stockholders  as  provided  in  this  chapter  shall  be paid by the
corporation.  Interest  shall be paid upon any  award  from the date of the vote
approving the proposed corporate action, and the court may on application of any
interested  party determine the amount of interest to be paid in the case of any
stockholder.

         Section 96.  Dividends and Voting Rights after Demand for Payment.  Any
stockholder  who has demanded  payment for his stock as provided in this chapter
shall not thereafter be entitled to notice of any meeting of  stockholders or to
vote such stock for any  purpose  and shall not be  entitled  to the  payment of
dividends  or  other  distribution  on the  stock  (except  dividends  or  other
distributions  payable to stockholders of record at a date which is prior to the
date of the vote approving the proposed corporate action) unless:

          (1)  A bill  shall not be filed  within the time  provided  in section
               ninety;

          (2)  A bill, if filed, shall be dismissed as to such stockholder; or

          (3)  Such   stockholder   shall  with  the  written  approval  of  the
               corporation,  or in the case of a  consolidation  or merger,  the
               resulting  or  surviving  corporation,  deliver  to it a  written
               withdrawal  of  his  objections  to  and an  acceptance  of  such
               corporate action.

         Notwithstanding the provisions of clauses (1) to (3),  inclusive,  said
stockholder  shall have only the rights of a  stockholder  who did not so demand
payment for his stock as provided in this chapter.

         Section 97.  Status of Shares Paid For.  The shares of the  corporation
paid for by the  corporation  pursuant to the  provisions  of this chapter shall
have the status of treasury stock,  or in the case of a consolidation  or merger
the shares or the  securities  of the  resulting or surviving  corporation  into
which the shares of such objecting  stockholder would have been converted had he
not objected to such  consolidation  or merger shall have the status of treasury
stock or securities.

         Section  98.  Exclusive  Remedy;   Exception.   The  enforcement  by  a
stockholder  of his  right to  receive  payment  for his  shares  in the  manner
provided in this chapter  shall be an exclusive  remedy except that this chapter
shall  not  exclude  the  right of such  stockholder  to bring  or  maintain  an
appropriate proceeding to obtain relief on the ground that such corporate action
will be or is illegal or fraudulent as to him.





                                       B-3

<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT C-1
                                                          FEDERAL IDENFITICATION
                                                          NO.  Applied For

                        The Commonwealth of Massachusetts

                             William Francis Galvin
                          Secretary of the Commonwealth
              One Ashburton Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02108-1512

                        RESTATED ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION
                    (General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 74)





We,  Richard  W.  Main,  President  and Arnold S.  Lerner,  Clerk of  Enterprise
Bancorp, Inc. located at 222 Merrimack Street,  Lowell,  Massachusetts 01852, do
hereby certify that the following  Restatement  of the Articles of  Organization
was duly  adopted  at a  meeting  held on March  22,  1996 by a vote of the sole
incorporator in accordance with the rights and powers accorded thereto under Ch.
156B M.G.L. SS. 44.

                                    ARTICLE I
                         The name of the corporation is:
                            Enterprise Bancorp, Inc.

                                   ARTICLE II
                  The purpose of the corporation is to engage
                     in the following business activities:

              See Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof.


                                      C-1
<PAGE>




                                   ARTICLE III

State the total  number of shares and par value,  if any, of each class of stock
which the corporation is authorized to issue:


      WITHOUT PAR VALUE                          WITH PAR VALUE
- ------------------------------    ------------------------------------------
TYPE         NUMBER OF SHARES      TYPE      NUMBER OF SHARES      PAR VALUE
- ----         ----------------      ----      ----------------      ---------
Common:                           Common:         500,000             $.01

Preferred:                        Preferred:      100,000             $.01


                                   ARTICLE IV

If  more  than  one  class  of  stock  is  authorized,  state  a  distinguishing
designation  for each class.  Prior to the issuance of any shares of a class, if
shares  of  another  class  are  outstanding,  the  corporation  must  provide a
description of the preferences,  voting powers,  qualifications,  and special or
relative  rights or  privileges  of that class and of each other  class of which
shares are outstanding and of each series then established within any class.

     See Exhibit B attached hereto and made a part hereof.

                                    ARTICLE V
The  restrictions,  if any,  imposed by the  Articles of  Organization  upon the
transfer of shares of stock of any class are:

     See Exhibit C attached hereto and made a part hereof.

                                   ARTICLE VI

Other lawful provisions,  if any, for the conduct and regulation of the business
and affairs of the corporation,  for its voluntary dissolution, or for limiting,
defining,  or regulating the powers of the  corporation,  or of its directors or
stockholders, or of any class of stockholders:

     See Exhibit D attached hereto and made a part hereof.




                                      C-2
<PAGE>




                                   ARTICLE VII

The effective date of the restated  Articles of  Organization of the corporation
shall be the date approved and filed by the Secretary of the Commonwealth.  If a
later effective date is desired,  specify such date which shall not be more than
thirty days after the date of filing.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

The information contained in Article VII is not a permanent part of the Articles
of Organization.

a.   The street address (post office boxes are not  acceptable) of the principal
     office of the corporation in Massachusetts is:

     222 Merrimack Street, Lowell, Massachusetts 01852

b    The name,  residential address and post office address of each director and
     officer of the corporation is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                          NAME                   RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS           POST OFFICE ADDRESS
<S>                <C>                           <C>                           <C>    

Chairman:           George L. Duncan              710 Andover Street            Enterprise Bancorp, Inc.
                                                  Lowell, MA 01852              222 Merrimack Street
                                                                                Lowell, MA 01852

President:          Richard W. Main               1 Overlook Drive                             "
                                                  Chelmsford, MA 01824

Treasurer:          John P.  Clancy, Jr.          11 Tanglewood Drive                          "
                                                  Chelmsford, MA 01824

Clerk:              Arnold S. Lerner              155 Pine Hill Road                           "
                                                  Hollis, NH 03049


Directors:  See Exhibit E attached hereto and made a part hereof.

</TABLE>

c.   The fiscal year (i.e.,  tax year) of the corporation  shall end on the last
     day of the month of: December.

d.   The name  and  business  address  of the  resident  agent,  if any,  of the
     corporation is: N/A

We further certify that the foregoing  Restated Articles of Organization  affect
no amendments to the Articles of  Organization  of the corporation as heretofore
amended,   except  amendments  to  the  following  articles.   Briefly  describe
amendments below

     See Exhibit C hereto  containing  new  additional  provisions  to Article V
pertaining to Certain Business Combinations.


SIGNED UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY,  this 25th day of March, 1996 
/s/Richard W. Main, President
     Richard W. Main
/s/Arnold S. Lerner, Clerk
    Arnold S. Lerner

                                      C-3
<PAGE>






                        The Commonwealth of Massachusetts


                        RESTATED ARTICLE OF ORGANIZATION
                    (General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 74)








I hereby approve the within Restated  Articles of  Organization  and, the filing
fee in the amount of $____________ having been paid, said articles are deemed to
have been filed with me this ________ day of _______________ , 19 __.






Effective Date: ________________________________________





                             WILLIAM FRANCIS GALVIN
                          Secretary of the Commonwealth











                         TO BE FILLED IN BY CORPORATION
                      Photocopy of document to be sent to:


                             Stephen J. Coukos, Esq.
                              Sullivan & Worcester
                             One Post Office Square
                           Boston, Massachusetts 02109

                            Telephone: (617) 338-2912

                                      C-4
<PAGE>

                            ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.
                        RESTATED ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

                                    EXHIBIT A


                              ARTICLE II: Purposes

         To acquire,  invest in or hold stock in any subsidiary  permitted under
the  Bank  Holding  Company  Act of 1956 or  Chapter  167A of the  Massachusetts
General Laws,  as such statutes may be amended from time to time,  and to engage
in any activity or  enterprise  permitted to a bank holding  company  under said
statutes or other applicable law.

         To engage  generally  in any  business  activity  which may be lawfully
carried on by a corporation  organized  under Chapter 156B of the  Massachusetts
General Laws.













                                       C-5

<PAGE>


                            ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.
                        RESTATED ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

                                    EXHIBIT B

                            ARTICLE IV: Capital Stock


    The shares of the  Corporation's  authorized  capital stock may be issued by
the  Corporation  from time to time by a vote of its Board of Directors  without
the approval of its  stockholders,  except as may be otherwise  provided in this
Article. Upon payment of lawful consideration  therefor and issuance, all shares
of the  capital  stock of the  Corporation  shall be deemed to be fully paid and
nonassessable.  No holder of any of the capital stock of the  Corporation  shall
have any  preemptive  right to purchase  or  subscribe  for the  purchase of any
additional  shares issued by the  Corporation.  In the case of a stock dividend,
that part of the surplus account or undivided profits account of the Corporation
which is  transferred  to stated  capital upon the issuance of shares as a stock
dividend shall be deemed to be the  consideration for the issuance of such stock
dividend.


    A  description  of  the  different  classes  and  series  (if  any)  of  the
Corporation's capital stock and a statement of the designations and the relative
rights,  preferences  and limitations of the shares of each class and series (if
any) of capital stock are as follows:


SECTION 1. Common Stock. Except as provided by law or in this Article (or in any
supplementary  sections  hereto) or in any  certificate  of  establishment  of a
series of preferred  stock,  the holders of the Common  Stock shall  exclusively
possess all voting  power.  Each holder of  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock
shall be entitled to one vote for each share held by such holder.

    Holders of the Common  Stock shall be  entitled to the payment of  dividends
out of any assets of the Corporation  legally available for the payment thereof,
but only as and when declared by the Board of Directors.

    In the event of any voluntary or  involuntary  liquidation,  dissolution  or
winding up of the Corporation,  after there shall have been paid to or set aside
for the holders of any class  having  preferences  over the Common  Stock in the
event of liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, of the full
preferential amounts to which they are respectively entitled, the holders of the
Common  Stock and of any class or series of stock  entitled to  participate,  in
whole or in part,  therewith,  as to  distribution  of assets shall be entitled,
after  payment or  provision  for  payment of all debts and  liabilities  of the
Corporation,  to receive the remaining  assets of the Corporation  available for
distribution, in cash or in kind, in proportion to their holdings.

SECTION  2.  Preferred  Stock.  The Board of  Directors  of the  Corporation  is
authorized by vote

                                      C-6

<PAGE>


or votes,  from time to time  adopted,  to provide for the issuance of preferred
stock  in  one  or  more  series  and  to  fix  and  state  the  voting  powers,
designations,  preferences and relative participating, optional or other special
rights of the shares of each  series  and the  qualifications,  limitations  and
restrictions  thereof,  including,  but not limited to,  determination of one or
more of the following:

     (1)  The   distinctive   serial   designation  and  the  number  of  shares
constituting such series;

     (2) The dividend  rates or the amount of dividends to be paid on the shares
of such series,  whether  dividends  shall be cumulative  and, if so, from which
date or dates, the payment date or dates for dividends and the  participating or
other special rights, if any, with respect to dividends;

     (3) The voting powers, full or limited, if any, of shares of such series;

     (4) Whether the shares of such series shall be  redeemable  and, if so, the
price or prices at which, and the terms and conditions on which, such shares may
be redeemed;

     (5) The amount or  amounts  payable  upon the shares of such  series in the
event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of the
Bank;

     (6) Whether the shares of such series shall be entitled to the benefit of a
sinking or  retirement  fund to be applied to the purchase or redemption of such
shares,  and if so  entitled,  the  amount  of such  fund and the  manner of its
application,  including the price or prices at which such shares may be redeemed
or purchased through the application of such fund;

     (7)  Whether  the  shares of such  series  shall be  convertible  into,  or
exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes or of any other series of
the same or any other  class or classes of stock of the  Corporation,  and if so
convertible  or  exchangeable,  the conversion  price or prices,  or the rate or
rates of exchange, and the adjustments thereof, if any, at which such conversion
or exchange may be made, and any other terms and  conditions of such  conversion
or exchange;

     (8) The price or other  consideration  for which the shares of such  series
shall be issued; and

     (9) Whether the shares of such series which are redeemed or converted shall
have the status of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock and whether
such shares may be reissued as shares of the same or any other series of stock.

    Unless otherwise  provided by law, any such vote shall become effective when
the  Corporation  files  with the  Secretary  of State  of the  Commonwealth  of
Massachusetts a certificate of  establishment of one or more series of preferred
stock  signed by the  Chairman of the Board and Chief  Executive  Officer or the
President and by the Clerk of the Corporation,  setting forth a copy of the vote
of the Board of Directors establishing and designating the series and fixing and
determining the relative rights and preferences thereof, the date of adoption of
such vote and a  certification  that such vote was duly  adopted by the Board of
Directors.





                                       C-7

<PAGE>


                            ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.
                        RESTATED ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

                                    EXHIBIT C

                    ARTICLE V: Certain Business Combinations


SECTION 1.   Vote Required for Certain Business Combinations.

     A.  Required  Vote for Certain  Business  Combinations.  In addition to any
affirmative vote required by the Massachusetts General Laws or by these Articles
of Organization, and except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 2 of this
Article V:

               (1)  any  merger  or  consolidation  of  the  Corporation  or any
          Subsidiary   (as   hereinafter   defined)  with  (i)  any   Interested
          Stockholder (as hereinafter  defined) or (ii) any other corporation or
          entity (whether or not itself an Interested  Stockholder) which is, or
          after  such  merger  or  consolidation  would  be,  an  Affiliate  (as
          hereinafter defined) of an Interested Stockholder;

               (2) any sale,  lease,  exchange,  mortgage,  pledge,  transfer or
          other  disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) to
          or with any Interested  Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested
          Stockholder of any assets of the Corporation or any Subsidiary  having
          an aggregate Fair Market Value (as hereinafter  defined) of $2,500,000
          or more;

               (3) the purchase,  exchange,  lease or other  acquisition  by the
          Corporation or any Subsidiary (in a single  transaction or a series of
          related  transactions)  of all or  substantially  all of the assets or
          business  of  any  Interested  Stockholder  or  any  Affiliate  of any
          Interested Stockholder; or

               (4) the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or any Subsidiary
          (in one transaction or a series of  transactions) of any securities of
          the Corporation or any Subsidiary to any Interested Stockholder or any
          Affiliate  of  any  Interested   Stockholder  in  exchange  for  cash,
          securities  or other  property (or a  combination  thereof)  having an
          aggregate Fair Market Value of $2,500,000 or more;

               (5) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the  liquidation  or
          dissolution  of  the  Corporation  proposed  by or on  behalf  of  any
          Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder;
          or

               (6) any  reclassification  of the  securities of the  Corporation
          (including any reverse stock split),  any merger or  consolidation  of
          the Corporation with any of its Subsidiaries or any other  transaction
          (whether or not with or into or  otherwise  involving  any  Interested
          Stockholder)  which  has  the  effect,  directly  or  indirectly,   of
          increasing  the proportion of the  outstanding  shares of any class of
          equity or convertible securities of the Corporation or any

                                       C-8

<PAGE>



          Subsidiary  which is directly or  indirectly  owned by any  Interested
          Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder;

shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting
power of the Voting Stock (as  hereinafter  defined) voting together as a single
class. Such affirmative vote shall be required  notwithstanding the fact that no
vote may be required or that a lesser percentage may be specified by law.

         B.   Definition   of  "Business   Combination".   The  term   "Business
Combination"  as used in this  Article  shall  mean  any  transaction  which  is
referred to in any one or more of the clauses (1) through (6) of  Paragraph A of
this Section 1.


 SECTION 2.   When Higher Vote is Not Required.

         The  provisions  of Section 1 of this Article V shall not be applicable
to any particular  Business  Combination,  and such Business  Combination  shall
require only such affirmative vote as is required by law and any other provision
of these Articles of Organization,  if all of the conditions specified in either
of the following paragraphs A or B are met:

     A. Approval by Continuing  Directors.  The Business  Combination shall have
been  approved  by  two-thirds  of  the  Continuing  Directors  (as  hereinafter
defined); or

     B. Price and Procedure Requirements.  All of the following conditions shall
have been met:

                  (1) The aggregate amount of the cash and the Fair Market Value
         as of the date of the  consummation  of the Business  Combination  (the
         "Consummation  Date")  of  any  consideration  other  than  cash  to be
         received  per share by  holders of the  Common  Stock in such  Business
         Combination shall be at least equal to the highest of the following:

                    (a)  (if applicable) the highest per share price  (including
                         any   brokerage   commissions,   transfer   taxes   and
                         soliciting   dealers  fees)  paid  by  the   Interested
                         Stockholder  for any shares of the Common  Stock of the
                         Corporation  acquired  by it (i)  within  the two  year
                         period   immediately   prior   to  the   first   public
                         announcement   of  the   proposal   of   the   Business
                         Combination  (the  "Announcement  Date") or (ii) in the
                         transaction   in  which   it   became   an   Interested
                         Stockholder, whichever is higher;

                    (b)  the highest  Fair Market  Value per share of the Common
                         Stock  of  the  Corporation  on  any  date  during  the
                         one-year period prior to and including the Announcement
                         Date; and

                    (c)  (if  applicable)  the  price  per  share  equal  to the
                         product of (i) the Fair  Market  Value per share of the
                         Common  Stock of the  Corporation  on the  Announcement
                         Date or on the date on which the Interested Stockholder
                         became an Interested  Stockholder  (such latter date is
                         referred to in this

                                       C-9

<PAGE>



                         Article V as the  "Determination  Date"),  whichever is
                         higher, and (ii) a fraction, (x) the numerator of which
                         is the highest per share price (including any brokerage
                         commissions,  transfer  taxes and  soliciting  dealers'
                         fees) paid by the Interested Stockholder for any shares
                         of the Common Stock  acquired by it within the two year
                         period   immediately   prior  to  and   including   the
                         Announcement  Date, and (y) the denominator of which is
                         the Fair Market  Value per share of the Common Stock on
                         the first day in such  two-year  period  upon which the
                         Interested  Stockholder  acquired  any  shares  of  the
                         Common Stock.

          (2) The  aggregate  amount of the cash and the Fair Market Value as of
the Consummation  Date of the Business  Combination of consideration  other than
cash to be  received  per share by  holders  of  shares  of any  other  class of
outstanding Voting Stock shall be at least equal to the highest of the following
(it  being  intended  that the  requirements  of this  paragraph  B(2)  shall be
required  to be met with  respect to every  other  class of  outstanding  Voting
Stock,  whether or not the Interested  Stockholder  has previously  acquired any
shares of a particular class of Voting Stock):

                    (a)  (if applicable) the highest per share price  (including
                         any   brokerage   commissions,   transfer   taxes   and
                         soliciting   dealers  fees)  paid  by  the   Interested
                         Stockholder  for any  shares  of such  class of  Voting
                         Stock  acquired  by it (i) within  the two year  period
                         immediately  prior to the Announcement  Date or (ii) in
                         the  transaction  in  which  it  became  an  Interested
                         Stockholder, whichever is higher;

                    (b)  (if  applicable)  the highest  preferential  amount per
                         share  which the  holders  of  shares of such  class of
                         Voting   Stock  are   entitled  to  receive   from  the
                         Corporation   in  the   event  of  any   voluntary   or
                         involuntary  liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of
                         the Corporation;

                    (c)  (if applicable) the highest Fair Market Value per share
                         of such  class of Voting  Stock on any date  during the
                         one year period prior to and including the Announcement
                         Date; and

                    (d)  (if  applicable)  the  price  per  share  equal  to the
                         product of (i) the Fair Market  Value per share of such
                         class of Voting  Stock on the  Announcement  Date or on
                         the Determination Date, whichever is higher, and (ii) a
                         fraction, (x) the numerator of which is the highest per
                         share  price   (including  any  brokerage   commission,
                         transfer taxes and soliciting  dealers fees paid by the
                         Interested  Stockholder for any shares of such class of
                         Voting Stock  acquired by it within the two year period
                         immediately  prior to and  including  the  Announcement
                         Date,  and (y) the  denominator  of  which  is the Fair
                         Market Value per share of such class of Voting Stock on
                         the first day in such two year  period  upon  which the
                         Interested  Stockholder  acquired  any  shares  of such
                         class of Voting Stock.

                                      C-10

<PAGE>



                  (3)  The   consideration  to  be  received  by  holders  of  a
         particular class of outstanding Voting Stock shall be in cash or in the
         same form as the Interested  Stockholder has previously paid for shares
         of such class of Voting Stock.  If the Interested  Stockholder has paid
         for  shares  of any  class  of  Voting  Stock  with  varying  forms  of
         consideration, the form of consideration for such class of Voting Stock
         shall be either cash or the form used to acquire the largest  number of
         such  class of Voting  Stock  previously  acquired  by such  Interested
         Stockholder.

                  (4) After becoming an Interested  Stockholder and prior to the
         consummation  of any such  Business  Combination:  (a) there shall have
         been (i) no failure to declare and pay at regular  dates  therefor  the
         full amount of any dividends (whether or not cumulative) payable on the
         Common  Stock  and any  other  class or  series  of stock  entitled  to
         dividends;  (ii) no reduction  in the annual rate of dividends  paid on
         the Common Stock (except as necessary to reflect any subdivision of the
         Common  Stock),  except as  approved  by a majority  of the  Continuing
         Directors;  and (iii) an increase in such annual rate of  dividends  as
         necessary to reflect any reclassification  (including any reverse stock
         split),  recapitalization,  reorganization  or any similar  transaction
         which has the effect of reducing  the number of  outstanding  shares of
         the Common Stock, unless the failure so to increase such annual rate is
         approved  by a  majority  of the  Continuing  Directors;  and (b)  such
         Interested  Stockholder  shall not have become the beneficial  owner of
         any additional shares of Voting Stock except as part of the transaction
         which results in such Interested  Stockholder's  becoming an Interested
         Stockholder.

                  (5) After becoming an Interested Stockholder,  such Interested
         Stockholder shall not have received the benefit, directly or indirectly
         except  proportionately  as a  stockholder,  of  any  loans,  advances,
         guarantees, pledges or other financial assistance or any tax credits or
         other  tax  advantages   provided  by  the   Corporation,   whether  in
         anticipation  of or in  connection  with such Business  Combination  or
         otherwise, unless such transaction shall have been approved or ratified
         by a majority of the Continuing  Directors after such person shall have
         become an Interested Stockholder.

                  (6) A proxy or information  statement  describing the proposed
         Business  Combination  and  complying  with  the  requirements  of  the
         Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended (the "1934 Act") and the
         rules and  regulations of the Securities and Exchange  Commission  (the
         "SEC"), or any successor agency thereto,  thereunder (or any subsequent
         provisions replacing such Act, rules or regulations) shall be mailed to
         stockholders  of the Corporation at least 20 days prior to consummation
         of such Business  Combination (whether or not such proxy or information
         statement is required to be mailed  pursuant to such Act or  subsequent
         provisions).

SECTION 3.  Certain Definitions.

         A. A "person"  shall mean an individual,  a Group Acting in Concert,  a
corporation,  a partnership,  an association,  a joint stock company, a trust, a
business  trust,  a government  or  political  subdivision,  any  unincorporated
organization and any similar association or entity.


                                      C-11

<PAGE>



          B.  "Interested  Stockholder"  shall mean any person  (other  than any
Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan  established  by the  Board of  Directors,  the
Corporation  or  any   Subsidiary   thereof  formed  at  the  direction  of  the
Corporation) who or which:

               (1) is the  beneficial  owner,  directly  or  indirectly,  of ten
          percent  (10%) or more of the  voting  power  of the then  outstanding
          shares of Voting Stock;

               (2) is an Affiliate of the Corporation and at any time within the
          two-year  period  immediately  prior to the date in  question  was the
          beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of ten percent (10%) or more
          of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock; or

               (3)  is  an  assignee  of  or  has  otherwise  succeeded  to  the
          beneficial  ownership of any shares of Voting Stock which were are any
          time  within  the  two-year  period  immediately  prior to the date in
          question  beneficially  owned by any Interested  Stockholder,  if such
          assignment  or  succession  shall  have  occurred  in the  course of a
          transaction or series of transactions  not involving a public offering
          within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and such
          assignment  of  succession  was  not  approved  by a  majority  of the
          Continuing Directors.

          C. A person  shall be a  "beneficial  owner" of any  shares of "Voting
Stock":

               (1) which such  person or any of its  Affiliates  or  Associates,
          directly  or  indirectly,  has or shares  with  respect to such Voting
          Stock (a) the right to acquire or direct the  acquisition  of (whether
          such right is  exercisable  immediately  or only after the  passage of
          time or on the  satisfaction  of any conditions or both),  pursuant to
          any agreement,  arrangement or  understanding  or upon the exercise of
          any  conversion  rights,  warrants,  or options or otherwise;  (b) the
          right to vote,  or direct the voting of,  pursuant  to any  agreement,
          arrangement or understanding or otherwise; or (c) the right to dispose
          of or  transfer or direct the  disposition  or transfer of pursuant to
          any agreement, arrangement, understanding or otherwise; or

               (2) which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly,  by any
          other  person  with  which  such  person or any of its  Affiliates  or
          Associates has any agreement,  arrangement  or  understanding  for the
          purpose of  acquiring,  holding,  voting or disposing of any shares of
          Voting Stock.

          D. For the purpose of  determining  whether a person is an  Interested
Stockholder  pursuant to  paragraph B of this Section 3, the number of shares of
Voting Stock deemed to be outstanding  shall include shares deemed owned by such
person  through  application  of  paragraph  C of this  Section  3 but shall not
include any other shares of Voting  Stock which may be issuable  pursuant to any
agreement,  arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights,
warrants or options or otherwise.

          E.  "Affiliate"  or  "Associate"  shall have the  respective  meanings
ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the SEC's General Rules and  Regulations
under the 1934 Act.

                                      C-12

<PAGE>



          F. "Subsidiary" means any corporation of which a majority of any class
of equity  security  is  owned,  directly  or  indirectly,  by the  Corporation;
provided,  however,  that  for the  purposes  of the  definition  of  Interested
Stockholder  set forth in paragraph B of this  Section 3, the term  "Subsidiary"
shall  mean  only a  corporation  of which a  majority  of each  class of equity
security is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation.

          G. "Continuing Director" means any member of the Board of Directors of
the  Corporation  (the  "Board")  who is not an  Interested  Stockholder,  or an
Affiliate or an Associate of any Interested  Stockholder and was a member of the
Board prior to the time that any  Interested  Stockholder  became an  Interested
Stockholder, and any successor of a Continuing Director who is not an Interested
Stockholder,  or an Affiliate or an Associate of any Interested  Stockholder and
is  recommended  to succeed a  Continuing  Director by a majority of  Continuing
Directors then on the Board.

          H.  "Fair  Market  Value"  for  the  purpose  of  these   Articles  of
Organization means:

                  (1) in the case of  stock,  the  highest  closing  sale  price
         during the 30-day period immediately  preceding the date in question of
         a  share  of such  stock  on the  principal  United  States  securities
         exchange  registered  under the 1934 Act on which such stock is listed,
         or, if such  stock is not  listed  on any such  exchange,  the  highest
         closing bid quotation  with respect to a share of such stock during the
         30-day   period   preceding  the  date  in  question  on  the  National
         Association  of  Securities  Dealers  Automated  Quotation  System or a
         comparable system then in use, or if not such quotations are available,
         the fair market  value on the date in question of a share of such stock
         as determined by at least a majority of the Continuing Directors of the
         Board in good faith; and

                  (2) in the case of property other than cash or stock, the fair
         market value of such  property on the date in question as determined by
         at least a majority of the  Continuing  Directors  of the Board in good
         faith.

          I. "Group Acting in Concert" shall mean persons  seeking to combine or
pool their voting or other  interests in the securities of the Corporation for a
common purpose, pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement
or other  arrangement,  whether  written,  oral or  otherwise,  or any "group of
persons'  as defined  under  Section  13(d) of the 1934 Act.  When  persons  act
together  for any such  purpose,  their group is deemed to have  acquired  their
stock.

          J. "Voting  Stock" shall mean the then  outstanding  shares of capital
stock  of  the  Corporation  entitled  to  vote  generally  in the  election  of
directors.

          K. In the event of any Business  Combination in which the  Corporation
survives,  the phrase "other consideration to be received" as used in paragraphs
B(1) and (2) of Section 2 of this  Article V shall  include the shares of common
stock and/or the shares of any other class of outstanding  voting stock retained
by the holders of such shares.




                                      C-13

<PAGE>




          SECTION 4. Powers of the Board of Directors.

          A majority of the  Directors  of the  Corporation  (or, if there is an
Interested  Stockholder,  a majority of the Continuing Directors then in office)
shall have the power to  determine  for the  purposes of this  Article V, on the
basis of information known to them after reasonable  inquiry,  including without
limitation, (A) whether a person is an Interested Stockholder, (B) the number of
shares of Voting Stock beneficially owned by any person, (C) whether a person is
an Affiliate or Associate of or is affiliated or  associated  with another,  (D)
whether  the  requirements  of  Section  2 of this  Article V have been met with
respect to any  Business  Combination,  (E)  whether  the  assets  which are the
subject of any Business  Combination  have, or the  consideration to be received
for the issuance or transfer of securities by the  Corporation or any Subsidiary
in any Business Combination has, an aggregate Fair Market Value of $2,500,000 or
more, and (F) any other matters of  interpretation  arising under this Article V
or under Section 2 of Article VI. The good faith  determination of a majority of
the  Directors  (or, if there is an  Interested  Stockholder,  a majority of the
Continuing  Directors  then in office) on such matters shall be  conclusive  and
binding for all purposes of this Article V and of Section 2 of Article VI.

          SECTION  5.  No  Effect  on  Fiduciary   Obligations   of   Interested
Stockholders.

          Nothing  contained in this Article V shall be construed to relieve any
Interested Stockholder from any fiduciary obligation imposed by law.







                                      C-14

<PAGE>


                            ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.
                        RESTATED ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

                                    EXHIBIT D

                       ARTICLE VI: Other Lawful Provisions


     SECTION 1. Standards for Board of Directors Evaluation of Offers. The Board
of Directors of the Corporation,  when evaluating any offer of another person to
(A) make a tender or exchange offer for any equity security of the  Corporation,
(B) merge or consolidate the Corporation  with another  institution,  or acquire
all of the Voting Stock of the Corporation, or (C) purchase or otherwise acquire
all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Corporation, shall,
in connection  with the exercise of its judgment in  determining  what is in the
best interests of the Corporation and its  stockholders,  give due consideration
to all relevant factors including,  without limitation,  the social and economic
effects of  acceptance  of such offer on the  Corporation's  present  and future
account  holders,  borrowers  and  employees;  on the  communities  in which the
Corporation  operates or is located;  and on the ability of the  Corporation  to
fulfill the objectives of a bank holding company under  applicable  statutes and
regulations.

     SECTION 2.  Beneficial  Ownership  Limitation.  No person shall directly or
indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of more than ten
percent ( 10%) of the  outstanding  shares of any class of equity  securities of
the  Corporation.  This  limitation  shall not apply (A) to any  acquisition  of
shares of capital stock of the Corporation which has been expressly  approved in
advance by an  affirmative  vote of not less than  two-thirds of the  Continuing
Directors  then in  office,  (B) to any  offer  to the  Corporation  made by any
underwriters selected by the Corporation in connection with a public offering by
the Corporation of the Corporation's capital stock, or (C) to any Employee Stock
Ownership Plan established by the Corporation.

     For the purposes of determining  the number of shares of equity  securities
owned hereunder by any person,  the number of shares of equity securities deemed
to be  outstanding  shall include shares deemed owned by such person through the
application  of  paragraph  C of  Section 3 of  Article V of these  Articles  of
Organization  but shall not include any other shares of equity  securities which
may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon
exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options or otherwise.

     In the event that any class of equity  securities  is acquired in violation
of  this  Section  2,  (I)  all  shares  of  Common  Stock  or  Preferred  Stock
beneficially  owned by any  person in excess of ten  percent ( 10%) of the total
number of outstanding  shares of such class shall be considered  "excess shares"
and such shares  shall not be counted as shares  entitled to vote,  shall not be
voted by any person or counted as voting  shares in  connection  with any matter
submitted  to  the  stockholders  for a  vote,  and  shall  not  be  counted  as
outstanding  for  purposes of  determining  the  affirmative  vote  necessary to
approve any matter  submitted to the stockholders for a vote, and (ii) the Board
of Directors may cause such excess shares to be  transferred  to an  independent
trustee  for sale on the open  market or  otherwise,  with the  expenses of such
trustee to be paid out of the proceeds from such sale. The term "offer" as it is
used in this Article includes every offer to buy or acquire, solicitation

                                      C-15

<PAGE>



of an offer to sell,  tender offer for or request or invitation for tender of, a
security or interest in a security for value.

    SECTION 3.  Directors.  The  Corporation  shall be under the  direction of a
Board of Directors. The number of Directors shall not be fewer than three (3) or
as required by law. The Board of Directors  shall be divided into three  classes
(Class I, Class II and Class III) as nearly  equal in number as  possible,  with
one class to be elected annually.

    The directors of the  Corporation as of and from the effective date of these
Articles of Organization  shall be those persons  identified in Article VIII and
they shall hold office as follows:  the directors  initially  elected to Class I
shall hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of  stockholders  to
be held in 1997, the directors  initially  elected to Class II shall hold office
for a term expiring at the annual  meeting of  stockholders  to be held in 1998,
and the  directors  initially  elected to Class III shall hold office for a term
expiring  at the annual  meeting of  stockholders  to be held in 1999,  with the
members of each such class to hold office until their respective  successors are
duly elected and qualified.  At each annual meeting,  or special meeting in lieu
thereof,  of  stockholders  of the  Corporation,  the successors to the class of
directors whose term expires at the meeting shall be elected by a plurality vote
of all votes cast at such  meeting to hold  office  for a term  expiring  at the
annual  meeting of  stockholders  held in the third year  following  the year of
their election and until their respective successors are elected and qualified.

    Any Director  (including  persons  elected by Directors to fill vacancies in
the  Board  of  Directors)  may be  removed  from  office  only  for  Cause  (as
hereinafter defined), by an affirmative vote of not less than (i) the holders of
two-thirds  of the total  votes  eligible to be cast by  stockholders  at a duly
constituted  meeting of stockholders  called expressly for such purpose, or (ii)
two-thirds  of the members of the Board of Directors  then in office,  unless at
the time of such removal there shall be an Interested Stockholder, in which case
the  affirmative  vote of not less than  two-thirds of the Continuing  Directors
then in  office  shall  also be  required  for  removal  by vote of the Board of
Directors.  At least thirty days prior to such meeting of stockholders,  written
notice shall be sent to the Director  whose  removal will be  considered  at the
meeting.

    For purposes of this Section 3, "Cause"  shall be defined as (i)  conviction
of a felony;  (ii)  acceptance  of immunity to testify where another has been so
convicted; (iii) a court determination of liability for negligence or misconduct
in the  performance  of  directorial  duties in an important  matter;  or (iv) a
determination  or  direction  by such  governmental  agency or  authority as may
exercise proper jurisdiction that an individual should not be a Director.

    SECTION 4. Indemnification of Directors. The Corporation shall indemnify any
person who was or is a party to any  threatened,  pending or  completed  action,
suit or  proceeding  (other than  actions  based upon a violation of the duty of
loyalty), whether civil, criminal,  derivative,  administrative or investigative
by reason of the fact that the  person is or was a  Director,  against  expenses
(including  attorney's  fees),  judgments,  fines and amounts paid in settlement
actually  and  reasonably  incurred  by him if he acted in good  faith  and in a
manner reasonably  believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the
Corporation.  The  termination  of any action,  suit or  proceeding by judgment,
order or settlement  shall not, of itself,  create a presumption that the person
did not act in good faith and in a manner  reasonably  believed  to be in or not
opposed to the best interests of the Corporation. The provisions of this Section
4 shall not limit any other rights of

                                      C-16

<PAGE>



indemnification  from the Corporation that a person may be entitled to by law or
the By-laws of the Corporation.

      SECTION 5.  Transactions with Interested Persons.

     5.1.  Unless  entered into in bad faith,  no contract or transaction by the
Corporation shall be void, voidable or in any way affected by reason of the fact
that it is with an Interested Person.

     5.2.  For the  purposes of this Section 5,  "Interested  Person"  means any
person or  organization  in any way interested in the  Corporation  whether as a
director, officer,  stockholder,  employee or otherwise, and any other entity in
which  any  such  person  or  organization  of the  Corporation  is in  any  way
interested.

     5.3.  Unless such contract or transaction was entered into in bad faith, no
Interested Person, because of such interest,  shall be liable to the Corporation
or to any other  person or  organization  for any loss or  expense  incurred  by
reason of such contract or transaction  or shall be accountable  for any gain or
profit realized from such contract or transaction.

     5.4. The  provisions  of this Section 5 shall be operative  notwithstanding
the fact that the presence of an Interested Person was necessary to constitute a
quorum at a meeting of Directors or  stockholders  of the  Corporation  at which
such contract or  transaction  was  authorized or that the vote of an Interested
Person was necessary for the authorization of such contract or transaction.

    SECTION 6.  Acting as a  Partner.  The  Corporation  may be a partner in any
business enterprise which it would have power to conduct by itself.

    SECTION 7.  Stockholders  Meetings.  Meetings of stockholders may be held at
such place in the Commonwealth of  Massachusetts  or, if permitted by applicable
law, elsewhere in the United States as the Board of Directors may determine.

    SECTION 8. Notice of Stockholder  Business at Annual  Meeting.  At an annual
meeting of  stockholders,  only such  business  shall be conducted as shall have
been  brought  before the  meeting  (a) by or at the  direction  of the Board of
Directors  (unless  there  is an  Interested  Stockholder,  in  which  case  the
affirmative vote of a majority of the Continuing  Directors then in office shall
also be required) or (b) by any stockholder of the Corporation who complies with
the notice  procedures  set forth in this Section 8. For business to be properly
brought before an annual meeting by the  stockholder,  the stockholder must have
given timely notice  thereof in writing to the Clerk of the  Corporation.  To be
timely,  a  stockholder's  notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at
the principal  executive offices of the Corporation not less than sixty days nor
more than one hundred and fifty days prior to the  meeting;  provided,  however,
that in the event that less than seventy days' notice or prior public disclosure
of the date of the meeting is given or made to stockholders, notice by the close
of business on the tenth day  following the day on which such notice of the date
of the annual  meeting  was mailed or such  public  disclosure  was made must be
given. A stockholder's notice to the Clerk shall set forth as to each matter the
shareholder  proposes to bring before the annual meeting (a) a brief description
of the business  desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons
for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (b) the name and

                                      C-17

<PAGE>



address, as they appear on the Corporation's books, of the stockholder proposing
such  business  and  any  other  stockholder  known  by such  stockholder  to be
supporting such proposal,  (c) the class and number of shares of the Corporation
which are beneficially  owned by the stockholder and any other stockholder known
by such  stockholder  to be  supporting  such  proposal,  and (d) any  financial
interest of the stockholder in such business.  Notwithstanding anything in these
Articles of Organization  to the contrary,  no business shall be conducted at an
annual  meeting  except  in  accordance  with the  procedures  set forth in this
Section 8 or as provided in the By-Laws of the Corporation.  The Chairman of the
Board and Chief  Executive  Officer  at an annual  meeting  shall,  if the facts
warrant,  determine  and declare to the meeting  that  business was not properly
brought before the meeting in accordance  with the provisions of this Section 8,
and if he should so  determine,  he shall so declare to the meeting and any such
business not properly brought before this meeting shall not be transacted.

    SECTION 9. Call of Special  Meetings.  Special  meetings of the stockholders
for any  purpose or purposes  may be called at any time only by the  Chairman of
the Board and Chief Executive Officer,  or by the affirmative vote of a majority
of the Directors then in office; provided,  however, that if at the time of such
call there is an  Interested  Stockholder,  any such call shall also require the
affirmative vote of a majority of the Continuing  Directors then in office. Only
those matters set forth in the call of the special  meeting may be considered or
acted upon at such special meeting, unless otherwise provided by law.

    SECTION 10.  Amendment  of By-Laws.  The By-Laws of the  Corporation  may be
adopted,  altered, amended, changed or repealed by the Board of Directors or the
stockholders  of the  Corporation.  Such action by the Board of Directors  shall
also require the affirmative  vote of at least  two-thirds of the Directors then
in office at a duly constituted meeting of the Board of Directors,  unless if at
the time of such action there shall be an Interested Stockholder,  in which case
such action shall also require the  affirmative  vote of at least  two-thirds of
the Continuing  Directors then in office, at such a meeting.  Such action by the
stockholders  shall (i) first  require  approval  by the  affirmative  vote of a
majority of the Board of Directors of the  Corporation  then in office at a duly
constituted meeting of the Board of Directors, unless at the time of such action
there shall be an Interested  Stockholder,  in which case such action shall also
require the affirmative vote of at least a two-thirds majority of the Continuing
Directors then in office, at such meeting, (ii) unless waived by the affirmative
vote of the Board of Directors  (and if applicable,  the  Continuing  Directors)
specified in the preceding sentence,  require the submission by the stockholders
of written proposals for adopting, altering, amending, changing or repealing the
By-Laws  at least  sixty  days  prior  to the  meeting  at which  they are to be
considered,  and (iii) shall further  require the  affirmative  vote of at least
two-thirds  of the total  votes  eligible to be cast by  stockholders  at a duly
constituted meeting of stockholders called expressly for such purpose.

    SECTION 11. Amendment to Articles of Organization.  No amendment,  addition,
alteration,  change or repeal of these Articles of  Organization  shall be made,
unless the same is first approved by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds
of the Board of  Directors of the  Corporation  then in office,  and  thereafter
approved by the stockholders by not less than 80% of the total votes eligible to
be cast at a duly constituted meeting, or, in the case of Articles I, II and III
of these  Articles  of  Organization,  by not less than a majority  of the total
votes  eligible  to be cast,  and if, at any time  within the  sixty-day  period
immediately  preceding the meeting at which the stockholder  vote is to be taken
there  is an  Interested  Stockholder,  such  amendment,  addition,  alteration,
change, or repeal

                                      C-18

<PAGE>


shall also require the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the Continuing
Directors  then  in  office,  prior  to  approval  by the  stockholders.  Unless
otherwise provided by law, any amendment, addition, alteration, change or repeal
so acted upon shall be effective  on the date it is filed with the  Secretary of
State of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts or on such other date as specified in
such amendment,  addition,  alteration,  change or repeal or as the Secretary of
State may specify.

    SECTION 12.  Director's  Liability.  No director of the Corporation shall be
personally  liable to the Corporation or its  stockholders  for monetary damages
for  any  breach  of  such  director's  fiduciary  duty  as a  director  of  the
Corporation,  notwithstanding  any  provision  of law imposing  such  liability;
provided,  however,  that,  to the  extent  required  by  applicable  law,  this
provision shall not eliminate the liability of a director of the Corporation (i)
for any breach of such  director's  duty of loyalty  to the  Corporation  or its
stockholders,  (ii) for acts or  omissions  not in good  faith or which  involve
intentional  misconduct or a knowing  violation of law (iii) under provisions of
the Massachusetts  General Laws imposing  liabilities on directors in respect of
distributions  to the  stockholders  of the  Corporation or loans to officers or
directors of the  Corporation,  or (iv) any transaction from which such director
derived any improper  personal  benefit.  This provision shall not eliminate the
liability of a director for any act or omission occurring prior to the date upon
which  this  provision  becomes  effective.  No  amendment  to or repeal of this
provision  shall  apply  to or have  any  effect  on the  liability  or  alleged
liability of any director of the  Corporation for or with respect to any acts or
omissions  of such  director  occurring  prior to the date of such  amendment or
repeal.







                                      C-19

<PAGE>


                            ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.
                        RESTATED ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

                                    EXHIBIT E

                         ARTICLE VIII: List of Directors

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Name                              Residential Address                Post Office Address

<S>                                <C>                               <C>
Kenneth S. Ansin                   5 Wyman Road                      Enterprise Bancorp, Inc.
                                   West Townsend, MA  01474          222 Merrimack Street
                                                                     Lowell,  MA  01852

Walter L. Armstrong                50 Marshall Avenue                Enterprise Bancorp, Inc.
                                   Lowell, MA   01852                222 Merrimack Street
                                                                     Lowell,  MA  01852

Gerald G. Bousquet, M.D.           1 New Towne Way                   Enterprise Bancorp, Inc.
                                   Chelmsford, MA  01824             222 Merrimack Street
                                                                     Lowell,  MA  01852

Kathleen M. Bradley                17 Bradley Lane                   Enterprise Bancorp, Inc.
                                   Westford, MA  01886               222 Merrimack Street
                                                                     Lowell,  MA  01852

James F. Conway, III               23 Stonybrook Circle               Enterprise Bancorp, Inc.
                                   Andover, MA  01810                 222 Merrimack Street
                                                                      Lowell,  MA  01852

Nancy L. Donahue                   52 Belmont Avenue                  Enterprise Bancorp, Inc.
                                   Lowell, MA  01852                  222 Merrimack Street
                                                                      Lowell,  MA  01852

George L. Duncan                   710 Andover Street                 Enterprise Bancorp, Inc.
                                   Lowell, MA  01852                  222 Merrimack Street
                                                                      Lowell,  MA  01852


                                      C-20

<PAGE>



Eric W. Hanson                     3 Boardwalk                         Enterprise Bancorp, Inc.
                                   Chelmsford, MA  01824               222 Merrimack Street
                                                                       Lowell,  MA  01852

John P. Harrington                 53 Trull Lane                       Enterprise Bancorp, Inc.
                                   Lowell, MA  01852                   222 Merrimack Street
                                                                       Lowell,  MA  01852

Arnold S. Lerner                   155 Pine Hill Road                  Enterprise Bancorp, Inc.
                                   Hollis, NH  03049                   222 Merrimack Street
                                                                       Lowell,  MA  01852

Richard W. Main                    1 Overlook Drive                    Enterprise Bancorp, Inc.
                                   Chelmsford, MA  01824               222 Merrimack Street
                                                                       Lowell,  MA  01852

Charles P. Sarantos                132 Lincoln Parkway                 Enterprise Bancorp, Inc.
                                   Lowell, MA  01852                   222 Merrimack Street
                                                                       Lowell,  MA  01852

Michael A. Spinelli                6 Lakewood Road                     Enterprise Bancorp, Inc.
                                   Windham, NH  03087                  222 Merrimack Street
                                                                       Lowell,  MA  01852



</TABLE>







                                      C-21

<PAGE>
                         [FORM OF ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
                      TO BE FILED PRIOR TO REORGANIZATION]

                        The Commonwealth of Massachusetts

                 OFFICE OF THE MASSACHUSETTS SECRETARY OF STATE
                         MICHAEL J. CONNOLLY, Secretary
                ONE ASHBURTON PLACE, BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS 02108

                              ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
                     General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 72



We Richard W. Main, President and Arnold S. Lerner, Clerk of Enterprise Bancorp,
Inc. located at 222 Merrimack  Street,  Lowell,  Massachusetts  01852, do hereby
certify that these ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT  affecting Articles NUMBERED:  3 of the
Articles of Organization were duly adopted at a meeting held on __________ 1996,
by vote of:  the sole  incorporator  in  accordance  with the  rights and powers
accorded thereto under Ch. 156B M.G.L. ss.44.







                                      C-22

<PAGE>





To CHANGE the number of shares and the par value (if any) of any type,  class or
series of stock  which the  corporation  is  authorized  to  issue,  fillin  the
following:

The total presently authorized is:




      WITHOUT PAR VALUE                          WITH PAR VALUE
- ------------------------------    ------------------------------------------
TYPE         NUMBER OF SHARES      TYPE      NUMBER OF SHARES      PAR VALUE
- ----         ----------------      ----      ----------------      ---------
Common:                           Common:         500,000             $.01

Preferred:                        Preferred:      100,000             $.01




CHANGE the total authorized to:


      WITHOUT PAR VALUE                          WITH PAR VALUE
- ------------------------------    ------------------------------------------
TYPE         NUMBER OF SHARES      TYPE      NUMBER OF SHARES      PAR VALUE
- ----         ----------------      ----      ----------------      ---------
Common:                           Common:        5,000,000            $.01

Preferred:                        Preferred:     1,000,000            $.01




                                      C-23
<PAGE>






















The foregoing  amendment will become  effective when these articles of amendment
are filed in accordance with Chapter 156B,  Section 6 of The General Laws unless
these articles  specify,  in accordance with the vote adopting the amendment,  a
later effective date not more than thirty days after such filing, in which event
the amendment will become effective on such later date. LATER EFFECTIVE DATE:
________________________

IN WITNESS  WHEREOF AND UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY,  we have hereunto signed
our names this day of            , in the year 1996.



____________________________________________________________     President
Richard W. Main


_____________________________________________________________    Clerk
Arnold S. Lerner

                                      C-24

<PAGE>





                        The Commonwealth of Massachusetts


                              ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
                    (General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 72)








I hereby  approve the within  articles of  amendment  and, the filing fee in the
amount of $____________  having been paid, said articles are deemed to have been
filed with me this ________ day of _______________ , 19 __.








                               MICHAEL J. CONNOLLY
                               Secretary of State











                     TO  BE   FILLED   IN  BY   CORPORATION
                     PHOTOCOPY OF ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT TO BE SENT


                 TO: Stephen J. Coukos, Esq.
                     Sullivan & Worcester
                     One Post Office Square
                     Boston, Massachusetts 02109

                     Telephone:  (617) 338-2912

                                      C-25
<PAGE>


                                                                     EXHIBIT C-2

                                     BY-LAWS
                                       of
                            ENTERPRISE BANCORP, INC.



                                    ARTICLE I
                                  ORGANIZATION

         The name of this  Corporation is "Enterprise  Bancorp,  Inc.". The main
office of the Corporation  shall be located in Lowell,  Massachusetts and may be
changed from time to time by the  Directors of the  Corporation.  Other  Offices
hereafter  established shall be located and operated in accordance with law. The
Corporation  shall have and may exercise all powers and  authority,  express and
implied, available to it under applicable law.



                                   ARTICLE II
                                  STOCKHOLDERS

     SECTION l. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of shareholders shall be held
on the first  Tuesday in May at 4:00 p.m. at the main office of the  Corporation
in  Massachusetts,  unless a different hour, date or place within  Massachusetts
(or  elsewhere  in the United  States) is fixed by the Board of Directors or the
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer. If no annual meeting has been
held on the date fixed as above provided,  a special meeting in lieu thereof may
be held, and such special meeting shall be treated for all purposes as an annual
meeting.

     SECTION  2.  Stockholder  Notice  of  Matters  to be  considered  at Annual
Meeting.  If  the  Board  of  Directors,  or  a  designated  committee  thereof,
determines  that the  information  provided  in a  stockholder's  notice,  given
pursuant  to the  requirements  of Section 8 of Article  VI of the  Articles  of
Organization,  does not satisfy the informational requirements of said Section 8
of  Article  VI in any  material  respect,  the Clerk of the  Corporation  shall
promptly  notify  such  stockholder  of  the  deficiency  in  the  notice.   The
stockholder  shall  have an  opportunity  to cure the  deficiency  by  providing
additional  information  to the Clerk within such period of time,  not to exceed
five days from the date such deficiency notice is mailed to the stockholder,  as
the Board of Directors or such  committee  shall  reasonably  determine.  If the
deficiency is not cured within such period, or if the Board of Directors or such
committee   determines   that  the  additional   information   provided  by  the
stockholder, together with information previously provided, does not satisfy the
requirements of Section 8 of Article IV in any material respect,  then the Board
of  Directors  may  reject  such  stockholder's   proposal.  The  Clerk  of  the
Corporation  shall notify a stockholder in writing whether his proposal has been
made in accordance with the time and informational  requirements of Section 8 of
Article  VI.  Notwithstanding  the  procedure  set forth in this  paragraph,  if
neither the Board of Directors nor such committee  makes a  determination  as to
the validity of any stockholder proposal, the Chairman shall


                                      C-26
<PAGE>



determine and declare at the annual meeting whether the stockholder proposal was
made in accordance  with the terms of Section 8 of Article VI of the Articles of
Organization.  If  the  Chairman  of  the  Board  and  Chief  Executive  Officer
determines that a stockholder  proposal was made in accordance with the terms of
Section 8 of Article  VI, he shall so declare at the annual  meeting and ballots
shall be provided for use at the meeting with respect to any such  proposal.  If
the  Chairman  of the  Board  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  determines  that a
stockholder  proposal was not made in accordance  with the terms of Section 8 of
Article  VI, he shall so  declare at the annual  meeting  and any such  proposal
shall  not be acted  upon at the  annual  meeting.  If  there  is an  Interested
Stockholder,  any  determinations  to be made by the  Board  of  Directors  or a
designated  committee thereof pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph shall
also require the  concurrence of a majority of the Continuing  Directors then in
office.

     This  provision  shall  not  prevent  the  consideration  and  approval  or
disapproval  at the  annual  meeting  of  reports  of  officers,  Directors  and
committees of the Board of Directors,  but in connection  with such reports,  no
new business shall be acted upon at such annual meeting unless stated, filed and
received as herein provided.

     As used in these By-Laws, the terms "Interested  Stockholder",  "Affiliate"
and "Continuing  Director" shall have the same respective  meanings  assigned to
them in the  Articles  of  Organization,  as  amended  from  time to  time.  Any
determination of beneficial ownership of securities under these By-Laws shall be
made in the manner  specified in the Articles of  Organization,  as amended from
time to time.

     SECTION 3. Special  Meetings.  Special meetings of the shareholders for any
purpose  or  purposes  shall  be  called  as  provided  for in the  Articles  of
Organization.

     SECTION 4. Notice of Meetings; Adjournments. A written notice of all annual
and special meetings of shareholders  stating the hour, date, place and purposes
of such meetings  shall be given at least eleven days before the meeting to each
stockholder  entitled to vote or to each  stockholder who, under the Articles of
Organization  or under these  By-Laws,  is entitled to such notice by mailing it
addressed to such  stockholder at the address of such  stockholder as it appears
on the stock  transfer books of the  Corporation.  Such notice shall be given by
the Clerk or an Assistant Clerk, by any other officer or by a person  designated
either by the Clerk,  an Assistant  Clerk,  by the person or persons calling the
meeting,  or by the  Board of  Directors.  Such  notice  shall be  deemed  to be
delivered when deposited in the mail so addressed,  with postage  prepaid.  When
any shareholders meeting, either annual or special, is adjourned for thirty days
or more,  notice of the  adjourned  meeting  shall be given as in the case of an
original meeting. It shall not be necessary to give any notice of the hour, date
or place of any meeting  adjourned  for less than thirty days or of the business
to be transacted  thereat,  other than an  announcement  at the meeting at which
such  adjournment  is taken of the hour,  date and place to which the meeting is
adjourned.  A written waiver of notice,  executed before or after a meeting by a
stockholder  or by an authorized  attorney of a  stockholder  and filed with the
records of the meeting, shall be deemed equivalent to notice of the meeting. The
Chairman of the Board and Chief  Executive  Officer or in his absence,  the Vice
Chairman or in his absence,  the  President,  shall  preside at all  stockholder
meetings and shall have the power, among other things, to adjourn such


                                      C-27
<PAGE>



meeting at any time and from time to time,  subject to Section 5 of this Article
II.

     SECTION 5.  Quorum.  The  holders of a majority  in  interest  of all stock
issued,  outstanding  and entitled to vote,  represented  in person or by proxy,
shall  constitute  a quorum at a  meeting  of  shareholders;  but if less than a
quorum is present  at a meeting,  a majority  in  interest  of the  shareholders
present may adjourn the meeting  from time to time,  and the meeting may be held
as adjourned  without  further  notice,  except as provided in Section 4 of this
Article II. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business
may be transacted  which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally
noticed.  The shareholders present at a duly constituted meeting may continue to
transact business until  adjournment,  notwithstanding  the withdrawal of enough
shareholders to leave less than a quorum.

     SECTION 6. Voting and Proxies.  Stockholders,  unless otherwise provided by
law,  shall  have  such  voting  rights  as  are  provided  in the  Articles  of
Organization.  Stockholders  may vote either in person or by written proxy dated
not more than six months  before the meeting  named  therein.  Proxies  shall be
filed with the clerk of the meeting, or of any adjournment thereof, before being
voted.  Except as otherwise  limited therein,  proxies shall entitle the persons
authorized  thereby to vote at any  adjournment of such meeting,  but they shall
not be valid after final  adjournment  of such meeting.  A proxy with respect to
stock held in the name of two or more  persons  shall be valid if executed by or
on behalf of any one of them unless at or prior to the exercise of the proxy the
Corporation  receives a specific  written notice to the contrary from any one of
them. A proxy  purporting to be executed by or on behalf of a stockholder  shall
be deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise, and the burden of
proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger.

     SECTION 7. Action at Meeting. When a quorum is present, any matter properly
before the  meeting  shall be decided by a vote of the  holders of a majority of
the shares of stock  present and voting on such  matter,  except  where a larger
vote is required by law, by the Articles of  Organization  or by these  By-Laws.
Any election by  shareholders  shall be  determined  by a plurality of the votes
cast,  except  where a  larger  vote is  required  by law,  by the  Articles  of
Organization  or by these  ByLaws.  No ballot  shall be required  for  elections
provided,  however,  that any  stockholder  personally  present at a meeting may
request a ballot to register the vote of such stockholder.

     SECTION 8. No Stockholder Action by Written Consent.  Subject to the rights
of the holders of any series of preferred  stock as set forth in the Articles of
Organization to elect  additional  directors under specific  circumstances or to
consent to specific  actions taken by the  Corporation,  any action  required or
permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at
an annual or special  meeting of  stockholders of the Corporation and may not be
effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.





                                      C-28
<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE III
                                    DIRECTORS


     SECTION 1. Powers.  The business  and affairs of the  Corporation  shall be
managed by a Board of Directors who may exercise all the powers and authority of
the  Corporation  except  as  otherwise  provided  by law,  by the  Articles  of
Organization or by these By-Laws.

     SECTION 2.  Composition  and Term. The Board of Directors shall be composed
of:  (a)  those  persons  designated  in the  Articles  of  Organization  of the
Corporation,  such persons to serve as Directors until the respective expiration
dates of their terms as set forth therein and until their successors are elected
and  qualified;  and (b) such other persons who may be elected as Directors from
time to time as  provided  herein.  Subject to the rights of the  holders of any
series of preferred  stock as set forth in the Articles of Organization to elect
Directors under specified circumstances,  the number of Directors shall be fixed
from time to time exclusively  pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of
the Board of Directors  (provided that if at any time of such action there is an
Interested  Stockholder,  a majority vote of the  Continuing  Directors  then in
office  shall  also be  required),  but shall  consist  of not fewer  than three
individuals . The Board of Directors  shall be divided into three classes,  such
classes to be as nearly equal in number as  practicable.  One of such classes of
Directors  shall be elected  annually by the  shareholders.  Except as otherwise
provided in accordance  with these  By-Laws,  the members of each class shall be
elected  for a term of three years and until  their  successors  are elected and
qualified.  The staggered terms of office of the three classes of Directors will
result in only approximately one-third of the Directors being elected each year.

     SECTION 3. Director Nominations.  Nominations of candidates for election as
Directors at any annual  meeting of  shareholders  may be made (a) by, or at the
direction  of,  a  majority  of the  Board  of  Directors  (unless  there  is an
Interested Stockholder,  in which case the affirmative vote of a majority of the
Continuing Directors shall also be required);  (b) by or at the direction of the
Chairman of the Board and Chief  Executive  Officer;  or (c) by any  stockholder
entitled to vote at such annual  meeting.  Only persons  nominated in accordance
with the  procedures  set forth in this Section 3 shall be eligible for election
as Directors at an annual meeting.

     Nominations, other than those made by, or at the direction of, the Board of
Directors (or by the  Continuing  Directors,  if required) or by the Chairman of
the Board and Chief Executive  Officer,  shall be made pursuant to timely notice
in writing to the Clerk of the Corporation as set forth in this Section 3. To be
timely, a stockholder's notice shall be delivered to, or mailed and received at,
the principal  executive offices of the Corporation not less than sixty days nor
more than one hundred and fifty days prior to the date of the  scheduled  annual
meeting, regardless of postponements,  deferrals or adjournments of that meeting
to a later date;  provided,  however,  that if less than  seventy days notice or
prior public  disclosure of the date of the scheduled annual meeting is given or
made,  notice by the  stockholder  to be timely must be so delivered or received
not later than the close of business on the tenth day  following  the earlier of
the day on which such  notice of the date of the  scheduled  annual  meeting was
mailed or the day on which such public  disclosure was made. Such  stockholder's
notice  shall set forth (a) as to each person whom the  stockholder  proposes to
nominate for election


                                      C-29
<PAGE>



or re-election as a Director and as to the stockholder giving the notice (i) the
name,  age,  business  address and  residence  address of such person,  (ii) the
principal occupation or employment of such person, (iii) the class and number of
shares of the Corporation's  capital stock which are beneficially  owned by such
person on the date of such stockholder  notice,  and (iv) any other  information
relating to such person that is required to be  disclosed  in  solicitations  of
proxies  with  respect to  nominees  for  election  as  Directors,  pursuant  to
regulations  promulgated by the Securities and Exchange  Commission  ("SEC"), or
any successor  agency  thereto,  under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended,  including,  but not limited to, such person's written consent to being
named in the proxy  statement  as a nominee  and to  serving  as a  director  if
elected;  and (b) as to the  stockholder  giving  the  notice  (i) the  name and
address, as they appear on the Corporation's  books, of such stockholder and any
other  shareholders known by such stockholder to be supporting such nominees and
(ii) the class and number of shares of the Corporation's capital stock which are
beneficially  owned by such stockholder on the date of such  stockholder  notice
and by any other  shareholders  known by such  stockholder to be supporting such
nominees on the date of such stockholder  notice. At the request of the Board of
Directors,  any  person  nominated  by,  or at the  direction  of,  the Board of
Directors  for election as a Director at an annual  meeting shall furnish to the
Clerk  of the  Corporation  that  information  required  to be set  forth in the
stockholder's   notice   of   nomination   which   pertains   to  the   nominee.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  the Board of Directors  shall have the right to
conduct a due  diligence  investigation  relating to the  qualifications  of any
nominee  proposed for election to Board of Directors,  the  relationship of that
nominee to the  stockholder and any  relationship  such person may have with any
entity  other  than the  Corporation  (i) in which such  person  holds an equity
interest of 2% or more;  (ii) from whom such person has any  indemnification  or
other  agreement with respect to the actions such person will take as a Director
of the  Corporation;  (iii) at whose  instance  such  person  has agreed to be a
nominee for election as a Director of the Corporation (a "Related Entity"),  and
to require an  undertaking  by such  person that if elected as a Director of the
Corporation,  such  person will  abstain  from voting on any matter in which any
entity described in subsections has a direct, material, pecuniary interest.

     No  person  shall  be  elected  as a  Director  of the  Corporation  unless
nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 3. Ballots
bearing  the names of all the persons who have been  nominated  for  election as
Directors at an annual  meeting in accordance  with the  procedures set forth in
this Section 3 shall be provided for use at the annual meeting.

     The Board of  Directors  may reject any  nomination  by a  stockholder  not
timely made in accordance with the  requirements of this Section 3. If the Board
of Directors, or a designated committee thereof, determines that the information
provided  in  a  stockholder's   notice  does  not  satisfy  the   informational
requirements  of this  Section  3 in any  material  respect,  the  Clerk  of the
Corporation  shall  promptly  notify such  stockholder  of the deficiency in the
notice.  The  stockholder  shall have an  opportunity  to cure the deficiency by
providing additional information to the Clerk within such period of time, not to
exceed  five  days  from  the  date  such  deficiency  notice  is  given  to the
stockholder,  as the  Board of  Directors  or such  committee  shall  reasonably
determine. If the deficiency is not cured within such period, or if the Board of
Directors  or  such  committee   reasonably   determines   that  the  additional
information  provided by the stockholder,  together with information  previously
provided,  does not satisfy the  requirements  of this Section 3 in any material
respect, then


                                      C-30
<PAGE>



the Board of Directors may reject such  stockholder's  nomination.  The Clerk of
the Corporation shall notify a stockholder in writing whether his nomination has
been made in accordance  with the time and  informational  requirements  of this
Section 3. Notwithstanding the procedure set forth in this paragraph, if neither
the  Board of  Directors  nor such  committee  makes a  determination  as to the
validity of any  nominations  by a  stockholder,  the  presiding  officer of the
annual  meeting  shall  determine  and declare at the annual  meeting  whether a
nomination  was made in  accordance  with the  terms of this  Section  3. If the
presiding  officer  determines that a nomination was made in accordance with the
terms of this  Section 3, he shall so declare at the annual  meeting and ballots
shall be provided for use at the meeting with  respect to such  nominee.  If the
presiding  officer  determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with
the terms of this Section 3, he shall so declare at the annual  meeting and such
nomination  shall be  disregarded.  If there is an Interested  Stockholder,  any
determinations  to be made by the Board of Directors  or a designated  committee
thereof  pursuant to the  provisions  of this  paragraph  shall also require the
concurrence of a majority of the Continuing Directors then in office.

     SECTION 4.  Qualification.  Each Director shall have such qualifications as
are required by applicable  law. To the extent  required by law, each  Director,
when appointed or elected,  shall take an oath that he will  faithfully  perform
the duties of his office. Any such oath shall be taken before a notary public or
justice of the peace, who is not an officer of the Corporation,  and a record of
such oath shall be made a part of the records of the Corporation.  Each Director
shall be a citizen and a resident of the  Commonwealth of  Massachusetts  or the
State  of New  Hampshire.  Three-fourths  of the  Board  of  Directors  shall be
citizens and residents of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

     SECTION  5.  Resignation.  Any  Director  may resign at any time by written
notice to the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive  Officer or the Board of
Directors.  A  resignation  shall be  effective  when  accepted  by the Board of
Directors.

     SECTION 6. Removal.  Any Director may be removed from office as provided in
the Articles of Organization.

     SECTION 7. Vacancies.  Any vacancy occurring on the Board of Directors as a
result of resignation,  removal,  death or increase in the authorized  number of
Directors may be filled by vote of a majority of the remaining Directors (unless
there is an  Interested  Stockholder,  in which case the  affirmative  vote of a
majority of the Continuing Directors shall also be required). A Director elected
to fill such a vacancy  shall be elected to serve for the  remainder of the full
term of the  class  of  Directors  in  which  the  vacancy  occurred  or the new
directorship  was created and until such  director's  successor has been elected
and qualified.

     SECTION 8.  Compensation.  The  members of the Board of  Directors  and the
members of either standing or special committees shall receive such compensation
as the Board of Directors may determine. Directors who are also employees of the
Corporation  shall  not  receive  compensation  for  serving  on  the  Board  of
Directors.

     SECTION 9. Regular  Meetings.  A regular  meeting of the Board of Directors
shall be held

                                      C-31
<PAGE>



without  other notice than this By-Law on the same date and at the same place as
the annual meeting of shareholders  following such meeting of shareholders.  The
Board of  Directors  may  provide  the hour,  date and place for the  holding of
regular meetings by resolution  without other notice than such  resolution.  The
Board of Directors shall meet at least once in each calendar month at a place or
places  fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the
Board, if one is elected.

     SECTION 10. Special  Meetings.  Special  meetings of the Board of Directors
may be called by or at the  request of the  Chairman of the Board or if there is
an Interested Stockholder,  a majority of the Continuing Directors, or else by a
majority of the  Directors.  The person or persons  authorized  to call  special
meetings of the Board of Directors may fix the hour,  date and place for holding
a special meeting.

     SECTION 11. Notice of Special Meetings.  Notice of the hour, date and place
of all  special  meetings  of the  Board  of  Directors  shall  be given to each
Director  by the  Clerk or an  Assistant  Clerk,  or in the  case of the  death,
absence,  incapacity  or refusal of such  persons,  by the officer or one of the
Directors  calling the  meeting.  Notice of any special  meeting of the Board of
Directors shall be given to each Director in person,  by telephone,  sent to his
business or home  address by telegram at least  twenty-four  hours in advance of
the meeting or by written notice mailed to his business or home address at least
5 days in advance of such  meeting.  Such notice shall be deemed to be delivered
when deposited in the mail so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid if mailed,
or when delivered to the telegraph  company if sent by telegram.  When any Board
of Directors meeting, either regular or special, is adjourned for thirty days or
more,  notice  of the  adjourned  meeting  shall  be  given as in the case of an
original meeting. It shall not be necessary to give any notice of the hour, date
or place of any meeting  adjourned  for less than thirty days or of the business
to be transacted  thereat,  other than an  announcement  at the meeting at which
such  adjournment  is taken of the hour,  date and place to which the meeting is
adjourned.  A written waiver of notice  executed  before or after a meeting by a
Director  and  filed  with the  records  of the  meeting  shall be  deemed to be
equivalent to notice of the meeting.  The  attendance of a Director at a meeting
shall  constitute  a waiver of notice of such  meeting,  except where a Director
attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any
business  because such meeting is not lawfully  called or convened.  Neither the
business  to be  transacted  at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the Board of
Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

     SECTION 12.  Quorum.  A majority of the number of Directors  then in office
shall  constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the
Board of  Directors,  but if less  than a quorum  is  present  at a  meeting,  a
majority of the Directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, and
the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice,  except as provided
in  Section  I I of this  Article  III.  Any  business  which  might  have  been
transacted  at the  meeting as  originally  noticed  may be  transacted  at such
adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present.



     SECTION 13.  Action at a Meeting.  The act of the majority of the Directors
present at a meeting

                                      C-32
<PAGE>



at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors,  unless
a greater  number is  prescribed by law, by the Articles of  Organization  or by
these By-Laws.

     SECTION 14. Action by Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken
by the Board of  Directors  at any meeting  may be taken  without a meeting if a
consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of
the  Directors.  Such  written  consents  shall be filed with the records of the
meetings of the Board of  Directors  and shall be treated for all  purposes as a
vote at a meeting of the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 15.  Presumption of Assent.  A director of the  Corporation  who is
present  at a  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Directors  at  which  action  on any
Corporation  matter is taken shall be  presumed  to have  assented to the action
taken  unless his dissent or  abstention  shall be entered in the minutes of the
meeting or unless he shall file a written dissent to such action with the person
acting as the Clerk of the  meeting  before  the  adjournment  thereof  or shall
forward such dissent by registered mail to the Clerk of the  Corporation  within
five days after the date a copy of the minutes of the meeting is received.  Such
right to  dissent  shall  not  apply to a  Director  who  voted in favor of such
action.

     SECTION 16.  Committees.  The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted
by a  majority  of the Board of  Directors,  designate  one or more  committees,
including without limitation an executive committee,  each committee to consists
of not fewer than three members elected by the Board of Directors from among its
members.  The Board of Directors may delegate to an executive  committee or such
other  committees  some or all of its powers  except  those which by law, by the
Articles of Organization or by these By-Laws may not be delegated. Except as the
Board of Directors may otherwise  determine,  any such  committee may make rules
for the conduct of its business,  but unless otherwise  provided by the Board of
Directors or in such rules,  its business  shall be conducted so far as possible
in the same manner as is provided by these  By-Laws for the Board of  Directors.
All members of such  committees  shall hold such  offices at the pleasure of the
Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may abolish any such committee at any
time,  subject to applicable  law. Any committee to which the Board of Directors
delegates any of its powers or duties shall keep written records of its meetings
and shall report its actions to the Board of  Directors.  The Board of Directors
shall have power to rescind any action of any committee,  but no such rescission
shall have retroactive effect.

     SECTION 17. Manner of  Participation.  Members of the Board of Directors or
of  committees  elected by the Board  pursuant to Section 16 of this Article III
may  participate  in  meetings  of the Board or of such  committees  by means of
conference  telephone or similar  communications  equipment by which all persons
participating  in the  meeting  can hear each other.  Such  participation  shall
constitute  presence  in  person  but shall not  constitute  attendance  for the
purpose of  compensation  pursuant to Section 8 of this Article III,  unless the
Board of Directors by resolution so provides.





                                      C-33
<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE IV
                                    OFFICERS


     SECTION 1. Enumeration.  The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, a Vice Chairman, a President,
a Treasurer, a Clerk and such other officers, including, without limitation, one
or more  Executive Vice  Presidents,  Senior Vice  Presidents,  Vice-Presidents,
Assistant Vice  Presidents,  Assistant  Treasurers  and Assistant  Clerks as the
Board of  Directors  may  determine to be necessary  for the  management  of the
Corporation.

     SECTION  2.  Election.  All  officers  shall  be  elected  by the  Board of
Directors at the meeting of the Board of Directors  following the annual meeting
of the shareholders.

     SECTION  3.  Qualification.  Any  two or  more  offices  may be held by any
person.  Any officer may be required by the Board of  Directors to give bond for
the faithful  performance of his duties in such amount and with such sureties as
the Board of Directors may determine.

     SECTION 4. Tenure.  All officers  shall hold office until the first meeting
of the Board of Directors following the next annual meeting of shareholders,  or
for such  shorter  terms  as the  Board of  Directors  may fix at the time  such
officers are chosen. Any officer may resign at any time by written notice to the
Chairman  of the Board and Chief  Executive  Officer or the Board of  Directors.
Such  resignation  shall  be  effective  upon  receipt  unless  the  resignation
otherwise  provides.  Election or appointment  of an officer,  employee or agent
shall not of itself create contract rights. The Board of Directors may, however,
authorize the Corporation to enter into an employment  contract with any officer
in accordance with law, but no such contract right shall impair the right of the
Board of Directors to remove any officer at any time in accordance  with Section
5 of this Article IV.

     SECTION 5.  Removal.  The Board of Directors may remove any officer with or
without cause by a vote of a majority of the entire number of Directors  then in
office;  provided,  however,  that if at the  time of such  action  there  is an
Interested Stockholder, such action shall in addition require a majority vote of
the  Continuing  Directors  then in  office;  and  further  provided,  that such
removal,  other  than for  cause,  shall be without  prejudice  to the  contract
rights, if any, of the persons involved.

     SECTION 6. Absence or Disability. In the event of the absence or disability
of any officer,  the Board of Directors  may  designate  another  officer to act
temporarily in place of such absent or disabled officer.

     SECTION  7.  Vacancies.  Any  vacancy  in any  office may be filled for the
unexpired portion of the term by the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 8. Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer.  The Chairman
of the Board and Chief Executive Officer shall,  subject to the direction of the
Board of Directors,  have general  supervision and control of the  Corporation's
business and shall preside, when present, at all meetings



                                      C-34
<PAGE>



of the shareholders. The Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer shall
preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors.

     SECTION 9. Vice Chairman.  If the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
Officer is absent,  the Vice Chairman shall preside at all meetings of the Board
of Directors.

     SECTION 10. The President.  The President  shall preside at all meetings of
the Board of Directors if the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive  Officer
and the Vice Chairman are absent.  The President shall also have such powers and
perform such duties as the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer may
from time to time designate.

     SECTION  11.  Executive  Vice  Presidents,  Senior  Vice  Presidents,  Vice
Presidents,  Treasurer and Other  Officers.  Any Executive Vice  President,  any
Senior Vice President,  any Vice President, the Treasurer and any other Officers
whose powers and duties are not otherwise specifically provided for herein shall
have such powers and shall  perform such duties as the Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer may from time to time designate.

     SECTION 12. Clerk and Assistant Clerks. The Clerk or, in the absence of the
Clerk, any Assistant Clerk (if one or more is elected by the shareholders or the
Board of Directors)  shall keep a record of the meetings of  shareholders  and a
record of the meetings of the Board of  Directors.  Otherwise a Temporary  Clerk
designated  by the person  presiding  at the meeting  shall  perform the Clerk's
duties.


                                    ARTICLE V
                                  CAPITAL STOCK


     SECTION 1. Certificates of Stock. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of
Directors,  each  stockholder  shall be entitled to a certificate of the capital
stock of the  Corporation in such form as may from time to time be prescribed by
the Board of Directors.  Such certificate shall be signed by the Chairman of the
Board and Chief  Executive  Officer or the  President and by the Treasurer or an
Assistant  Treasurer.  Such  signatures  may be facsimile if the  certificate is
signed by a transfer agent or by a registrar,  other than a Director, officer or
employee  of the  Corporation.  In case  any  officer  who has  signed  or whose
facsimile  signature has been placed on such certificate shall have ceased to be
such  officer  before  such  certificate  is  issued,  it may be  issued  by the
Corporation  with the same effect as if he were such  officer at the time of its
issue.  Every  certificate  for  shares  of  stock  which  are  subject  to  any
restriction  on transfer and every  certificate  issued when the  Corporation is
authorized  to issue more than one class or series of stock shall  contain  such
legend with respect thereto as is required by law.

     SECTION 2.  Transfers.  Subject to any  restrictions on transfer and unless
otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, shares of stock may be transferred
on the books of the  Corporation  by the  surrender  to the  Corporation  or its
transfer agent of the certificate therefore properly endorsed or

                                      C-35
<PAGE>



accompanied  by a written  assignment and power of attorney  properly  executed,
with  transfer  stamps  (if  necessary)  affixed,  and  with  such  proof of the
authenticity  of  signature  as  the  Corporation  or  its  transfer  agent  may
reasonably require.

     SECTION 3.  Record  Holders.  Except as  otherwise  required by law, by the
Articles of Organization or by these By-Laws,  the Corporation shall be entitled
to treat the  record  holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such
stock for all  purposes,  including  the payment of  dividends  and the right to
vote,  regardless of any transfer,  pledge or other  disposition  of such stock,
until the  shares  have been  transferred  on the  books of the  Corporation  in
accordance with the requirements of these By-Laws.  It shall be the duty of each
stockholder to notify the Corporation of his post office address.

    SECTION 4. Record Date.  The Board of Directors may fix in advance a time of
not more than sixty days before the date of any meeting of the  shareholders  as
the date for the payment of any  dividend or the making of any  distribution  to
shareholders or the last day on which the consent or dissent of shareholders may
be effectively expressed for any purpose, as the record date for determining the
shareholders having the right to notice of and to vote at such meeting,  and any
adjournment  thereof,  or the right to receive such dividend or  distribution or
the right to give such consent or dissent.  In such case,  only  shareholders of
record on such record date shall have such right,  notwithstanding  any transfer
of stock on the books of the Corporation  after the record date.  Without fixing
such record date,  the Board of Directors may for any of such purposes close the
transfer  books for all or any part of such  period.  If no record date is fixed
and the  transfer  books are not  closed,  (a) the record  date for  determining
shareholders  having  the  right  to  notice  of  or to  vote  at a  meeting  of
shareholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day
on which notice is given,  and (b) the record date for determining  shareholders
for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the date on which the
Board of Directors acts with respect thereto.

     SECTION  5.  Replacement  of  Certificates.  In case of the  alleged  loss,
destruction or mutilation of a certificate of stock, a duplicate certificate may
be  issued in place  thereof,  upon such  terms as the  Board of  Directors  may
prescribe.

     SECTION 6. Issuance of Capital Stock.  Except as provided by law, the Board
of Directors shall have the authority to issue or reserve for issue from time to
time the whole or any part of the capital stock of the Corporation  which may be
authorized  from  time to  time,  to such  persons  or  organizations,  for such
consideration, whether cash, property, services or expenses and on such terms as
the  Board of  Directors  may  determine,  including,  without  limitation,  the
granting of options, warrants or conversion or other rights to subscribe to said
capital stock.

     SECTION  7.   Dividends.   Subject  to  applicable  law,  the  Articles  of
Organization  and these  ByLaws,  the Board of  Directors  may from time to time
declare,  and the Corporation may pay,  dividends on shares of its capital stock
entitled to dividends.





                                      C-36
<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE VI
                                 INDEMNIFICATION

     SECTION 1. Definitions.  For purposes of this Article:  (a) "Officer" means
any person who serves or has served as a Director of the  Corporation  or in any
other office filled by election or appointment by the  shareholders or the Board
of  Directors  and any heirs or personal  representatives  of such  person;  (b)
"Non-Officer  Employee" means any person who serves or has served as an employee
of the  Corporation  but  who is not or was not an  Officer  and  any  heirs  or
personal representatives of such person; (c) "Proceeding" means any action, suit
or  proceeding,   whether  civil,   criminal,   derivative,   administrative  or
investigative,   brought  or  threatened  in  or  before  any  court,  tribunal,
administrative  or  legislative  body or agency and any claim which could be the
subject of a  Proceeding;  and (d)  "Expenses"  means any  liability  fixed by a
judgment, order, decree or award in a Proceeding,  any amount reasonably paid in
settlement  of a Proceeding  and any  professional  fees or other  disbursements
reasonably incurred in a Proceeding.

     SECTION 2. Officers. Except as provided in Sections 4 and 5 of this Article
VI, each Officer of the  Corporation  shall be  indemnified  by the  Corporation
against all Expenses incurred by such Officer in connection with any Proceedings
in which such Officer is involved as a result of serving or having served (a) as
an  Officer  or  employee  of the  Corporation;  (b) as a  director,  officer or
employee of any corporation, organization,  partnership, joint venture, trust or
other entity the majority of the equity of which is owned by the Corporation; or
(c) in any capacity with any other corporation, organization, partnership, joint
venture,  trust or other  entity at the  request  or  direction  of the Board of
Directors.

     SECTION 3. Non-Officer Employees. Except as provided in Sections 4 and 5 of
this  Article  VI, each  Non-Officer  Employee  of the  Corporation  may, in the
discretion of the Board of Directors, be indemnified against any or all Expenses
incurred by such Non-Officer Employee in connection with any Proceeding in which
such  Non-Officer  Employee is involved as a result of serving or having  served
(a) as a Non-Officer Employee of the Corporation;  (b) as a director, officer or
employee of any corporation, organization,  partnership, joint venture, trust or
other entity the majority of the equity of which is owned by the Corporation; or
(c) in any capacity with any other corporation, organization, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other entity at the request or direction of the Corporation.

     SECTION 4. Service at the Request or  Direction of the Board of  Directors.
No indemnification  shall be provided to an Officer or Non-Officer Employee with
respect  to  serving  or having  served in any of the  capacities  described  in
Section 2(c) or 3(c) above unless the following two conditions are met: (a) such
service was  requested or directed in each specific case by vote of the Board of
Directors  prior to the  occurrence  of the event to which  the  indemnification
relates,  and (b) the Corporation  maintains  insurance coverage for the type of
indemnification  sought.  In no  event  shall  the  Corporation  be  liable  for
indemnification  under  Section  2(c) or 3(c) for any  amount  in  excess of the
proceeds of insurance  received with respect to such coverage as the Corporation
in its  discretion  may elect to  carry.  The  Corporation  may but shall not be
required to maintain insurance  coverage with respect to  indemnification  under
Section 2(c) or 3(c) above. Notwithstanding any other provision


                                      C-37
<PAGE>



of this Section 4, the Board of Directors may provide an Officer or  Non-Officer
Employee with indemnification  under Section 2(c) or 3(c) above as to a specific
Proceeding even if one or both of the two conditions specified in this Section 4
have not been met and even if the  amount  of the  indemnification  exceeds  the
amount of the proceeds of any insurance  which the  Corporation may have elected
to carry,  provided that the Board of Directors in its discretion  determines it
to be in the best interests of the Corporation to do so.

     SECTION 5. Good Faith.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  no indemnification
shall be provided to an Officer or to a  Non-Officer  Employee with respect to a
matter as to which such person shall have been adjudicated in any Proceeding not
to have acted in good  faith in the  reasonable  belief  that the action of such
person was in or not opposed to the best  interests of the  Corporation.  In the
event that a Proceeding is  compromised or settled so as to impose any liability
or obligation upon an Officer or Non-Officer  Employee, no indemnification shall
be provided to said Officer or Non- Officer Employee with respect to a matter if
there be a  determination  that with  respect to such matter such person did not
act in good faith in the reasonable belief that the action of such person was in
or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation. The determination shall
be made by a  majority  vote of those  Directors  who are not  involved  in such
Proceeding.  However,  if more than half of the  Directors  are involved in such
Proceeding, the determination shall be made by a majority vote of a committee of
three disinterested Directors chosen by the disinterested Directors at a regular
or special meeting.  If there are less than three disinterested  Directors,  the
determination  shall be based  upon the  opinion  of the  Corporation's  regular
outside counsel.

    SECTION 6. Prior to Final Disposition. To the extent authorized by the Board
of  Directors,  by the  committee of Directors  referred to in Section 5 of this
Article VI or by the opinion of the Corporation's  regular outside counsel,  any
indemnification  provided for under this  Article IX may include  payment by the
Corporation  of Expenses  incurred in defending a  Proceeding  in advance of the
final  disposition  of such  Proceeding  upon receipt of an  undertaking  by the
Officer or Non-Officer Employee seeking indemnification to repay such payment if
such Officer or  Non-Officer  Employee  shall be adjudicated or determined to be
not entitled to indemnification under this Article VI.

     SECTION 7. Insurance.  The Corporation may purchase and maintain  insurance
to protect itself and any Officer or Non-Officer  Employee against any liability
of any character  asserted  against or incurred by the  Corporation  or any such
Officer or Non-Officer Employee,  or arising out of any such status,  whether or
not the  Corporation  would have the power to indemnify such person against such
liability by law or under the provisions of this Article VI.

     SECTION 8. Other Indemnification  Rights.  Nothing in this Article VI shall
limit  any  lawful  rights to  indemnification  existing  independently  of this
Article VI.

    SECTION 9. Merger or  Consolidation.  If the  Corporation  is merged into or
consolidated  with another  corporation and the Corporation is not the surviving
corporation,  the  surviving  corporation  shall assume the  obligations  of the
Corporation under this Article VI with respect to any Proceeding  arising out of
or relating to any actions,  transactions  or facts occurring at or prior to the
date of such merger or consolidation.


                                      C-38
<PAGE>



    SECTION 10. Savings  Clause.  If this Article VI or any portion hereof shall
be  invalidated on any ground by any court of competent  jurisdiction,  then the
Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify and advance expenses to each indemnitee
as to any expenses (including  reasonable  attorneys' fees),  judgments,  fines,
liabilities,  losses,  and amounts paid in  settlement  in  connection  with any
action,  suit,   proceeding  or  investigation,   whether  civil,   criminal  or
administrative,  including an action by or in the right of the  Corporation,  to
the fullest extent  permitted by any applicable  portion of this Article VI that
shall  not  have  been  invalidated  and  to the  fullest  extent  permitted  by
applicable law.

    SECTION 11. Subsequent  Legislation.  If the Massachusetts  General Laws are
amended after adoption of this Article VI to expand further the  indemnification
permitted  to an  indemnitee,  then the  Corporation  shall  indemnify  all such
persons to the fullest extent permitted by the Massachusetts General Laws, as so
amended.


                                   ARTICLE VII
                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS


     SECTION 1.  Amendment of By-Laws.  These  By-Laws may be adopted,  altered,
amended, changed or repealed as provided in the Articles of Organization.

     SECTION 2. Fiscal  Year.  Except as  otherwise  determined  by the Board of
Directors,  the fiscal year of the Corporation shall be the twelve months ending
December 31 or on such other date as may be required by law.

     SECTION 3. Seal. The Board of Directors shall have power to adopt and alter
the seal of the Corporation.

     SECTION  4.  Execution  of  Instruments.   All  deeds,  leases,  transfers,
contracts,  bonds,  notes  and  other  obligations  to be  entered  into  by the
Corporation in the ordinary  course of its business  without Board of Directors'
action may be executed on behalf of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board
and Chief Executive Officer, the President,  the Treasurer or any other officer,
employee or agent of the  Corporation as the Board of Directors or the Executive
Committee may authorize.

     SECTION 5. Voting of Securities.  Unless otherwise provided by the Board of
Directors,  the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, the President
or the  Treasurer may waive notice of and act on behalf of the  Corporation,  or
appoint  another  person or persons to act as proxy or  attorney in fact for the
Corporation with or without discretionary power and/or power of substitution, at
any meeting of shareholders of any other  organization,  any of whose securities
are held by the  Corporation.  Any person or  persons  authorized  or  otherwise
designated  in the  manner  provided  herein  shall have full  right,  power and
authority to vote any shares of stock issued by another  corporation in the name
of the Corporation.



                                      C-39
<PAGE>


     SECTION 6. Articles of Organization. All references in these By-Laws to the
Articles  of  Organization   shall  be  deemed  to  refer  to  the  Articles  of
Organization of the Corporation, as may be amended and/or restated and otherwise
in effect from time to time.











                                      C-40


                      FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION
                              550 17TH STREET N.W.
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20429



                                    FORM F-4

                        QUARTERLY REPORT UNDER SECTION 13
                     OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                        FOR QUARTER ENDED: March 31, 1996

                    FDIC INSURANCE CERTIFICATE NUMBER: 27408

                        ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
                (Exact name of bank as specified in its charter)

                        MASSACHUSETTS                    04-2993547
                  (State or jurisdiction of          (I.R.S. Employer
                   incorporation or organization)     Identification No.)


                    222 MERRIMACK STREET
                        LOWELL, MA                              01852
                  (Address of principal                       (Zip Code)
                   executive offices)

          Bank's telephone number, including area code: (508) 459-9000
 

Indicate by check mark whether the bank (1) has filed all reports required to be
filed by Section 13 of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for such  shorter  period that the Bank was  required to file such
reports),  and (2) has been subject to such filing  requirements for the past 90
days. YES X NO

Indicate the number of shares  outstanding of the Bank's common stock, as of the
latest practicable date:

                  CLASS              OUTSTANDING ON March 31, 1996
       --------------------------    -----------------------------
       Class A Common Stock, par             1,575,917
       value $1 per share



<PAGE>



                        ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

                                Table of Contents


                                                                     Page


 Item 1 - Financial Statements

 Balance Sheets  -
   March 31, 1996 and 1995, December 31, 1995                          2

 Statements of Income -
   Three months ended March 31, 1996 and 1995                          3

 Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
   Three months ended March 31, 1996 and 1995                          4

 Statement of Cash Flows -
   Three months ended March 31, 1996 and 1995                          5

 Notes to Financial Statements                                         6

 Selected Financial Data                                               7

 Item 2 - Business Review and Management's
 Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
 and Results of Operations                                           8 - 22

 Signatures                                                           23


<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                        ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
                                 BALANCE SHEETS


ASSETS                                                       March 31, 1996    March 31, 1995  December 31, 1995
                                                             --------------   ---------------  -----------------
                                                               (Unaudited)      (Unaudited)       (Audited)
                                                             --------------   ---------------  -----------------
<S>                                                         <C>              <C>              <C>

Cash and due from banks                                      $  11,483,541    $   8,003,085    $  11,562,392
Federal funds sold                                                       0                0       13,600,000
                                                             -------------    -------------    -------------
   Total cash and cash equivalents                              11,483,541        8,003,085       25,162,392
                                                             -------------    -------------    -------------




Investment securities at market value                          105,832,180       49,185,192       78,812,489

Loans held for sale at lower of cost or market value             1,125,689        2,389,566        1,855,340

Loans, gross                                                   118,395,894      119,284,305      116,356,270
Less: allowance for possible loan losses                        (4,046,928)      (4,356,403)      (4,106,659)
Less: deferred origination fees                                   (661,555)        (677,525)        (549,398)
                                                             -------------    -------------    -------------
     Loans, net                                                113,687,411      114,250,377      111,700,213
                                                             -------------    -------------    -------------

Premises and equipment, net                                      2,362,878        1,882,232        2,463,592
Accrued interest receivable                                      2,277,469        1,266,442        1,823,079
Income taxes receivable                                                  0                0                0
Deferred income taxes                                            2,222,422        2,605,098        1,740,270
Real estate acquired by foreclosure                                397,961          376,691          417,172
Prepaid expenses and other assets                                  373,291          363,701          291,097

                                                             -------------    -------------    -------------
      Total assets                                           $ 239,762,842    $ 180,322,384    $ 224,265,644
                                                             =============    =============    =============


LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Deposits:
   Demand                                                       30,448,596       27,401,321       33,131,861
   Savings and NOW and MMDA                                     81,203,187       69,409,528       77,294,855
   Time                                                         91,382,485       38,999,008       85,967,851
                                                             -------------    -------------    -------------
      Total deposits                                           203,034,268      135,809,857      196,394,567

Short term borrowings                                           16,337,757       26,000,641        6,981,783
Accrued interest payable                                           465,933          179,607          549,673
Income taxes payable                                                18,228          298,647          173,346
Accrued expenses and other liabilities                           1,129,664        1,074,316        1,200,561
                                                             -------------    -------------    -------------
      Total liabilities                                        220,985,850      163,363,068      205,299,930
                                                             -------------    -------------    -------------

Shareholders' equity:
   Preferred stock, $1.00 par value; 450,000
      shares authorized, no shares issued                                0                0                0
   Class A Common Stock, $1.00 par value;
      3,000,000 shares authorized,  1,575,917 shares
       issued and outstanding at 3/31/96; 1,574,792 shares
       issued and outstanding at 3/31/95 and 12/31/95            1,575,917        1,574,792        1,575,892

   Additional paid-in capital                                   13,913,600       13,902,325       13,913,325
   Accumulated (loss) / retained earnings                        3,795,307        2,432,775        3,324,225
   Net unrealized loss on investment securities, net of
     applicable income taxes                                      (507,832)        (950,576)         152,272
                                                             -------------    -------------    -------------
       Total shareholders' equity                               18,776,992       16,959,316       18,965,714
                                                             -------------    -------------    -------------

       Total liabilities and shareholders' equity            $ 239,762,842    $ 180,322,384    $ 224,265,644
                                                             =============    =============    =============
</TABLE>


                                       2
<PAGE>


                        ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
                              STATEMENTS OF INCOME

                                                      THREE MONTHS ENDED

                                                March 31, 1996   March 31, 1995
                                                --------------   --------------
                                                 (Unaudited)      (Unaudited)
                                                --------------   --------------
Interest  income:
   Loans                                            $2,898,706   $2,686,158
Federal funds sold                                      83,691        9,878
   Investment securities                             1,408,097      731,879
                                                   -----------  -----------
      Total interest income                          4,390,494    3,427,915
                                                   -----------  -----------

Interest expense:
   Savings and NOW and MMDA deposits                   444,472      414,865
   Time deposits                                     1,283,468      431,862
   Short-term borrowings                                73,881      308,774
                                                   -----------  -----------
      Total interest expense                         1,801,821    1,155,501
                                                   -----------  -----------

      Net interest income                            2,588,673    2,272,414

Provision for possible loan losses                           0            0
                                                   -----------  -----------
      Net interest income after provision for
        possible loan losses                         2,588,673    2,272,414
                                                   -----------  -----------


Non-interest income:
   Trust income                                        160,910      146,187
   Deposit service fees                                154,369      128,558
   Gains on securities sales                                 0            0
   Other income                                         97,307       76,257
                                                   -----------  -----------
      Total non-interest income                        412,586      351,002
                                                   -----------  -----------


Income before operating expenses and income taxes    3,001,259    2,623,416
                                                   -----------  -----------


Non-interest expense:
   Salaries and employee benefits                    1,197,823    1,081,951
   Occupancy expenses                                  330,669      242,976
   FDIC insurance expense                                1,000       72,525
   Office and data processing supplies                  64,961       46,429
   Trust professional and custodial expenses            50,050       48,000
  Audit, legal and other professional fees              98,226      103,303
   Other                                               505,481      323,326
                                                   -----------  -----------
      Total non-interest expenses                    2,248,210    1,918,510
                                                   -----------  -----------

      Income before income taxes                       753,049      704,906
                                                   -----------  -----------

Provision for income taxes                             281,967      263,188
                                                   -----------  -----------

      Net income                                    $  471,082   $  441,718
                                                   ===========  ===========



EARNINGS PER SHARE
      Net Income per common share                        $0.30        $0.28
                                                   ===========  ===========

Weighted average common shares outstanding           1,575,899    1,574,792
                                                   ===========  ===========


See accompanying notes to financial statements


                                       3
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
                   STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
                                   (unaudited)


                                                                                                  Net unrealized gain
                                                                                                    on investment 
                                                  Class A                         Accumulated      securities, net
                                                  Common       Additional      deficit/retained     of applicable       
                                                   Stock     paid-in capital      earnings          income taxes          Total
                                                 ----------- ---------------   ----------------  -------------------- -------------
<S>                                             <C>            <C>               <C>                 <C>             <C>    

Balance at  December 31, 1994                     $1,574,792     $13,902,325      $1,991,057           ($1,607,249)    $15,860,925

Dividend declared                                                                                                               $0

Net income                                                 -               -        $441,718                     -        $441,718

Net change in unrealized gain/(loss) on investment
  securities, net of applicable income taxes               -               -               -              $656,673        $656,673
                                                  ----------     -----------      ----------           -----------     -----------
Balance at March 31, 1995                         $1,574,792     $13,902,325      $2,432,775             ($950,576)    $16,959,316
                                                  ==========     ===========      ==========           ===========     ===========


Balance at December 31, 1995                      $1,575,892     $13,913,325      $3,324,225              $152,272     $18,965,714

Dividend declared                                                                                                                0

Stock issued (exercise of options)                       $25            $275                                                  $300

Net income                                                                          $471,082                               471,082

Net change in unrealized gain/(loss) on investment
   securities, net of applicable income taxes                                                             (660,104)       (660,104)
                                                  ----------     -----------      ----------           -----------     -----------

Balance at March 31, 1996                         $1,575,917     $13,913,600      $3,795,307            ($507,832)     $18,776,992
                                                  ==========     ===========      ==========           ===========     ===========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to financial statements

                                       4

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                       ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                                                                   Three Months Ended
                                                                             March 31, 1996  March 31, 1995
                                                                             --------------  --------------
<S>                                                                         <C>             <C>

Cash flows from operating activities:
   Net income                                                                $    471,082    $    441,718
   Adjustments to reconcile net income
      to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
          Depreciation and amortization                                           186,346         132,890
          Provision for possible loan losses                                            0               0
          (Increase) decrease in  deferred income taxes                             1,374          31,707
          Net (accretion) amortization on investment securities                    12,276          13,578
          Gain on sale of investments                                                   0               0
          Net (increase) decrease in loans held for sale                          729,651        (670,604)
          (Increase) decrease in accrued interest  receivable                    (454,390)          1,190
          (Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and other assets                (82,194)       (155,405)
          (Increase) decrease in income taxes receivable                                0               0
          Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses and other liabilities           (70,898)        (70,980)
          Increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable                         (83,740)        (18,311)
          Increase (decrease) in income taxes payable                            (155,118)        231,481

                                                                                                         
                                                                              -----------     -----------
                Net cash provided by operating activities                         554,389         (62,736)
                                                                              -----------     -----------


Cash flows from investing activities:

   Proceeds from sales of investment securities                                         0               0
   Proceeds from  maturities or paydowns of investment securities               1,223,087         201,901
   Purchase of investment securities                                          (29,398,683)     (2,523,350)
   Proceeds from sales of/additions to real estate acquired by foreclosure         19,211          13,096
   Net (increase) decrease in loans, net of chargeoffs                         (1,987,198)     (5,519,884)
   Additions to premises and equipment, net                                       (85,632)       (465,365)
                                                                              -----------     -----------
                Net cash used in investing activities                         (30,229,215)     (8,293,602)
                                                                              -----------     -----------


Cash flows from financing activities:

    Net increase (decrease) in deposits                                         6,639,701       1,536,779
    Net increase (decrease) in short term borrowings                            9,355,974       6,381,611
    Proceeds from exercise of stock options                                           300               0
     Dividends paid                                                                     0               0
                                                                              -----------     -----------
                Net cash provided by financing activities                      15,995,975       7,918,390
                                                                              -----------     -----------

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                          (13,678,851)       (437,948)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                               25,162,392       8,441,033
                                                                              -----------     -----------

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period                                   $ 11,483,541    $  8,003,085
                                                                              -----------     -----------

Disclosure of cash flow information: 
  Cash paid during the period for:
      Interest on deposits and short-term borrowings                            1,825,560       1,172,812
      Income taxes                                                           $    583,399    $          0

</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to financial statements

                                       5
<PAGE>



                        ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

                          Notes to Financial Statements


(1)      Basis of Presentation

         The  accompanying  unaudited  financial  statements  should  be read in
         conjunction with the December 31, 1995,  audited  financial  statements
         and notes thereto.

         In the opinion of management,  the  accompanying  financial  statements
         reflect  all  necessary  adjustments,  consisting  of normal  recurring
         accruals, for a fair presentation.

(2)      Earnings per share is calculated based on the average number of Class A
         common shares outstanding.

         The average number of common shares outstanding during the three months
         ended March 31, 1996, and 1995, is as follows:

                                          Three Months Ended
                                          ------------------
                                 March 31, 1996        March 31, 1995
                                 --------------        --------------

Class A Common Shares             1,575,899             1,574,792
                                  ---------             ---------

TOTAL                             1,575,899             1,574,792
                                  =========             =========



                                        6

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                        ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
                             SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA


                                                            Quarters
                                                         ended March 31,
                                                --------------------------------
                                                    1996                1995
                                                -----------         -----------
EARNINGS                                        (unaudited)         (unaudited)
<S>                                            <C>                  <C>

Net interest income                              $2,588,673          $2,272,414
Provision for possible loan losses                        0                   0
                                                 ----------          ----------
Net interest income after provision for
     possible loan losses                         2,588,673           2,272,414
Gain on sale of securities                                0                   0
Non-interest income                                 412,586             351,002
Non-interest expense                              2,248,210           1,918,510
                                                 ----------          ----------
Income before income taxes                          753,049             704,906

Income tax expense                                  281,967             263,188
                                                 ----------          ----------

NET INCOME                                         $471,082            $441,718
                                                 ==========          ==========



PER COMMON SHARE DATA


Dividends declared                                   $0.000              $0.000
Book value                                           $11.91              $10.77
Average shares outstanding                        1,575,899           1,574,792


RATIOS(ANNUALIZED)


Net income to:
     Average total assets                             0.83%               1.03%
     Average total shareholder's equity               9.88%              10.04%



<CAPTION>


BALANCE SHEET DATA                                     at March 31,1996    at March 31, 1995     at December 31, 1995
                                                       ----------------    -----------------     --------------------
                                                          (unaudited)         (unaudited)             (audited)
<S>                                                     <C>                  <C>                   <C>

Total assets                                              $239,762,842        $180,322,384          $224,265,644
Loans held for sale                                          1,125,689           2,389,566             1,855,340
Loans, net                                                 113,687,411         114,250,377           111,700,213
Allowance for possible loan losses                           4,046,928           4,356,403             4,106,659
Investment securities                                      105,832,180          49,185,192            78,812,489
Deposits                                                   203,034,268         135,809,857           196,394,567
Short - term borrowings                                     16,337,757          26,000,641             6,981,783
Total stockholders' equity                                  18,776,992          16,959,316            18,965,714
Mortgage loans serviced                                     30,280,947          28,970,821            32,013,054
Trust assets under managment                               106,451,892         101,901,561           106,342,490
Total assets, trust assets under managment, and mortgage
     loans serviced                                        376,495,681         311,194,766           362,621,188
</TABLE>


See accompanying notes to financial statements

                                        7
<PAGE>


                                 BUSINESS REVIEW

General

Enterprise  Bank and  Trust  Company  is a  Massachusetts  trust  company  which
commenced banking operations on January 3, 1989.

The bank's main office is at 222 Merrimack Street in Lowell, Massachusetts.  The
bank began  offering  trust services in June of 1992. A branch office was opened
at 185 Littleton  Road,  Chelmsford,  Massachusetts,  in June of 1993.  The bank
opened a branch office in Leominster, Massachusetts, in May of 1995 and a branch
office   in   Billerica,   Massachusetts,   in  June   of   1995.   The   bank's
deposit-gathering  and lending activities are conducted primarily in the city of
Lowell and the surrounding Massachusetts towns of Billerica, Chelmsford, Dracut,
Tewksbury,  Tyngsboro,  and  Westford  and  in  the  cities  of  Leominster  and
Fitchburg.  The bank offers a range of commercial  and consumer  services with a
goal of satisfying the needs of consumers, small and medium-sized businesses and
professionals. The bank's primary goal is to enhance long-term shareholder value
and take advantage of market opportunities.

The  bank's  deposit  accounts  are  insured by the Bank  Insurance  Fund of the
Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  (the "FDIC") up to the maximum  amount
provided  by law.  The FDIC and the  Massachusetts  Commissioner  of Banks  (the
"Commissioner") have regulatory authority over the bank.

The bank's outstanding  securities consist of 1,575,917 shares of Class A Common
Stock  ("Common  Stock"),  $1.00 par value per share.  The  common  stock is not
listed on any exchange.  There has been a limited  private trading market in the
common stock since the bank commenced operations.  The bank had an initial stock
offering in 1988 and sold 1,026,015  shares of common stock at a price of $10.00
per share. Additionally, the bank sold 446,175 shares of common stock at a price
of $11.00 per share between June,  1989, and November,  1989.  Options for 1,100
shares  were  exercised  in 1995 at a price of $11.00 per share.  Options for 25
shares were exercised in 1996 at a price of $12.00 per share.

At the April, 1992, meeting of the board of directors, the first annual dividend
of $.10 per share  was  declared  and paid July 1,  1992.  At the  April,  1993,
meeting of the board of directors, a dividend of $.20 per share was declared and
paid July 1, 1993.  At the April,  1994,  meeting of the board of  directors,  a
dividend  of $.25 per share was  declared,  and was paid  July 1,  1994.  At the
April,  1995,  meeting of the board of directors,  a dividend of $.275 per share
was declared and was paid July 1, 1995. At the April, 1996, meeting of the board
of directors, a dividend of $.30 per share was declared and will be paid July 1,
1996.  The payment of future  dividends will be considered on an annual basis by
the board of directors.

The bank's officers and directors have substantial business and personal ties in
Greater  Lowell.  The bank  believes  that,  because no other  locally owned and
operated  commercial  bank exists in Greater  Lowell,  the bank has  effectively
established a market niche by providing its customers,  particularly  consumers,
small and privately held businesses and professionals,  with prompt and personal
service based on management's  familiarity and  understanding of such customers'
banking  needs.  The  bank  is  attempting  to  establish  such a  niche  in the
Leominster  market by staffing the office with local banking  professionals  who
have 

                                       8
<PAGE>

substantial business and personal ties to the local market. The bank's past
and  continuing  emphasis is to provide  responsive  personal  and  professional
service.

As a full-service  commercial bank, the bank offers business checking  accounts,
NOW checking accounts, savings accounts, money market accounts,  certificates of
deposit,  commercial,  consumer  and  real  estate  loans,  specialized  deposit
services,  such as IRA product  offerings  and other  packaged  accounts,  trust
services  and  various  additional  services,  such  as  travelers'  checks  and
treasurers  checks.  The bank also  participates in an automatic  teller machine
("ATM")  network with  deposit-gathering  capabilities.  In  addition,  the bank
offers safe deposit boxes and other types of cash management services.

The bank's  results of  operations  depend  primarily on the bank's net interest
income,  the  difference  between  income  earned  on its  loan  and  investment
portfolios  and the interest  paid on its deposits and borrowed  funds,  and the
size of the bank's  provision for possible loan losses.  Net interest  income is
primarily  affected  in the  short-term  by the  level of  earning  assets  as a
percentage   of   total   assets,    the   level   of    interest-bearing    and
non-interest-bearing   deposits,   yields  earned  on  assets,   rates  paid  on
liabilities,  the level of non-accrual  loans and changes in interest rates. The
provision for possible loan losses is primarily  affected by individual  problem
loan  situations,  overall loan  portfolio  quality,  the level of  charge-offs,
regulatory  examinations,   an  assessment  of  current  and  expected  economic
conditions,  and  changes  in the  character  and  size of the  loan  portfolio.
Earnings are also affected by non-interest  income,  which consists primarily of
deposit  account fees,  trust fees, and gains and losses on sales of securities,
and the level of non-interest  expense and income taxes. The bank's  residential
mortgage  operations in the first six months of 1995 were negatively impacted by
interest  rates and  competition.  As a result of a rapid  increase  in interest
rates in 1994, the competition for  residential  mortgages  increased and volume
and profit  margins  decreased.  The  mortgage  center,  beginning in the second
quarter of 1995, has refocused its business away from originating  mortgages for
resale    into   the    secondary    market   to    originating    construction,
construction-to-permanent and commercial mortgages.

The following is a discussion  and analysis of the bank's  results of operations
for the three months ended March 31, 1996 and 1995, and its financial  condition
at March 31, 1996.  The  discussion is broken down into the following  sections:
(1) Results of Operations Summary; 2) Financial  Condition,  Interest Rate Risk,
Liquidity  and  Capital  Resources;  3)  Risk  Elements;  4)  Recent  Accounting
Pronouncements;  and 5)  Regulatory  Legislation.  In order to  understand  this
section  in  context,   it  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  bank's
consolidated financial statements.

                                        9

<PAGE>


                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                  RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND FINANCIAL CONDITION



                          RESULTS OF OPERATIONS SUMMARY


    Three MONTHS ENDED March 31, 1996, VS. Three MONTHS ENDED March 31, 1995


The bank  reported  net income of $471,082 in the three  months  ended March 31,
1996,  versus  $441,718 in the three months ended March 31, 1995, an increase of
7%. The bank had  earnings  per common  share of $.30 in the three  months ended
March 31, 1996, compared with $.28 in the three months ended March 31, 1995. The
per share results are based on 1,575,899 average common shares outstanding.

The following  table  highlights  changes which affected the bank's earnings for
the three  months  ended March 31,  1996,  and the three  months ended March 31,
1995:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          Three Months           Three Months
                                                          Ended                  Ended
                                                          March 31, 1996         March 31, 1995
                                                          --------------         --------------

(Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                          <C>                   <C>

Average assets                                                $226,652              $174,712
Average deposits and short-term borrowings                    $205,638              $155,479
Average loans & loans held for sale                           $116,586              $116,917
Average loans & loans held for sale to average
 deposits & short-term borrowings ratio                         56.69%                75.20%
Non interest expenses to average assets                          3.98%                 4.45%
Non interest income, exclusive of securities
 gains to average assets                                          .73%                  .81%
Average tax equivalent rate earned on interest
 earning assets                                                  8.33%                 8.39%
Average rate paid on deposits and
 short-term borrowings                                           3.52%                 2.98%
Net interest rate spread                                         4.81%                 5.41%
Net interest income                                           $  2,589              $  2,272
Provision for possible loan losses                            $      0              $      0
Gain from sale of securities                                  $      0              $      0

</TABLE>




                                       10

<PAGE>



Net Interest Income

Net interest income is the difference  between the interest earned on assets and
the interest paid on  liabilities.  Interest  income and expense are affected by
changes in earning asset and  interest-bearing  liability  balances,  as well as
changes in the level of interest  rates.  Stable and growing net interest income
is dependent upon effective spread management,  asset growth, and maintenance of
strong underwriting and credit standards.

The bank's net interest  income was  $2,588,673  in the three months ended March
31,  1996,  an increase of $316,259 or 14% from  $2,272,414  in the three months
ended  March 31,  1995,  primarily  a result of growth in the bank's  investment
portfolio.

The average tax  equivalent  yield on earning  assets in the three  months ended
March 31,  1996,  was 8.33%,  down 6 basis points from 8.39% in the three months
ended March 31, 1995. The average rate paid on  interest-bearing  liabilities in
the three months ended March 31, 1996, was 3.51%, an increase of 53 basis points
from 2.98% in the three months ended March 31, 1995.  The  principal  reason for
the increase in the bank's net interest  income and the decrease in the interest
rate spread during the first three months of 1996 is a result of the increase in
investments which has been principally funded by certificates of deposit.

The following table sets forth,  among other things, the extent to which changes
in interest rates and changes in the average balances of interest-earning assets
and  interest-bearing  liabilities  have  affected  interest  income and expense
during the three  months ended March 31, 1996,  and 1995.  For each  category of
interest-earning  assets  and  interest-bearing   liabilities,   information  is
provided on changes  attributable  to (1)  changes in volume  (change in average
portfolio  balance  multiplied  by prior year  average  rate) and (2) changes in
interest rates (change in average interest rate multiplied by prior year average
balance).

                                       11

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 For the Three Months Ended March 31

                       Average Balance        Average Rate              Interest                        Variance due to
                      1996        1995      1996        1995      1996       1995     Total      Volume       Rate     Rate/Vol
                      ----        ----      ----        ----      ----       ----     -----      ------       ----     --------
(Dollars in
 Thousands)
<S>                 <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>         <C>
 
INTEREST INCOME
Loans                $116,586   $116,917     9.97%      9.21%     $2,899    $2,686     $ 213     $  (8)     $ 222       $(1)
Investment
 Securities            92,208     49,290     6.41%      6.47%      1,408       732       676       692         (7)       (9)
Short-term
 Investments            5,835        642     5.75%      6.17%         84        10        74        80         (1)       (5)
                     --------   --------     -----      -----     ------    ------     ------    ------       ------   -----
                             

Total                $214,629   $166,849     8.33%      8.39%     $4,391    $3,428     $ 963     $ 764         $214    $(15)
                     ========   ========     =====      =====     ======    ======     ======    ======       =====    =====   
<FN>
NOTE:  Rates are shown on a tax-equivalent basis.
</FN>

<CAPTION>

                       Average Balance        Average Rate              Interest                         Variance due to
                      1996        1995      1996        1995      1996       1995     Total      Volume       Rate     Rate/Vol
                      ----        ----      ----        ----      ----       ----     -----      ------       ----     --------
(Dollars in
 Thousands)
<S>                 <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>         <C>

INTEREST EXPENSE
Savings/Now/MMDA     $ 78,253   $ 68,660     2.28%      2.42%     $  444    $  415     $  29     $  58        $(25)      $ (4)
CODs                   88,962     38,956     5.79%      4.45%      1,284       432       852       555         130        167
Short-term
 Borrowings             7,683     22,378     3.87%      5.54%         74       309      (235)     (203)        (93)        61    
Other Non-Interest
 Bearing Deposits      30,741     25,485     0          0              0         0         0         0           0          0
                     --------   --------    -----       -----     ------    ------    ------    ------       -----       ----  

Total                $205,639   $155,479     3.51%      2.98%     $1,802    $1,156     $ 646     $ 410       $  12      $ 224
                     ========   ========     =====      =====     ======    ======    ======    ======       =====      =====
                                                 

NET INTEREST
 INCOME                                                                           $2,589      $2,272
                                                                                  ======      ======

Interest Rate Spread                               4.82%           5.41%
                                                   =====           =====
</TABLE>

The bank manages its earning assets by fully using available  capital  resources
within what  management  believes are prudent  credit and  leverage  parameters.
Loans,  securities,  and  short-term  investments  comprise  the bank's  earning
assets.

                                       12

<PAGE>




Non Interest Income
                                     Three months ended March 31
                            --------------------------------------------
                                                              Percentage
                               1996      1995       Change      Change
                               ----      ----       ------     --------

Trust Income                $160,910   $146,187   $ 14,723      10.07%
Deposit service fees         154,369    128,558     25,811      20.07%
Other                         97,307     76,257     21,050      27.60%
                            --------   --------   --------      -----
  Total                     $412,586   $351,002     61,584      17.55%
                            ========   ========   ========      =====

Trust income  increased as a result of an increase in average trust assets under
management.

Deposit fees increased  approximately 20.07% in the three months ended March 31,
1996.  The 1996 growth was  primarily  the result of an increase in  transaction
deposit accounts, activity volume and increased fees.

Other income for the three months ended March 31, 1996,  was $97,307 an increase
of 27.60% from $76,257 in the three months ended March 31, 1995,  due  primarily
to an increase in gains on mortgage loans sold.

Gains on Sales of Securities

Gains from the sales of investment  securities  totalled $0 in the first quarter
of 1996 and 1995.



Non Interest Expenses
                                         Three months ended March 31
                              ------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Percentage
                                    1996       1995      Change        Change
                                    ----       ----      ------       --------

Salaries & employee benefits   $1,197,823   $1,081,951   $  115,872    10.71%
Occupancy expenses                330,669      242,976       87,693    36.09%
FDIC insurance expense              1,000       72,525      (71,525)  (98.62%)
Office & data processing
  supplies                         64,961       46,429       18,532    39.91%
Trust professional and
  custodial expenses               50,050       48,000        2,050     4.27%
Audit, legal and other
  professional fees                98,226      103,303       (5,077)   (4.91%)
Other operating expenses          505,481      323,326      182,155    56.34%
                               ----------   ----------   ----------    ------
  Total                        $2,248,210   $1,918,510   $  329,700    17.19%
                               ==========   ==========   ==========    ======

Compensation and benefits expense totalled  $1,197,823 in the three months ended
March 31, 1996,  compared  with  $1,081,951  in 1995, an increase of $115,872 or
10.71%.  This  increase was  primarily  the result of the granting of pay raises
effective  July 1, 1995,  accruals for an incentive  bonus plan,  an increase in
benefit expenses, and increased staff related to the two new branches.

                                       13

<PAGE>



Occupancy  expense  was  $330,669  in the three  months  ended  March 31,  1996,
compared with  $242,976 in 1995, an increase of $87,693 or 36.09%.  The increase
was primarily a result of the two new branches.

FDIC insurance  expense  decreased by $71,525 in 1996. The decrease was due to a
decrease in the bank's assessment rate.

Office and data processing  supplies expense  increased by $18,532 or 39.91%, in
the three months ended March 31, 1996, primarily due to the two new branches.

Trust professional and custodial expenses increased by $2,050 or 4.27% due to an
increase in trust assets.

Other operating  expenses  increased by $182,155 or 56.34%,  due to increases in
various items including loan workout expense, advertising and contributions, and
other operating expenses due to the two new branches.

Provision for Possible Loan Losses

The provision for possible loan losses  amounted to $0 in the three months ended
March 31, 1996 and 1995. The provision  reflects real estate values and economic
conditions in New England and in Greater  Lowell,  in  particular,  the level of
nonaccrual  loans,  levels of charge-offs and recoveries,  levels of outstanding
loans,  known  and  inherent  risks  in the  nature  of the loan  portfolio  and
management's  assessment  of current  risk.  It is a  significant  factor in the
bank's  operating  results.  The bank's  allowance  for possible loan losses was
$4,046,928  at March 31, 1996 (3.44% of loans net of deferred  loan  origination
fees).  See "Risk  Elements"  and  "Provision  and  Allowance  for Possible Loan
Losses" for further discussion.

                                       14

<PAGE>



    FINANCIAL CONDITION, INTEREST RATE RISK, LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Total assets were $239,762,842 at March 31, 1996,  compared with $180,332,384 at
March 31, 1995, an increase of approximately 33%. (The increase is primarily due
to investment  growth which has been funded primarily by the deposit growth from
the two new branches in Billerica and Leominster,  Massachusetts, and borrowings
from the Federal Home Loan Bank.

The following table shows selected balance sheet accounts at March 31:

                                                1996               1995
                                            ------------      -------------

Total assets                                $239,762,842       $180,322,384
Loans & loans held for sale, net             114,813,100        116,639,943
Investment securities                        105,832,180         49,185,192
Total deposits                               203,034,268        135,809,857
Short-term borrowings                         16,337,757         26,000,641

Interest Rate Risk

The bank manages its balance  sheet to maximize  its net  interest  margin while
minimizing  the impact on the margin of changes in the level of market  interest
rates.  Management of interest rate risk  involves  continual  monitoring of the
relative  interest  rate  sensitivity  of assets  and  liabilities.  The  bank's
asset/liability  strategy is to closely match the interest rate  sensitivity  of
its assets and  liabilities  to  moderate  the impact on  earnings  of  volatile
changes in market rates of interest.

Trends  that may  produce  differences  between  asset and  liability  repricing
sensitivities  or alter  earnings  expectations  are reviewed and strategies for
future periods are developed.

Liquidity

Liquidity is the ability to meet cash needs arising from  fluctuations in loans,
investments and deposits. Liquidity management is the coordination of activities
so that cash needs are  anticipated  and met easily and  efficiently.  Liquidity
policies are set and  monitored  by the bank's  investment  and  asset/liability
committee.  The bank's  liquidity is  maintained by  projecting  cash needs,  by
balancing  maturing  assets with  maturing  liabilities,  by the  monitoring  of
various  liquidity  ratios,  by monitoring  deposit  flows,  and by  maintaining
liquidity  within the  investment  portfolio.  The bank's  liability  management
objectives  are to maintain  liquidity,  provide and enhance access to a diverse
and stable source of funds, provide competitively priced and attractive products
to  customers,  conduct  funding  at a  low  cost  relative  to  current  market
conditions  and to engage in sound balance sheet  management  strategies.  Funds
gathered  are used to support  current  asset  levels and to take  advantage  of
selected  leverage  opportunities.  The bank funds earning assets with deposits,
short-term  borrowings and stockholders'  equity. All of the bank's deposits are
considered to be core deposits for the purpose of balance sheet management.  The
bank does not have any brokered deposits.

                                       15

<PAGE>



Investments

The investment portfolio is managed with the primary objective of maintaining an
appropriate  level of liquidity and  controlling  interest rate risk.  Beginning
December  31,  1993,  investment  securities  that are  intended  to be held for
indefinite  periods  of time,  but  which  may not be held to  maturity  or on a
long-term  basis,  are  considered to be "available for sale" and are carried at
market value. Net unrealized gains and losses,  net of applicable  income taxes,
are reflected in the bank's stockholders' equity. Included as available for sale
are securities that are purchased in connection with the bank's  asset/liability
risk management strategy and that may be sold in response to changes in interest
rates,  resultant  prepayment risk and other related factors. In instances where
the bank has the positive intent to hold to maturity, investment securities will
be classified as held for investment and carried at amortized cost. At March 31,
1996,  and  March  31,  1995,  all  of the  bank's  investment  securities  were
classified as available for sale and carried at market value. The net unrealized
losses at March 31, 1996, net of tax effects,  are shown as a separate component
of stockholders' equity.

The bank's  investment  securities  consist of treasury,  agency,  and municipal
securities and mortgage-backed and collateralized  mortgage  obligations (CMOs).
The  bank's  CMO  investments   primarily  consist  of  investments  in  planned
amortization  classes  (PACs).  The yield and maturity of such PAC CMOs are less
susceptible  to  change,  as  opposed  to non PAC  CMOs,  due to  increasing  or
decreasing market rates.

The bank  became a member of the  Federal  Home Loan Bank of Boston  ("FHLB") in
March  1994.  To obtain  loan  advances  from the FHLB,  the bank is required to
invest in certain amounts of FHLB stock per FHLB guidelines.  At March 31, 1996,
and March 31, 1995,  the bank owned  $2,961,300 of FHLB stock.  The bank's total
borrowing  capacity  from the FHLB was  approximately  $95,000,000  at March 31,
1996.

Capital Resources

Capital  planning by the bank  considers  current needs and  anticipated  future
growth. Other than the sale of common stock in 1988 and 1989, the primary source
of additional  capital has been  retention of earnings  since the bank commenced
operations.

The bank is subject to  capital  adequacy  guidelines.  New  risk-based  capital
guidelines  became effective in 1990 and were fully-phased in as of December 31,
1992. Under the fully phased-in guidelines, the minimum total risk-based capital
requirement  was raised to 8% of assets and  certain  off-balance  sheet  items,
weighted  by risk.  At least 4% of the  total 8% ratio  must  consist  of Tier 1
capital (primarily common equity including retained earnings), and the remainder
may  consist of  subordinated  debt,  cumulative  preferred  stock and a limited
amount of loan  loss  reserves.  Certain  assets  and  off-balance  sheet  items
considered to present less risk than others require  capital at less than the 8%
ratio.  For  example,  cash and  government  securities  are placed in a 0% risk
category,  while  most home  mortgage  loans are  placed in a 50% risk  category
requiring a 4% ratio,  and  commercial  loans are placed in a 100% risk category
requiring an 8% ratio. As of March 31, 1996, the bank's total risk-based capital
ratio was 16.90% and its Tier 1 capital ratio was 15.65%.

                                       16
<PAGE>


The bank is also  subject to minimum  leverage  ratio  guidelines.  The ratio is
determined  using Tier 1 risk-based  capital divided by quarterly  average total
assets,  less intangible assets and other adjustments.  The guidelines require a
minimum of 3% for the highest rated banks.  Banks experiencing high growth rates
are expected to maintain capital  positions well above minimum levels.  At March
31, 1996, the bank's leverage ratio was 9.81%.

It is not possible to predict  precisely what effect the new risk-based  capital
guidelines and the limitation on leverage will have on the bank in future years.
A relatively  large  percentage  of the bank's  assets are assigned to less than
100% risk categories, and the leverage limitations are not more restrictive than
previously applicable capital  requirements.  The bank does not presently expect
compliance with the risk-based capital or leverage guidelines to have a material
effect upon the business of the bank.

RISK ELEMENTS

The bank reviews,  on an ongoing  basis,  the credit  quality of its  investment
securities and the banks in which it invests  federal funds sold.  Federal funds
investments are typically made on an overnight basis.

A primary management objective is to maintain a high quality loan portfolio. The
bank's  strategy to achieve this objective is to acquire  quality assets through
competitive pricing and service rather than by lowering  underwriting  criteria.
Its  portfolio  strategy  seeks to  acquire  loans in  markets  with which it is
familiar.  As  such,  the  majority  of the  bank's  loan  portfolio  represents
extensions of credit to borrowers located in the Greater Lowell area.

The  strength  of the  bank's  commercial  portfolio  of loans is  substantially
dependent on the  borrower's  ability to repay the loan out of the cash flows of
the borrower's business and the assets underlying the borrower's business,  such
as account receivables, equipment, inventory and real property. As a result, the
availability  of funds for the repayment of the loans is typically  dependent on
the success of the business itself.  Further,  the collateral  securing the loan
may depreciate  over time,  may not be appraised  precisely and may fluctuate in
value based on the level of success of the business.

Provision and Allowance for Possible Loan Losses

Inherent to the lending process is the risk of loss. While the bank endeavors to
minimize this risk,  management  recognizes that loan losses will occur and that
the amount of these losses will fluctuate depending on the risk  characteristics
of the loan  portfolio  which in turn depends on current and  expected  economic
conditions,  the  financial  condition of borrowers,  and the credit  management
process.

The allowance  for possible loan losses is maintained  through the provision for
possible loan losses,  which is a charge to operating earnings.  The adequacy of
the provision and the resulting allowance for possible loan losses is determined
after a continuing review of the loan portfolio,  including  identification  and
review of individual  problem  situations that may affect the borrower's ability
to repay,  review of overall  portfolio  quality  through an analysis of current
charge-offs,  delinquency  and  non-performing  loan data,  review of regulatory
authority examinations and evaluations of loans, review of reports prepared by
an  independent  loan review firm which the bank has hired,  comparisons to peer

                                       17
<PAGE>


group ratios, an assessment of current and expected economic conditions,  trends
of charge offs and  recoveries and changes in the size and character of the loan
portfolio.  Thus,  the allowance  level reflects  identified  loss potential and
perceived risk in the portfolio.

The bank regularly  monitors the real estate market and the bank's asset quality
to determine  the adequacy of its  allowance  for possible  loan losses  through
ongoing credit reviews by members of senior management,  the overdue loan review
committee, the executive committee and the board of directors.

The bank  determines  the adequacy of its  allowance for possible loan losses by
assigning  loans  to  risk  categories  based  on  the  type  of  loan  and  its
classification.  Each  category is assessed for risk of loss based on historical
experience  and  management's  evaluation  of the loans making up the  category,
including the level of loans on nonaccrual  and other  factors,  such as general
economic  conditions.  The bank  adjusts its  analysis  periodically  to reflect
changes in historical loss experience and the economy.  The bank also determines
the adequacy of its  allowance  for possible  loan losses by  comparison to peer
group ratios. Otherwise, in conducting its analysis, the bank applies consistent
criteria to the facts and circumstances then existing as understood by the bank.
The provision for possible loan losses in the three months ended March 31, 1996,
of $-0- was primarily a reflection of an improved New England real estate market
and general economy, the net recoveries realized by the bank in 1994 and to date
in 1995 and reports prepared by an independent loan review firm showing improved
quality in the loan portfolio.  After  consideration  of the above factors,  the
ratio of the reserve to total loans outstanding was 3.44% at March 31, 1996, and
3.67% at March 31, 1995.  At March 31, 1996,  the  allowance  for possible  loan
losses represented 146% of non-accrual loans.

Based  on the  foregoing,  as  well as  management's  judgment  as to the  risks
inherent in the loan portfolio,  the bank's  allowance for possible loans losses
is deemed adequate to absorb all reasonably  anticipated  losses on specifically
known and other possible credit risks  associated with the portfolio as of March
31, 1996.

The  classification  of a  loan  or  other  asset  as  non-performing  does  not
necessarily  indicate  that  loan  principal  and  interest  will be  ultimately
uncollectible.  However,  management recognizes the greater risk characteristics
of these assets and therefore  considers  the  potential  risk of loss on assets
included in this  category in  evaluating  the  adequacy  of the  allowance  for
possible loan losses.

The loan portfolio,  particularly  the real estate portion,  could be negatively
impacted by  worsening  economic  conditions  as well as the real estate  market
throughout  the region.  As a result,  there is no  assurance  that the level of
nonaccrual  loans,  restructured  loans and real estate  acquired by foreclosure
will not increase.

                                       18

<PAGE>


Restructured Loans

A restructured  loan is one for which the bank has modified the terms to provide
a reduction in the rate of interest and, in most instances, an extension of time
for payments of principal or interest,  or both,  because of a deterioration  in
the  financial  position of the  borrowers.  Restructured  loans are  considered
performing  loans  unless  concern  exists  as to  the  ultimate  collection  of
principal  or  interest.   At  March  31,  1996,   restructured  loans  totalled
approximately $0.

Real Estate Acquired by Foreclosure

Real estate acquired by foreclosure is comprised of properties  acquired through
foreclosure  proceedings  or acceptance of a deed in lieu of  foreclosure.  Real
estate  formally  acquired in settlement  of loans is initially  recorded at the
lower  of the  carrying  value of the  loan or the  fair  value of the  property
constructively  or actually  received less estimated  selling costs. Loan losses
arising  from  the  acquisition  of such  properties  are  charged  against  the
allowance  for possible  loan  losses.  Operating  expenses  and any  subsequent
provisions  to reduce the  carrying  value to net fair value are charged to real
estate  operations in the current period.  Gains and losses upon disposition are
reflected in earnings as realized.

                                       19

<PAGE>



Loan Loss Experience/Non-performing Assets

The following  table  summarizes the activity in the allowance for possible loan
losses for the years indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                    Three months ended March 31
                                                                    ---------------------------
                                                                        1996            1995
                                                                     ----------      ---------
<S>                                                                <C>             <C>

Balance at beginning of year                                        $ 4,106,659     $ 4,341,204
                                                                    -----------     -----------

  Loans charged off:
    Commercial                                                            3,377            --
    Real Estate                                                          46,000            --
    Consumer                                                              8,143           1,918
    Credit Card                                                           5,447           1,033
                                                                    -----------     -----------
      Total                                                              62,967           2,951
  Recoveries on loans charged off                                        (3,236)       ( 18,150)
                                                                    -----------     -----------
  Net loans charged off/(recovered)                                      59,731         (15,199)
                                                                    -----------     -----------
  Provision charged to income                                               -0-             -0-
                                                                    -----------     -----------

Balance at March 31                                                 $ 4,046,928     $ 4,356,403
                                                                    ===========     ===========

Reserve to loans outstanding                                              3.44%          3.67%
                                                                    ===========     ===========
Annualized net charge-offs/(recoveries) to
average loans outstanding                                                 .20%           (.05%)
                                                                    ===========     ===========
<CAPTION>
The following table sets forth non-performing assets at March 31:

                                                                        1996          1995
                                                                    -----------   -----------
<S>                                                               <C>              <C>

Loans on nonaccrual:
  Commercial                                                        $   610,002     $   455,184
  Residential real estate                                               119,730         479,297
  Commercial real estate                                              1,502,244         722,297
  Construction                                                             --              --
  Consumer, including home equity                                       545,102           5,260
                                                                    -----------     -----------
    Total loans on nonaccrual                                         2,777,078       1,662,038

Real estate acquired by foreclosure                                     397,961         376,691
                                                                    -----------     -----------
   Total nonaccrual loans and real                                  $ 3,175,039     $ 2,038,729
                                                                    ===========     ===========
    estate acquired by foreclosure

Nonaccrual loans and real estate owned as
percentage of total assets                                                1.32%         1.13%
                                                                    ===========     ===========

Allowance for possible loan losses to
non accrual loans                                                          146%          262%
                                                                    ===========     ===========
</TABLE>

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

A bank's asset and liability  structure is substantially  different from that of
an industrial company in that virtually all assets and liabilities of a bank are
monetary in nature. Management believes the impact of inflation on financial
results  depends upon the bank's  ability to react to changes in interest  rates

                                       20
<PAGE>

and by such reaction reduce the  inflationary  impact on  performance.  Interest
rates do not necessarily  move in the same direction or at the same magnitude as
the prices of other goods and  services.  As  discussed  previously,  management
seeks  to  manage  the  relationship  between   interest-sensitive   assets  and
liabilities in order to protect against wide net interest  income  fluctuations,
including those resulting from inflation.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Accounting for Mortgage Servicing Rights

In May,  1994,  the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board issued SFAS No. 122,
"Accounting  for  Mortgage  Servicing   Rights",   which  amends  SFAS  No.  65,
"Accounting for Certain Mortgage Banking Activities". The Statement is effective
for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1995;  however,  early adoption is
permitted.  The Statement requires that a mortgage banking enterprise  recognize
as separate assets rights to service mortgage loans for others regardless of how
those servicing rights are acquired.  Additionally,  the Statement requires that
the capitalized  mortgage  servicing  rights be assessed for impairment based on
the fair value of those rights,  and that  impairment  be  recognized  through a
valuation  allowance.  The bank adopted this  Statement on January 1, 1996.  The
impact of adoption of the Statement to the bank will be dependent on residential
mortgage sale volumes.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

In October,  1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 123,
"Accounting for Stock Based Compensation",  which became effective on January 1,
1996.  This  Statement  establishes a fair value based method of accounting  for
stock-based  compensation plans under which compensation cost is measured at the
grant date based on the value of the award and is  recognized  over the  service
period. However, the Statement allows a bank to continue to measure compensation
cost for such plans under  Accounting  Principles  Board  (APB)  Opinion No. 25,
"Accounting  for  Stock  Issued to  Employees".  Under APB  Opinion  No.  25, no
compensation  cost is recorded if, at the grant date,  the exercise price of the
options is equal to the fair market value of the bank's common  stock.  The bank
has elected to continue  to follow the  accounting  in APB Opinion No. 25 and to
disclose  in the notes to the  financial  statements  pro forma net  income  and
earnings  per  share if the fair  value  based  method  of  accounting  has been
applied.

REGULATORY LEGISLATION

The  regulatory  environment  during 1995 continued to be marked by two distinct
emphases - the continuing  implementation  of provisions  enacted by the Federal
Deposit  Insurance  Corporation   Improvement  Act  of  1992  ("FDICIA")  and  a
continuing  focus on  consumer-oriented  initiatives.  FDICIA  has  proven to be
far-reaching and  regulation-intensive  leaving virtually no insured  depository
institution  unaffected.   The  regulatory  agencies  have  become  increasingly
concerned  with the adequacy of policies and  procedures,  information  systems,
management and their decision-making  process,  internal controls and regulatory
reporting.  At the same time, the consumer-oriented  initiatives outlined by the
Clinton  Administration  continue  to  garner  significant  attention.  The most
prominent of these initiatives  include (1) a revamping of existing  regulations
intended to encourage financial
  
                                       21
<PAGE>


institutions to increase credit availability,  (2) increased regulatory scrutiny
of Community Reinvestment Act performance,  and (3) proposed legislation to fund
special  purpose   institutions   known  as  Community   Development   Financial
institutions.

Significant FDICIA-related regulatory developments during the past several years
included (1) incorporation of interest rate risk,  concentration of credit risk,
and risk from  nontraditional  activities into the proposed  risk-based  capital
standards,  (2)  establishment of a permanent  risk-based  assessment system for
deposit  insurance,   (3)  promulgation  of  final  regulations  and  guidelines
applicable  to annual  audits and  reporting  requirements  with  respect to the
effectiveness of internal  controls over financial  reporting an compliance with
designated  laws and  regulations,  (4)  implementation  of uniform  real estate
lending  standards,   and  (5)  development  of  standards  to  limit  interbank
exposures.

The full  impact of  FDICIA  and the  various  Clinton  Administration  consumer
initiatives will not be known fully until the complete  enactment by the various
federal  agencies of the resulting  regulations for much of the new legislation.
It is  anticipated,  however,  that  FDICIA  and the  final  regulations  issued
thereunder will result in increased costs for the banking industry due to higher
costs of compliance and record keeping,  and more  limitations on the activities
of all but the most well capitalized banks.

On  September  29, 1994,  a new  interstate  banking bill was signed into law by
President Clinton.  The bill provides for full interstate  banking. In the event
the bill causes further  consolidation  by the larger banks,  the bank is of the
belief that it could create further market opportunities for community banks.

HOLDING COMPANY FORMATION

At the Annual Meeting of Stockholders  held on May 7, 1996,  stockholders of the
bank  approved  the  formation  of a holding  company for the bank.  The holding
company  will  acquire all of the issued and  outstanding  shares of bank common
stock in exchange for an equal  number of shares of company  common  stock.  The
Board of Directors of the bank believes that the holding company  structure will
better suit the  current and future  interests  of the bank's  stockholders  and
customers.  The establishment of a bank holding company will provide  additional
flexibility to respond to the changing and expanding needs of the bank's present
and  future  customers  for  financial  services  thereby  improving  the bank's
competitive position.  Moreover, it is expected that formation of a bank holding
company will  facilitate  expansion and entry into other  financial areas either
through the  creation of new  subsidiaries  or through  the  acquisition  of, or
affiliation  with,  other  companies,   including  banks.  The  holding  company
formation  will not be effective  until  approvals  have been  received from the
Federal  Reserve Bank, the  Massachusetts  Commissioner of Banks and until other
necessary approvals have been received.

                                       22

<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES


Pursuant to the  requirements  of the  Securities  and Exchange Act of 1934, the
registrant  has duly  caused  this  report  to be  signed  on its  behalf by the
undersigned thereunto duly authorized.


                        ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY


DATE: 5/14/96             /s/George L. Duncan
                          George L. Duncan
                          Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer
                          and Chief Investment Officer

DATE: 5/14/96             /s/John P. Clancy, Jr.
                          John P. Clancy, Jr.
                          Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer,
                          Treasurer, and Investment Manager

                                       23


                        ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
                                  ANNUAL REPORT

                                      1995


                               MAIN OFFICE, LOWELL
                                  [PHOTOGRAPH]



     [PHOTOGRAPH]                                       [PHOTOGRAPH]
     CHELMSFORD                                           BILLERICA


     [PHOTOGRAPH]                                       [PHOTOGRAPH]
    MORTGAGE CENTER                                      LEOMINSTER

                                A YEAR OF GROWTH




<PAGE>



ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY - BOARD OF DIRECTORS

[PHOTOGRAPH]

SEATED, LEFT TO RIGHT:

Assistant Clerk Michael A. Spinelli;  John P.  Harrington;  Kathleen M. Bradley;
President  and Chief  Operating  Officer  Richard  W. Main;  Chairman  and Chief
Executive Officer George L. Duncan; Vice Chairman and Clerk Arnold S. Lerner.

STANDING, LEFT TO RIGHT:

Executive Vice President  Walter L.  Armstrong;  Charles P. Sarantos;  Gerald G.
Bousquet,  M.D.; Eric W. Hanson;  Kenneth S. Ansin; James F. Conway, III; Philip
S. Nyman, Legal Counsel. 

Absent when photo was taken, Nancy L. Donahue.


<PAGE>
ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY


TABLE OF CONTENTS

   Message from the Chairman of the Board and the President           page  2

   Photographs                                                        page  9

FINANCIAL SECTION

  Selected Consolidated Financial Data                                page 13

  Financial Review                                                    page 15

  Management's Report                                                 page 29

  Independent Auditors' Report                                        page 30

  Consolidated Balance Sheets                                         page 31

  Consolidated Statements of Income                                   page 32

  Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity          page 33

  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows                               page 34

  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                          page 36

  Corporate Information                                               page 53

  List of Officers                                                    page 54

  List of Directors                                                   page 56

                                       
<PAGE>

ANNUAL MESSAGE

TO OUR STOCKHOLDERS:

1995 has been a year of unprecedented  growth and  accomplishment  for our bank.
Our  board  of  directors  and  management   team  took  advantage  of  business
opportunities   expanding  our  market   penetration  into  both  Billerica  and
Leominster.   After  careful  analysis,   we  felt  both  communities  presented
outstanding  potential for the future  expansion of our bank's customer base. It
is because of our strong earnings and our overall solid financial condition that
we are able to take such  actions.  Our  decision to open branch  offices in new
markets was made to further strengthen our ongoing commitment to build long-term
shareholder value.
                                   
FINANCIAL RESULTS

We are  pleased  to  report  net  income  for 1995 of  $1,766,236,  compared  to
$1,508,215  in 1994,  an increase of 17%.  The increase in earnings is primarily
attributable  to an increase in the bank's net interest income which is a result
of growth in the bank's assets.  This was somewhat offset by increased operating
expenses due to the start-up costs associated with the opening of the Leominster
and  Billerica  branches  late in the second  quarter of 1995. As stated in past
quarterly  messages,  new branches usually operate at a loss for a period of two
to three years. In light of our expansion,  we are pleased to continue to report
improved earnings. At December 31, 1995, assets,  deposits and loans,  including
mortgage  loans  held  for  sale,   totalled   $224,265,644,   $196,016,743  and
$117,662,212,   respectively,   compared  to   $171,163,412,   $133,878,633  and
$114,790,658,  respectively,  at December 31, 1994.  Assets,  deposits and loans
increased by 31%,  46%, and 3%,  respectively,  in 1995.  Both asset and deposit
growth  are  considerably  higher  than  banks  in our peer  group.  Our two new
branches made significant contributions in this regard.

OUR MARKET

The past year has been marked by rapid and unparalleled changes in the financial
services industry.  Furthermore,  mega-merger fever has swept Massachusetts with
extraordinary  force. The bank feels strongly that mergers such as Fleet-Shawmut
and  Bank  of  Boston-Baybank,   and  the  resulting  branch  closings,  present
tremendous  opportunities  for us. With the consolidation of the larger regional
banks,  the  contrast  to a  locally-owned  and managed  community  bank such as
Enterprise becomes much clearer in the customer's mind. Our target market, small
and  medium-sized  businesses,   professionals,   and  individuals,  has  become
increasingly aware of the need for personalized,  one-on-one  financial services
delivered by local banking  professionals.  Highly  competitive loan pricing and
aggressive  competition from those outside the commercial  banking area, such as
savings banks and credit unions, are two strategic challenges to community banks
in the future.  However,  we feel Enterprise Bank is poised to successfully meet
these  challenges  with the type of services  and  products  our bank is able to
provide.

                                       2

<PAGE>

ANNUAL MESSAGE

LENDING

During the past year, we added five  highly-skilled  and experienced  commercial
lenders  to assist us in our  diversified  commercial  lending  efforts:  Steven
Groccia,  Anthony Piermarini and Robert Gallo in Leominster,  David Nolan in our
Lowell office,  and Mary Jane Santos in Chelmsford.  Commercial lending activity
in 1995 was marked by the bank's increased  efforts in the SBA lending arena. In
1994,  Enterprise Bank earned "approved" SBA lender status and in mid-1995,  due
to the significant increase in our SBA loan portfolio,  the bank was upgraded to
"certified"  lender  status.  This  new  designation  gives  the  bank  distinct
advantages as the Small Business  Administration  guarantees  certified  lenders
three-day approval of all SBA loans submitted,  while non-certified  lenders may
have to wait several weeks for approval and then allow  additional time for loan
authorization.  In the highly competitive and time-sensitive  commercial lending
field,  this is a major benefit to offer our customers.  No other  locally-owned
community bank in Greater Lowell or Leominster has this prestigious designation.
On February 7, 1996, Senior Vice President Brian Bullock represented  Enterprise
Bank  at  State  House  ceremonies  where  State  Treasurer  Joseph  Malone,  in
conjunction  with  officials from the New England  Regional  Office of the Small
Business  Administration,  cited  Enterprise  Bank for its  commitment  to small
business.  Treasurer  Malone unveiled a special program whereby the Commonwealth
will deposit funds in banks which provide loans to small businesses  through SBA
programs. Enterprise Bank was one of two banks in eastern Massachusetts honored.
In recognition  of our efforts,  the State will open a certificate of deposit at
our bank to match the amount of the SBA loans made in fourth  quarter 1995,  and
will continue to make such deposits quarterly,  equal to the amount of SBA loans
granted.  Another  significant  factor  which we  anticipate  will  continue  to
increase  commercial  lending activity is our ongoing customer call and business
referralprograms.  Our lending team is making  impressive  inroads in attracting
new  commercial  customers to the bank. In cooperation  with senior  management,
mid-level and junior officers are spending  increased  amounts of time each week
"on the road" calling on new and existing  businesses and  aggressively  seeking
solid lending opportunities.

CHELMSFORD OFFICE

Our  Chelmsford  office,  which  opened  in June,  1993,  continues  to  attract
significant new commercial banking relationships. The Chelmsford office has been
warmly  received by the local  community,  and with its low  overhead has made a
significant  contribution to the bank's bottom line in a relatively short period
of time. In late 1995, the branch launched a targeted program to increase market
share.  We will continue to seek out new deposit and loan  opportunities  in the
Chelmsford-Westford area throughout 1996.

                                       3

<PAGE>

ANNUAL MESSAGE

LEOMINSTER OFFICE

Our Leominster  office has proven to be an excellent  strategic  opportunity for
the bank.  Opened in a temporary  location in May, the bank moved into its newly
constructed full-service financial services center in mid-September.  Staffed by
a  highly-skilled  team of local  banking  professionals,  our bank has filled a
tremendous  niche  in  the  marketplace.  The  Leominster  area  also  has  been
dramatically  affected by mega-merger  fever.  In the past year,  numerous banks
have been  acquired  or merged  creating  a real need in the  market  for a true
community bank. With its exemplary personal service and competitive  pricing and
products, the bank proved to be a welcome addition to the community. Business in
Leominster  exceeded original  projections and we are pleased to report that the
Leominster  office reached over $32 million in deposits by year end. In a recent
business survey  conducted by an outside market  research firm,  Enterprise Bank
was cited as the leading choice of Leominster  businesses as a local  commercial
bank.  Kenneth Ansin,  President of L.B. Evans,  Inc. and a member of the bank's
board of directors, has been an invaluable asset to us in Leominster. A talented
businessman and community leader,  Ken was born and raised in Leominster and has
strong ties to the  region.  The bank has greatly  benefited  from Ken's  active
participation in the establishment of our Leominster office.

BILLERICA OFFICE

Three weeks after the opening of our Leominster  office,  senior  management and
the board of directors again gathered to launch the opening of our new Billerica
branch  located at 674 Boston Road.  Assistant Vice  President  Sandi Wilson,  a
well-known  banking  professional,  moved from her position as branch manager of
our  Chelmsford  office to assume a similar role in Billerica.  Sandi and Senior
Vice President Brian Bullock,  a Billerica  native,  have a combined total of 36
years of banking experience in the Billerica marketplace. An aggressive customer
call  effort is ongoing  and in light of  numerous  bank  mergers,  we are again
finding a very receptive  audience to the concept of a locally-owned and managed
community bank. The business  development  efforts in Billerica are also running
ahead of projections and the Billerica  office has exceeded the pace set when we
opened our first branch in Chelmsford.

MORTGAGE CENTER

Under the direction of Senior Vice President Diane J. Silva, our mortgage center
located  at 27 Palmer  Street,  Lowell,  continues  to offer a wide  variety  of
mortgage products, both residential and commercial, as well as home equity lines
of credit.  In 1995, we focused our efforts on serving the growing needs of area
contractors  and small  businesses.  The action proved  successful as we are now
recognized as one of the leading construction lenders in our area.

                                       4

<PAGE>

ANNUAL MESSAGE

TRUST DIVISION

Assets under  management in our trust  division  increased by 10% in 1995.  Many
trust  customers have come to appreciate  the personal  service and attention to
detail we provide,  and over time have  expanded  their  business.  As a result,
significant  loan and  deposit  accounts  have been  referred  to the retail and
commercial side of our bank. In a Massachusetts Bankers Association  publication
dated December 1994, (the most recent statistics available to date),  Enterprise
Bank's trust division was listed as the  twenty-fifth  largest in the state,  an
increase  over its previous  ranking.  This is a significant  achievement  for a
trust division that is less than four years in operation.

TECHNOLOGY

Technology is a major challenge, as well as a tremendous opportunity to increase
capability,  efficiency and market share.  During 1995, our information  systems
department successfully brought two new branch offices online, and implemented a
Telebanc system, 1-800-464-BANK, which is widely used by our existing customers,
and a strategic marketing tool for potential new customers. We anticipate adding
several  technological  enhancements  in 1996--such as check  imaging,  PC-based
banking for corporate financial  management and further upgrades to our Telebanc
system.

COMMUNITY REINVESTMENT ACTIVITIES

Community Reinvestment Activity,  "CRA", is a major focal point at our bank. Our
directors,  officers and  employees  are driving  forces  behind a wide range of
civic,  educational and social service endeavors in the communities we serve. We
are proud of the role  Enterprise  Bankers play in activities  that cross a wide
spectrum  of  community   interests  and  concerns:   education,   homelessness,
low-income  housing,  youth programs and theatre, to cite several. In the spring
of 1995, the bank established a special award "The Enterprise  Way/CRA Award" to
be given  several  times  annually  to  outstanding  participants  in the bank's
overall  CRA  effort  (p.11  ).   Recognition  is  determined  by  one's  peers,
acknowledging  outstanding efforts to build a strong community while maintaining
high standards of excellence in one's  professional  work. The bank continues to
earn outstanding  ratings from both the  Commonwealth of  Massachusetts  and the
FDIC for our CRA efforts.

                                       5

<PAGE>

ANNUAL MESSAGE

RECOGNITIONS

Throughout  1995,  the bank  received  numerous  awards  and  commendations  for
exceptional  service and responsiveness to the needs of our customers.  In early
spring,  the bank was  presented  the "Blue Chip  Enterprise  Initiative  Award"
recognizing  Enterprise Bank as the #1 small business in  Massachusetts  for our
ability  to meet the  challenges  of our  marketplace.  This  award for  service
innovation and excellence was given by the U.S. Chamber of Commerce, Connecticut
Mutual, and Nation's Business magazine. Entrepreneur magazine (April 1995) named
Enterprise  Bank the #1 bank in  Massachusetts  "most likely to give you a small
business loan" and later (June 1995) the same publication  cited our bank as the
only bank in Massachusetts  amidst the top 100 microfriendly  lenders throughout
the country. In addition, in July 1995, the Boston Herald listed Enterprise Bank
as one of the top  three  SBA  LOWDOC  lenders  in  Massachusetts--and  the only
community  bank  so  designated.  Recognition,  as  listed  above,  is a  public
affirmation  of our  continuous  commitment  to  service  the needs of small and
medium-sized businesses,  professionals and individuals in our marketplace. Each
quarter  throughout 1995, the bank maintained the highest ratings for safety and
soundness from various  nationwide bank rating  services  (September 30, 1995 is
the most current  quarterly  data  evaluated):  a  "Five-Star  Award" from Bauer
Financial Services, Inc. and a "Blue Ribbon" designation from Veribanc, Inc.

ECONOMY

On a national  level,  the economy,  during the past year though growing slowly,
has been marked by  uncertainty.  The budget  impasse in Washington is cause for
concern. However, the Massachusetts economy continues its pattern of slow growth
with  several  bright  spots  in  the  high-tech  and  service  industries,  key
components  of our  local  economy.  The  unemployment  rate in  Greater  Lowell
(seasonally  adjusted jobless rate) dropped in 1995, nearly one full point below
1994  levels.On a local level,  positive  signs of economic  revitalization  are
evident:  occupancy  rates and job  growth at the Cross  Point  Tower in Lowell;
progress  on the Arena  project in  downtown;  the  upcoming  opening of the Bon
Marche  complex  soon  to  bring  up to 300  jobs  to  the  downtown  area;  the
establishment  of minor league  baseball and hockey  franchises in the city; the
American Textile Museum's scheduled  opening;  the high-tech influx in Billerica
and the dramatic  increase in small  business  start-ups in  Leominster  are all
extremely  encouraging.  One key economic  component  which affects both Greater
Lowell and Leominster,  Fort Devens,  is making positive  strides to re-engineer
itself from a  military-dependent  economy to one  attractive to private  sector
development.  We feel the rebirth of Fort  Devens,  with the  recentdecision  of
Gillette  Company to locate a facility there,  will contribute in a positive way
to both the local economies in Greater Lowell and Leominster.


                                       6
<PAGE>

ANNUAL MESSAGE

HOLDING COMPANY

On February 20, 1996, at the monthly  meeting of our board of directors,  it was
unanimously  voted to establish a bank holding  company,  to be named Enterprise
Bancorp,  Inc. Enterprise Bank and Trust Company will then become a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Enterprise  Bancorp,  Inc. It is very common for banks of our size
to form a holding  company  at this  stage in their  business  cycle.  There are
numerous  solid  business  reasons as to why this  action is being  taken by our
board at this time.  (Several  reasons are listed below with an indepth analysis
discussed  in the proxy  statement  which  accompanies  this  annual  report.) A
holding company  structure  provides  greater  flexibility as we meet the future
financial  needs of our  growing  customer  base.  Secondly,  a holding  company
provides us the opportunity to offer new and additional  financial  products and
services which the bank does not currently  offer -- products and services which
will allow us to compete more  effectively  with the larger  regional  banks and
other financial  service  providers.  Furthermore,  as the bank looks to further
expand into new markets,  a holding  company will give us the flexibility to set
up  autonomous  local  community  banks  which can retain  their own  directors,
officers and individual identity.  In addition,  the holding company can acquire
other  banks as well as  companies  engaged in  bank-related  activities.  Via a
holding  company,  the bank will also benefit from improved  economies of scale,
and  expanded  managerial  financial  resources  thereby  providing  us  a  more
cost-effective  manner of doing  business.  We are excited about the  tremendous
potential a holding  company  will bring to the bank and feel  strongly  that it
will increase long-term stockholder value.

DIVIDEND

In July of  1995,  the  fourth  consecutive  annual  dividend  was  paid  out to
stockholders  at the rate of 27.5  cents  per  share,  a 10%  increase  over the
dividend paid in July,  1994. This dividend  represents 29% of 1994's net income
and exceeds  the  average  dividend  payout  percentage  of 23% for banks in our
national peer group.  Scheduled  for May 7, 1996, at 4:00 P.M.,  our 1996 annual
meeting will be held at the Sheraton Inn Riverfront,  58 Warren Street,  Lowell.
We encourage as many stockholders as possible to attend.


                                       7
<PAGE>

ANNUAL MESSAGE

SUMMARY

1995 was  indeed a year of  tremendous  growth.  It was  also a year  marked  by
exciting  challenges and opportunities.  We feel more secure than ever about our
position  in  the  marketplace.  We  know  that  a  locally  owned  and  managed
full-service  community bank can  effectively  compete - and thrive - in today's
extremely  competitive banking environment.  We are confident that your decision
to become an Enterprise  Bank  stockholder  was a wise one and that the value of
your investment will continue to grow in the years ahead.



George L. Duncan                        Richard W. Main
Chairman/Chief Executive Officer/       President/Chief Operating Officer/
Chief Investment Officer                Chief Lending Officer



                    [PHOTOGRAPH OF MR. DUNCAN AND MR. MAIN]

                                       8
<PAGE>


COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Much of work of the  Board of  Directors  is done in  committee.  There are nine
committees  which meet throughout the year. Each director has several  committee
assignments.

[PHOTOGRAPH]       SEVERAL MEMBERS OF THE MARKETING COMMITTEE:
                   LEFT TO RIGHT:

                   Nancy L. Donahue, Chair; Arnold S. Lerner;
                   Mary Ellen Fitzpatrick, Vice President/Business Development;
                   Standing: Dale A. Marcy, Marketing Officer


SEVERAL MEMBERS OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE:                     [PHOTOGRAPH]
LEFT TO RIGHT:

Michael A. Spinelli, Chair; Eric W. Hanson, Vice Chair;
Standing: Lisa M. Freeze, Auditor; and John P. Harrington


                                       9
<PAGE>


RECENT PROMOTIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

[PHOTOGRAPH]                                                   [PHOTOGRAPH]
<S>                                                           <C>

Jerome J. Bonnabeau                                            Dale A. Marcy
Assistant Vice President/Commercial                            Marketing Officer
Lending Officer                                                Nine years banking experience
Six years banking experience
                                                               Dale began her association with Enterprise Bank
A member of our commercial lending team,                       in 1988-1989 while working as an independent
Jerry is an active participant in the bank's                   marketing consultant.  From 1990-1993, Dale
overall business development effort.  Jerry                    worked as the director of marketing for the
has served as the Lowell coordinator of the                    Merrimack Repertory Theatre in Lowell.  After
bank's SBA/LOWDOC loan campaign and                            joining Enterprise Bank early in 1994, Dale served
manages a constantly growing commercial                        as director of marketing services at our Mortgage
loan portfolio.  Early in 1996, Jerry moved                    Center and later assumed marketing responsibility
from the main office to assume commercial                      for our new Leominster office.  She now will
lending responsibilities in our Billerica office.              concentrate her marketing efforts bankwide.
A cum laude graduate of New York University
at Albany,  (B.A. in Business and
Communications),  Jerry is presently pursuing
a M.B.A. at Babson College.
</TABLE>

                                       10
<PAGE>

COMMITMENT TO COMMUNITY

THE ENTERPRISE WAY CRA

Four  Enterprise  Bank employees  were honored  during 1995 for their  dedicated
investment  of time and  energy  to  community  reinvestment  activities.  These
employees  were  selected  by a group of their  peers  in  recognition  of their
exemplary service. 

Sandi,  Janice, Mary Jane and Darlene are outstanding  examples of the spirit of
enterprise at work,  helping to build a stronger  community while  maintaining a
high standard of excellence in their professional work.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

[PHOTOGRAPH]                            [PHOTOGRAPH]                            [PHOTOGRAPH]
<S>                                    <C>                                     <C>

In February, the Enterprise family      In June, the Enterprise family          In November, the Enterprise
honored Sandi Wilson, manager           honored Mary Jane Coneeny, the          family was proud to honor Janice
of the bank's Billerica Branch, for     bank's switchboard operator, and        Villanucci.  Senior Vice President
outstanding Community                   Darlene Hagan, the bank's               and Manager of Customer
Reinvestment Activities (CRA).          assistant operations manager, for       Support Services, for her
Sandi's community outreach has          their outstanding Community             outstanding Community
benefited numerous                      Reinvestment Activities (CRA).          Reinvestment Activities (CRA).
organizations including the             Committing time and unfailing           Janice was honored for her long-
Chelmsford Public Library, The          energy, Mary Jane and Darlene           standing commitment to the Paul
Chelmsford Business                     recruited a team for the 25th           Center for Learning and
Association, YWCA, Big                  Annual March of Dimes Walk for          Recreation, Inc. (formerly known
Brother/Big Sister, the Salvation       Healthy Babies held April 30 in         as Camp Paul), a school for
Army, the Merrimack Repertory           Lowell.  Through their enthusiasm       exceptional children in
Theatre and many other non-             and persistence, 41 Enterprise          Chelmsford.  Jancie also serves
profit activities.                      walkers were enlisted, and over         as an on-site supervisor for
                                        $3,300 in sponsorship money             Merrimack Valley Goodwill
                                        was raised in supports of this          Industries.
                                        important endeavor.

</TABLE>

                                       11

<PAGE>

                       ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

                               FINANCIAL SECTION

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA



                                                       At or for the years ended December 31,
                                           ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             1995           1994          1993           1992         1991
                                             ----           ----          ----           ----         ----
<S>                                       <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>    

EARNINGS DATA
Net interest income                        $9,458,097    $8,154,324    $7,237,615    $7,136,807    $5,908,101
Provision for possible loan losses               --            --       1,030,000     2,350,000     2,080,000
                                           ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------
Net interest income after  provision for
possible loan  losses
                                            9,458,097     8,154,324     6,207,615     4,786,807     3,838,101
Non-interest income                         1,640,842     1,380,518     1,132,184       630,041       340,856
Net gains on sales of investment
  securities                                     --          47,927       469,712       661,115       587,705
Non-interest expense                        8,247,825     7,250,740     6,310,878     4,706,533     3,962,711
                                           ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------
Income before income taxes and
  cumulative effect of change
  in accounting principle                   2,851,114     2,332,029     1,498,633     1,371,430       793,951
Income tax expense                          1,084,878       823,814       472,193       466,409       278,750
                                           ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------
Income before cumulative effect  of
  change in accounting principle            1,766,236     1,508,215     1,026,440       905,021       515,201
Cumulative effect of change in method
  of accounting for income taxes
                                                 --            --         460,000          --            --
                                           ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------
Net income                                 $1,766,236    $1,508,215    $1,486,440    $  905,021    $  515,201
                                           ==========    ==========    ==========    ==========    ==========
Percentage increase in net income
  before cumulative effect of change
  in accounting principle                          17%           47%           13%           76%           71%
                                           ==========    ==========    ==========    ==========    ==========
Percentage increase in net income                  17%            1%           64%           76%           71%
                                           ==========    ==========    ==========    ==========    ==========

COMMON SHARE DATA
Income before cumulative effect of
 change in accounting principle            $     1.12    $      .96    $      .65    $      .57    $      .33
Cumulative effect of change in
  method of accounting for
  income taxes                                   --            --             .29          --            --
                                           ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------
Net income                                 $     1.12    $      .96    $      .94    $      .57    $      .33
                                           ==========    ==========    ==========    ==========    ==========
Dividends paid                             $     .275    $      .25    $      .20    $      .10    $     --
                                           ==========    ==========    ==========    ==========    ==========
Book value at year-end                     $    12.03    $    10.07    $    10.75    $     9.64    $     9.17
                                           ==========    ==========    ==========    ==========    ==========
Book value at year-end exclusive
  of net unrealized gains (losses)
  on investment securities                 $    11.94    $    11.09    $    10.38    $     9.64    $     9.17
                                           ==========    ==========    ==========    ==========    ==========
Average shares outstanding                  1,575,109     1,547,792     1,574,792     1,574,792     1,574,792

</TABLE>
                                       13

<PAGE>

                                                                 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA continued


                                                         At or for the years ended December 31,
                                                         --------------------------------------
                                               1995            1994             1993           1992             1991
                                               ----            ----             ----           ----             ----
<S>                                       <C>             <C>            <C>              <C>            <C>   

BALANCE SHEET AND OTHER DATA AT
YEAR-END
Total assets                               $224,265,644    $171,163,412    $146,320,093    $142,982,260    $149,466,589
Loans held for sale                           1,855,340       1,718,962       3,696,715         154,400          78,000
Loans, net of allowance for possible
  loan losses                               111,700,213     108,730,492      81,201,433      83,497,131      80,507,388
Allowance for possible loan losses            4,106,659       4,341,204       4,132,507       4,209,280       2,914,726
Investment securities at market value        78,812,489      45,739,633      46,459,309      37,365,171      54,155,865
Deposits                                    196,016,743     133,878,633     121,067,523     123,329,203     126,981,087
Short-term borrowings                         6,981,783      19,619,030       7,225,705       3,579,840       6,918,202
Total stockholders' equity                   18,965,714      15,860,925      16,927,239      15,182,175      14,434,633
Mortgage loans serviced for others           32,013,054      28,431,684      13,824,387            --              --
Trust assets under management               106,342,490      92,296,187      95,597,247      77,148,489            --
Total assets, trust assets under
  management and mortgage
  loans serviced for others                $362,621,188    $295,891,283    $255,741,727    $220,130,749    $149,466,589

RATIOS
Income before cumulative effect of
   change in accounting principle to:
   Average total assets                             .92%            .98%            .72%            .63%            .36%
   Average total stockholders' equity              9.71%           8.92%           6.41%           6.10%           3.64%

Net income to:
   Average total assets                             .92%            .98%           1.04%            .63%            .36%
   Average total stockholders' equity              9.71%           8.92%           9.28%           6.10%           3.64%

Net interest spread on a tax
   equivalent basis                                5.11%           5.66%           5.35%           5.03%           3.89%
Allowance for possible loan
   losses to loans                                 3.55%           3.84%           4.84%           4.80%           3.49%

Stockholders' equity to assets                     8.46%           9.27%          11.57%          10.62%           9.66%

Stockholders' equity to assets exclusive
   of the effect of net unrealized
   gain (loss) on investment securities            8.40%          10.11%          11.22%          10.62%           9.66%

</TABLE>

                                       14
 
<PAGE>



FINANCIAL REVIEW

GENERAL

Enterprise  Bank and Trust Company  commenced  banking  operations on January 3,
1989.   

The bank's main office is at 222 Merrimack Street in Lowell, Massachusetts.  The
bank began  offering  trust services in June of 1992. A branch office was opened
in  Chelmsford,  Massachusetts  in June of 1993.  A branch  office was opened in
Leominster,  Massachusetts  in May of 1995 and a branch  office  was  opened  in
Billerica,  Massachusetts  in June of 1995.  The  bank's  deposit-gathering  and
lending  activities  are  conducted  primarily  in the  city of  Lowell  and the
Massachusetts towns of Billerica,  Chelmsford,  Dracut, Tewksbury, Tyngsboro and
Westford and the cities of Leominster and Fitchburg.  The bank offers a range of
commercial  and  consumer  services  with a goal  of  satisfying  the  needs  of
consumers, small- and medium-sized businesses and professionals.

The  bank's  deposit  accounts  are  insured by the Bank  Insurance  Fund of the
Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  (the "FDIC") up to the maximum  amount
provided  by law.  The FDIC and the  Massachusetts  Commissioner  of Banks  (the
"Commissioner") have regulatory authority over the bank.

The bank's  outstanding  securities consist of 1,575,892 shares of common stock,
$1.00 par value per share. The common stock is not listed on any exchange. There
has been a limited  private  trading  market in the common  stock since the bank
commenced  operations.  The bank had an initial stock  offering in 1988 and sold
1,026,015  shares of common stock at a price of $10.00 per share.  Additionally,
the bank sold  446,175  shares of  common  stock at a price of $11.00  per share
between June, 1989 and November,  1989.  Options for 1,100 shares were exercised
in 1995 at a price of $11.00 per share.

At the April 1992 meeting of the board of directors,  the first annual  dividend
of $.10 per share was declared  and the  dividend was paid July 1, 1992.  At the
April 1993 meeting of the board of  directors,  a dividend of $.20 per share was
declared  and was paid July 1, 1993.  At the April 1994  meeting of the board of
directors,  a dividend of $.25 per share was declared and was paid July 1, 1994.
At the April 1995  meeting of the board of  directors,  a dividend  of $.275 per
share was  declared and was paid July 1, 1995.  The payment of future  dividends
will be considered on an annual basis by the board of directors.

The bank's officers and directors have substantial business and personal ties in
the cities and towns in which the bank  operates.  The bank believes that it has
established a market niche by providing its customers,  particularly  consumers,
smaller  and  privately  held  businesses  and  professionals,  with  prompt and
personal  service based on management's  familiarity and  understanding  of such
customers' banking needs. The bank's past and continuing  emphasis is to provide
responsive personal and professional service. As a full-service commercial bank,
the bank offers  business  checking  accounts,  NOW checking  accounts,  savings
accounts, money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial,  consumer,
and commercial and residential real estate loans,  specialized  deposit services
such as IRA product  offerings and other packaged  accounts,  trust services and
various  additional  services such as traveler's checks and treasurer's  checks.
The bank also  participates in an automatic  teller machine ("ATM") network with
deposit-gathering  capabilities. In addition, the bank offers safe deposit boxes
and other types of cash management services.

                                       15

<PAGE>



FINANCIAL REVIEW CONTINUED

EARNINGS OVERVIEW

The bank's  results of  operations  depend  primarily on the bank's net interest
income,  the  difference  between  income  earned  on its  loan  and  investment
portfolios  and the interest  paid on its deposits and borrowed  funds,  and the
size of the bank's  provision for possible loan losses.  Net interest  income is
primarily  affected  in the  short-term  by the  level of  earning  assets  as a
percentage   of   total   assets,    the   level   of    interest-bearing    and
non-interest-bearing  deposits,  the loan to  deposit  ratio,  yields  earned on
assets, rates paid on liabilities, the level of non-accrual loans and changes in
interest rates. The provision for possible loan losses is primarily  affected by
individual problem loan situations, overall loan portfolio quality, the level of
charge-offs,  regulatory  examinations,  an  assessment  of current and expected
economic  conditions,  and  changes  in the  character  and  size  of  the  loan
portfolio.  Earnings are also affected by  non-interest  income,  which consists
primarily of deposit account fees,  trust fees, and gains and losses on sales of
securities, and the level of non-interest expense and income taxes. 

The bank had net income of $1,766,236, $1,508,215 and $1,026,440 (exclusive of a
nonrecurring  $460,000  benefit from a change in accounting  principle) in 1995,
1994 and 1993, respectively. The 17% increase in earnings in 1995 as compared to
1994 was attributable primarily to an increase in the bank's net interest income
which was offset  somewhat by an increase in non-interest  expenses  principally
due to the opening of two branches in the second  quarter of 1995. The increased
net interest income was attributable primarily to asset growth.

The bank's residential  mortgage  operations in 1994 and the first six months of
1995 were impacted  negatively  by interest  rates and  competition.  Due to the
steep and rapid  increase in interest rates in 1994,  residential  mortgage loan
originations  across the country declined sharply from prior years. As a result,
the  competition  for  residential  mortgages  increased  resulting in decreased
volume and reduced profit margins. The mortgage center,  beginning in the second
quarter of 1995,  refocused  its business  away from  originating  mortgages for
resale    into   the    secondary    market   to    originating    construction,
construction-to-permanent and commercial mortgages.

The following  discussion  and analysis of the bank's  results of operations for
the last three years and its financial condition at the end of 1995 and 1994 are
broken down into the  following  five major  sections:  1) Results of Operations
Summary;  2) Financial  Condition,  Interest  Rate Risk,  Liquidity  and Capital
Resources;  3)  Risk  Elements;  4)  Recent  Accounting  Pronouncements;  and 5)
Regulatory  Legislation.  In order to  understand  this  section in context,  it
should be read in conjunction with the bank's consolidated financial statements.


                                       16

<PAGE>


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS SUMMARY

The following  table  highlights  significant  changes which affected the bank's
results of operation during the years 1993-1995:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                Years Ended December 31,
                                                                                ------------------------
                                                                      1995               1994                   1993
                                                                      ----               ----                   ----
<S>                                                            <C>                  <C>                    <C>

Average assets                                                  $191,560,510         $154,231,774           $143,439,361
Average deposits and short-term borrowings                       171,576,406          136,039,592            126,437,878
Average loans and loans held for sale                            118,247,624           98,033,000             86,636,114
Average loans and loans held for sale to
   average deposit and short-term
   borrowings ratio                                                    68.92%               72.06%                 68.52%
Non-interest expense to average assets                                  4.31%                4.70%                  4.40%
Non-interest income, exclusive of securities
   gains to average assets                                               .86%                 .90%                   .79%
Average rate earned on interest-earning assets
   on a tax equivalent basis                                            8.41%                7.84%                  7.60%
Average rate paid on deposits and short-term
   borrowings                                                           3.30%                2.18%                  2.25%
Net interest rate spread on a tax equivalent basis                      5.11%                5.66%                  5.35%
Net interest income                                               $9,458,097           $8,154,324             $7,237,615
Net gain on sales of investment securities                                 -               47,927                469,712
Provision for possible loan losses                                         -                    -              1,030,000
Income tax expense                                                 1,084,878              823,814                472,193
</TABLE>



NET INTEREST INCOME

Net interest  income,  the  difference  between income on earning assets and the
cost of funds,  is the primary source of income to the bank. The primary factors
to consider in analyzing net interest  income are the  composition and volume of
earning    assets   and    interest-bearing    liabilities,    the   amount   of
non-interest-bearing  liabilities  and  changes in market  interest  rates.  The
bank's net interest  income increase in 1995 was due primarily to an increase in
assets. Much of this increase was funded by relatively high rate certificates of
deposit from the two new branches.  As a result, the tax equivalent net interest
rate spread decreased to 5.11% in 1995,  compared to 5.66% in 1994, and 5.35% in
1993. It is expected that due to increasing  competition for loans and due to an
anticipated  lower loan to average  deposits and short-term  borrowings ratio in
1996  versus  1995 that the bank will have a lower net  interest  rate spread in
1996 as compared to 1995.

The following  table sets forth average assets,  liabilities  and  stockholders'
equity, interest income and interest expense,  average yields and rates, and the
net interest  margin for the years ended  December 31, 1995,  1994 and 1993. All
average interest rates are presented on a tax equivalent basis.

                                       17

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                                           AVERAGE BALANCES, INTEREST AND AVERAGE INTEREST RATES

                                                   1995                         1994                            1993
                                       --------------------------- ------------------------------   ------------------------------
                                                          Average                        Average                           Average
                                        Average           Interest  Average              Interest     Average              Interest
                                        Balance Interest  Rate (4)  Balance  Interest    Rate (4)     Balance  Interest    Rate (4)
                                        ------- --------  -------   -------  --------    --------     -------  --------    --------
(In Thousands)
<S>                                   <C>       <C>         <C>   <C>       <C>          <C>      <C>         <C>           <C>
Assets:
  Loans and loans held for sale(1) (2) $118,248  $11,292     9.55%  $98,033  $8,451        8.62%   $ 86,636   $ 7,240        8.36%
  Investment securities (4)              55,140    3,325     6.43    45,774   2,631        6.28      43,215     2,688        6.67
  Federal funds sold                      8,918      503     5.64     1,126      42        3.73       5,314       157        2.95
                                       --------  -------           --------  ------                --------    ------ 
    Total interest earning assets       182,306   15,120     8.41%  144,933  11,124        7.84%    135,165    10,085        7.60%
                                                 -------                     ------                            ------ 
  Other assets (3)                        9,255                       9.299                           8,274
                                       --------                    --------                        --------           
    Total assets                       $191,561                    $154,232                        $143,439
                                       ========                    ========                        ========
Liabilities and stockholders' equity:
  Non-interest bearing deposits         $28,215       --             24,126      --                  19,475        --
  Savings, NOW and money market          70,332    1,704     2.42%   68,708   1,426        2.08%     63,851     1,349        2.11%
  Certificate of deposit                 56,904    3,111     5.47    33,161   1,171        3.53      37,317     1,369        3.67
  Short-term borrowings                  16,125      847     5.25    10,045     373        3.71       5,795       129        2.23
                                       --------  -------           --------  ------                --------    ------ 
    Total deposits and borrowings       171,576    5,662     3.30%  136,040   2,970        2.18%    126,438     2,847        2.25%
                                       --------  -------           --------  ------                --------    ------
  Other liabilities                       1,792                       1,293                             979
                                       --------                    --------                        --------          
    Total liabilities                   173,368                     137,333                         127,417
Stockholders' equity                     18,193                      16,899                          16,022
                                       --------                    --------                        --------
    Total liabilities and stock-
    holder's equity                    $191,561                    $154,232                        $143,439
                                       ========                    ========                        ========

Net interest rate spread                                     5.11%                        5.66%                             5.35%
Net interest income                               $9,458                     $8,154                            $7,238
                                                 -------                     ------                            ------
Net yield on average earning assets                          5.31%                        5.76%                             5.50%

<FN>
(1)  Average loans include nonaccrual loans.

(2)  Average loans are net of average deferred loan fees.

(3)  Other assets include cash and due from banks,  accrued interest receivable, allowance for possible loan losses,  real estate  
     acquired by  foreclosure, deferred income taxes and other miscellaneous assets.

(4)  Average  balances  are  presented  at average  amortized  cost and  average interest rates are presented on a 
     tax-equivalent basis.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                       18
<PAGE>



RESULTS OF OPERATIONS SUMMARY CONTINUED

The following  table reflects the changes in net interest  income  stemming from
changes in interest rates and from asset and liability volume.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                    Changes due to                                   Changes due to
                                 1995               --------------                  1994             --------------
                               Increase                             Rate/         Increase                           Rate/
                              (Decrease)     Volume      Rate      Volume        (Decrease)    Volume    Rate        Volume
                              ----------    --------    ------    --------       ----------   --------  ------      ------- 
(Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                             <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>             <C>       <C>       <C>          <C>

Interest income:
  Loans and loans held
    for sale                     $2,841       $1,743      $911       $187           $1,211      $952     $229          $30
Investment securities               694          589        66         39              (57)      171     (165)         (63)
Federal funds sold                  461          291        22        148             (115)     (124)      41          (32)
                                 ------       ------      ----       ----           ------      ----     ----          ---
     Total interest
     income change                3,996        2,623       999        374            1,039       999      105          (65)
                                 ------       ------      ----       ----           ------      ----     ----          ---

Interest expense:
  Savings, NOW, MM                  278           34       239          5               77       103      (24)          (2)
  Certificate of Deposit          1,940          838       642        460             (198)     (152)     (52)           6
  Short-term borrowings             474          226       155         93              244        95       86           63
                                 ------       ------      ----       ----           ------      ----     ----          ---
     Total interest
     expense change               2,692        1,098     1,036        558              123        46       10           67
                                 ------       ------     -----      -----           ------      ----     ----          ---
Net interest income
   change                        $1,304       $1,525     $ (37)     $(184)          $  916      $953     $ 95        $(132)
                                 ======       ======     =====      =====           ======      ====     ====        =====

</TABLE>


The table above sets forth,  among other things,  the extent to which changes in
interest rates and changes in the average  balances of  interest-earning  assets
and  interest-bearing  liabilities  have  affected  interest  income and expense
during the years  indicated.  For each category of  interest-earning  assets and
interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided on changes attributable to
(1) change in volume (change in average  portfolio  balance  multiplied by prior
year's average rate),  (2) change in interest rates (change in average  interest
rate  multiplied  by prior years  average  balance),  and (3) change in rate and
volume.

INTEREST INCOME

Interest  income was  $15,119,395  in 1995,  representing  a 36%, or  $3,995,339
increase from 1994. Interest earned on loans, representing 75% of total interest
income,  increased  $2,841,294.  The  increase  is due  primarily  to the higher
average level of loans  outstanding.  Interest on investments  and federal funds
sold increased 43% during 1995 to  $3,827,467.  The increase is due primarily to
higher average balances of investments and federal funds sold. In 1994, interest
income  increased by $1,039,374 to $11,124,056 due primarily to a higher average
balance of loans outstanding.

INTEREST EXPENSE

In 1995, total interest expense increased by $2,691,566, or 91%, from $2,969,732
in 1994, to $5,661,298,  in 1995. The increase was due to a higher average level
of deposits and  short-term  borrowings  and higher average rates paid. 

In 1994, total interest expense increased by $122,665, or 4%, from $2,847,067 in
1993,  to  $2,969,732,  in 1994 due  primarily  to the higher  average  level of
deposits and short-term borrowings.

                                       19

<PAGE>



RESULTS OF OPERATIONS SUMMARY CONTINUED

NON-INTEREST INCOME EXCLUSIVE OF NET GAINS ON SALE OF INVESTMENT
SECURITIES

                                                      
                                           Years ended December 31,
                                           ------------------------
                                   1995            1994              1993
                                   ----            ----              ----

Deposit service fees          $   559,338      $   489,906       $   448,823
Trust fees                        601,716          571,128           500,152
Other                             479,788          319,484           183,209
                              -----------      -----------       -----------
   Total                      $ 1,640,842      $ 1,380,518       $ 1,132,184
                              ===========      ===========       ===========


Deposit  service fees increased  approximately  14% in 1995, and 9% in 1994. The
growth has been the result of an increase  in the number of  checking  accounts,
increased per-unit fees and increased transaction volumes.

The  increase  in  trust  fees  is due to an  increase  in  trust  assets  under
management.

Other  non-interest  income increased by $160,304 in 1995, due primarily to year
to year increases of $129,312 in gains on sales of mortgage  loans,  and $37,334
in fees from the sale of servicing on mortgage loans sold.

NET GAIN ON SALE OF SECURITIES

Net gains from the sale of investment securities totalled $0 in 1995, $47,927 in
1994 and $469,712 in 1993.

NON-INTEREST EXPENSE
                                                 Years ended December 31,
                                                 ------------------------
                                                1995         1994        1993
                                                ----         ----        ----
Salaries and employee benefits             $ 4,537,601  $ 4,099,963  $ 3,437,598
Occupancy expenses                           1,184,135      929,854      898,690
FDIC insurance                                 151,419      272,666      270,096
Office and data processing supplies            425,242      396,120      335,139
Trust professional and custodial expenses      183,121      181,734      163,350
Audit, legal and other professional fees       327,964      236,966      299,770
Postage                                        109,063      151,460       94,273
Advertising and public relations               304,016      130,791      102,523
Other operating expenses                     1,025,264      851,186      709,439
                                           -----------  -----------  -----------
      Total                                $ 8,247,825  $ 7,250,740  $ 6,310,878
                                           ===========  ===========  ===========

The increase in salary and benefits expense of 11% in 1995 is primarily a result
of the opening of the two new branch offices. The increase from 1993 to 1994 was
a result of a full year of  operations  for the mortgage  center and  Chelmsford
branch in 1994 versus a partial year in 1993.

The increase in  occupancy  expense of 27% in 1995 was due to the opening of the
two new branch offices. The increase from 1993 to 1994 was primarily a result of
a full year of expense for the Chelmsford branch and mortgage center.

FDIC insurance expense decreased by $121,247 in 1995, and increased by $2,570 in
1994. The decrease in 1995 was due to a lower FDIC insurance assessment rate.

Office and data processing supplies expense increased by $29,122 or 7%, in 1995,
due primarily to the opening of the two new branches.  The increase from 1993 to
1994 was due to a full year of purchases made for the Chelmsford  branch and the
mortgage center.


                                       20

<PAGE>



RESULTS OF OPERATIONS SUMMARY CONTINUED

NON-INTEREST EXPENSE CONTINUED

The increase in trust,  professional and custodial expenses for 1995 and 1994 is
associated  with  an  increase  in  trust  revenues.   

Audit, legal and other professional expenses increased in 1995, due primarily to
the bank's retaining of the services of a professional consulting firm to review
its operations.

Postage, advertising and public relations and other operating expenses increased
by $304,906 or 27%, due  primarily to the opening of the two new  branches.  The
increase  from 1993 to 1994 was due to a full year of expenses  associated  with
the Chelmsford branch and mortgage center.

PROVISION FOR POSSIBLE LOAN LOSSES

The  provision  for  possible  loan  losses  amounted to $0 in 1995 and 1994 and
$1,030,000  in 1993.  The  provision  reflects  real estate  values and economic
conditions in New England and in Greater  Lowell,  in  particular,  the level of
nonaccrual loans, levels of charge-offs,  levels of outstanding loans, known and
inherent risks in the nature of the loan portfolio and  management's  assessment
of current risk. It is a significant factor in the bank's operating results. The
bank's  allowance for possible  loan losses was  $4,106,659 at December 31, 1995
(3.55% of loans net of deferred loan origination  fees). See "Risk Elements" and
"Provision and Allowance for Possible Loan Losses" for further discussion.

INCOME TAXES

The bank's  income tax expense was  $1,084,878,  $823,814  and $472,193 in 1995,
1994 and 1993,  respectively.  The increases in 1995 and 1994 were due to higher
book taxable income.


                                       21

<PAGE>



FINANCIAL CONDITION, INTEREST RATE RISK, LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL
RESOURCES

Total assets were $224,265,644 at December 31, 1995,  compared with $171,163,412
at December  31,  1994,  an  increase  of  approximately  31%.  The  increase is
primarily due to an increase in deposits  from the two new  branches.  Total net
loans and loans held for sale were  $113,555,553 at December 31, 1995,  compared
with  $110,449,454 at December 31, 1994, an increase of approximately  3%. Total
deposits were  $196,016,743 at December 31, 1995,  compared with $133,878,633 at
December 31, 1994, an increase of approximately 46%. Total short-term borrowings
were $6,981,783 at December 31, 1995,  compared with $19,619,030 at December 31,
1994, a decrease of 64%.

The following table shows selected balance sheet accounts at December 31:

                                                  1995                1994
                                                  ----                ----

Total assets                                  $224,265,644        $171,163,412
Loans and loans held for sale, net             113,555,553         110,449,454
Investment securities                           78,812,489          45,739,633
Total deposits                                 196,016,743         133,878,633
Short-term borrowings:                           6,981,783          19,619,030
      Repurchase agreements                      6,981,783           6,386,030
      Borrowings from the Federal Home 
          Loan Bank of Boston                            -          13,233,000

INTEREST RATE RISK

The following table summarizes the bank's interest rate sensitivity  position at
December 31, 1995. Certain assumptions have been made regarding the repricing of
mortgage-backed  and callable  investment  securities,  demand deposit,  regular
savings, NOW and money market accounts.

Time Interval from              Up to            Up to            Up to
December 31, 1995             Three Months    Twelve Months     Five Years
- ------------------            ------------    -------------   -------------
Interest sensitive:                     
  Assets                      $ 84,431,703    $137,539,289    $ 197,201,205
  Liabilities                   50,903,114     106,032,830      170,244,485
                              ------------    ------------    -------------
Cumulative gap                $ 33,528,589    $ 31,506,459    $  26,956,720
                              ============    ============    =============
Cumulative gap as a
 percentage of total assets          14.95%          14.05%           15.75%
                              ============    ============    =============



The bank manages its balance  sheet to maximize  its net  interest  margin while
minimizing  the impact on the margin of changes in the level of market  interest
rates.  Management of interest rate risk  involves  continual  monitoring of the
relative  interest rate  sensitivity of assets and  liabilities.  A static "gap"
analysis,  as presented above, compares the sensitivities of existing assets and
liabilities by grouping  balances that are sensitive over various time horizons.
Management  also goes beyond "gap" analysis by simulating the effect of changing
interest rates on the bank's assets,  liabilities and net interest  margin.  The
bank's  asset/liability  strategy  is to  moderate  the  impact on  earnings  of
volatile changes in market rates of interest.

Effective  interest  rate risk  management  requires  analysis  that goes beyond
information  contained  in the static gap  report.  Therefore,  trends  that may
produce differences between asset and liability repricing sensitivities or alter
earnings  expectations  are  reviewed,  and  strategies  for future  periods are
developed. Based on these analyses,  management formulates strategies to enhance
income while guarding  against  volatility in earnings caused by market interest
rate movements.

LIQUIDITY

Liquidity is the ability to meet cash needs arising from  fluctuations in loans,
investments and deposits. Liquidity management is the coordination of activities
so that cash needs are  anticipated  and met easily and  efficiently.  Liquidity
policies are set and  monitored  by the bank's  investment  and  asset/liability
committee.  The bank's  liquidity is  maintained by  projecting  cash needs,  by
balancing  maturing  assets with  

                                       22
<PAGE>

FINANCIAL  CONDITION,  INTEREST  RATE  RISK,  LIQUIDITY  AND  CAPITAL  RESOURCES
CONTINUED

LIQUIDITY CONTINUED


maturing  liabilities,  by  the  monitoring  of  various  liquidity  ratios,  by
monitoring  deposit flows,  and by maintaining  liquidity  within the investment
portfolio.

The bank's liability  management  objectives are to maintain liquidity,  provide
and  enhance   access  to  a  diverse  and  stable  source  of  funds,   provide
competitively priced and attractive products to customers,  conduct funding at a
low cost relative to current  market  conditions  and to engage in sound balance
sheet  management  strategies.  Funds gathered are used to support current asset
levels and to take advantage of selected leverage opportunities.  The bank funds
earning assets with deposits,  short-term  borrowings and stockholders'  equity.
All of the bank's deposits are considered to be core deposits for the purpose of
balance sheet management. The bank does not have any brokered deposits. The bank
has the ability to borrow funds from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston.

INVESTMENTS

The investment portfolio is managed with the primary objective of maintaining an
appropriate  level of liquidity and  controlling  interest rate risk.  Beginning
December  31,  1993,  investment  securities  that are  intended  to be held for
indefinite  periods  of time  but  which  may not be  held to  maturity  or on a
long-term  basis are  considered to be  "available  for sale" and are carried at
market value. Net unrealized gains and losses,  net of applicable  income taxes,
are reflected in the bank's stockholders' equity. Included as available for sale
are securities that are purchased in connection with the bank's  asset/liability
risk management strategy and that may be sold in response to changes in interest
rates,  resultant  prepayment risk and other related factors. In instances where
the bank has the positive intent to hold to maturity, investment securities will
be classified as held for investment and carried at amortized  cost. At December
31, 1995 and 1994, all of the bank's  investment  securities  were classified as
available  for sale and  carried at market  value.  The net  unrealized  gain at
December  31, 1995 of $263,811,  net of tax effects of $111,539,  is shown as an
increase in stockholders' equity in the amount of $152,272.

CAPITAL RESOURCES

Capital  planning by the bank  considers  current needs and  anticipated  future
growth. Other than the sale of common stock in 1988 and 1989, the primary source
of additional  capital has been  retention of earnings  since the bank commenced
operations.  

The bank is subject to  capital  adequacy  guidelines.  New  risk-based  capital
guidelines  became effective in 1990 and were fully-phased in as of December 31,
1992. Under the fully phased-in guidelines, the minimum total risk-based capital
requirement  was raised to 8% of assets and  certain  off-balance  sheet  items,
weighted  by risk.  At least 4% of the  total 8% ratio  must  consist  of Tier 1
capital  (primarily common equity including retained earnings) and the remainder
may  consist of  subordinated  debt,  cumulative  preferred  stock and a limited
amount of loan  loss  reserves.  Certain  assets  and  off-balance  sheet  items
considered to present less risk than others require  capital at less than the 8%
ratio.  For  example,  cash and  government  securities  are placed in a 0% risk
category,  while  most home  mortgage  loans are  placed in a 50% risk  category
requiring a 4% ratio,  and  commercial  loans are placed in a 100% risk category
requiring  an 8% ratio.  As of December 31,  1995,  the bank's total  risk-based
capital ratio was 16.33% and its Tier 1 capital ratio was
15.08%. 

The bank is also  subject to minimum  leverage  ratio  guidelines.  The ratio is
determined  using Tier 1 risk-based  capital divided by quarterly  average total
assets,  less intangible assets and other adjustments.  The guidelines require a
minimum of 3% for the  highest  rated  banks that are  neither  experiencing  or
anticipating  significant growth. Banks experiencing or anticipating significant
growth are expected to maintain capital  positions well above minimum levels. At
December 31, 1995, the bank's leverage ratio was 8.35%.

It is not  possible  to predict  precisely  what effect the  risk-based  capital
guidelines and the limitation on leverage will have on the bank in future years.
A relatively  large  percentage  of the bank's  assets are assigned to less than
100% risk categories and the leverage  limitations are not more restrictive than
previously applicable capital  requirements.  The bank does not presently expect
compliance with the risk-based capital or leverage guidelines to have a material
effect upon the business of the bank.

                                       23

<PAGE>


RISK ELEMENTS

The bank reviews,  on an ongoing  basis,  the credit  quality of its  investment
securities and the banks in which it invests  federal funds sold.  Federal funds
investments  are  typically  made on an overnight  basis. 

A primary management objective is to maintain a high quality loan portfolio. The
bank's  strategy to achieve this objective is to acquire  quality assets through
competitive pricing and service rather than by lowering  underwriting  criteria.
Its  portfolio  strategy  seeks to  acquire  loans in  markets  with which it is
familiar.  As  such,  the  majority  of the  bank's  loan  portfolio  represents
extensions of credit to borrowers located in its market area.

The  strength  of  the  bank's  commercial   portfolio  of  loans  is  dependent
substantially on the borrower's  ability to repay the loan out of the cash flows
of the borrower's  business and the assets  underlying the borrower's  business,
such as  accounts  receivable,  equipment,  inventory  and real  property.  As a
result,  the  availability  of funds for the repayment of the loans is typically
dependent  on the  success  of the  business  itself.  Further,  the  collateral
securing the loan may depreciate  over time, may not be appraised  precisely and
may fluctuate in value based on the level of success of the business.

PROVISION AND ALLOWANCE FOR POSSIBLE LOAN LOSSES

Inherent to the lending process is the risk of loss. While the bank endeavors to
minimize this risk,  management  recognizes that loan losses will occur and that
the amount of these losses will fluctuate depending on the risk  characteristics
of the loan  portfolio,  which in turn depends on current and expected  economic
conditions,  the  financial  condition of borrowers,  and the credit  management
process.  

The allowance  for possible loan losses is maintained  through the provision for
possible loan losses,  which is a charge to operating earnings.  The adequacy of
the provision and the resulting allowance for possible loan losses is determined
after a continuing review of the loan portfolio,  including  identification  and
review of individual  problem  situations that may affect the borrower's ability
to repay,  review of overall  portfolio  quality  through an analysis of current
charge-offs,  delinquency  and  nonperforming  loan data,  review of  regulatory
authority  examinations and evaluations of loans,  review of reports prepared by
an  independent  loan review firm hired by the bank,  comparisons  to peer group
ratios, an assessment of current and expected economic  conditions,  and changes
in the size and  character of the loan  portfolio.  Thus,  the  allowance  level
reflects identified loss potential and perceived risk in the portfolio.


The bank regularly  monitors the real estate market and the bank's asset quality
to determine  the adequacy of its  allowance  for possible  loan losses  through
ongoing credit reviews by members of senior management,  the overdue loan review
committee, the executive committee and the board of directors.

The bank  determines  the adequacy of its  allowance for possible loan losses by
assigning  loans  to  risk  categories  based  on  the  type  of  loan  and  its
classification.  Each  category is assessed for risk of loss based on historical
experience  and  management's  evaluation  of the loans making up the  category,
including  the  level of loans  on  nonaccrual  and  other  delinquency  factors
including   general   economic   conditions.   The  bank  adjusts  its  analysis
periodically  to reflect  changes in historical loss experience and the state of
the current  economy.  The bank also evaluates the adequacy of its allowance for
possible  loan  losses  by  comparison  to  peer  group  ratios.  Otherwise,  in
conducting its analysis,  the bank applies consistent  criteria to the facts and
circumstances then existing, as understood by the bank.

After  consideration  of the above  factors,  the ratio of the  reserve to total
loans outstanding was 3.55% at December 31, 1995, 3.84% at December 31, 1994 and
4.84% at December 31, 1993.  At year-end  1995,  the allowance for possible loan
losses  represented 203% of nonaccrual  loans.  While the bank believes that the
allowance  for  possible  loan losses is  adequate  to cover  losses in its loan
portfolio,  there are continuing  uncertainties  regarding the future of the New
England, Greater Lowell and Leominster economies and real estate markets.

Based  on the  foregoing,  as  well as  management's  judgment  as to the  risks
inherent in the loan portfolio, the bank's allowance for possible loan losses is
deemed  adequate to absorb all  reasonably  anticipated  losses on  specifically
known and other  possible  credit  risks  associated  with the  portfolio  as of
December 31, 1995.


                                       24

<PAGE>

RISK ELEMENTS CONTINUED                                               

PROVISION AND ALLOWANCE FOR POSSIBLE LOAN LOSSES CONTINUED

The  classification  of  a  loan  or  other  asset  as  nonperforming  does  not
necessarily  indicate  that  loan  principal  and  interest  will be  ultimately
uncollectible.  However,  management recognizes the greater risk characteristics
of these assets and therefore  considers  the  potential  risk of loss on assets
included in this  category in  evaluating  the  adequacy  of the  allowance  for
possible loan losses.

The loan portfolio,  particularly the real estate portion,  could continue to be
impacted  negatively  by economic  conditions  as well as the real estate market
throughout  the region.  As a result,  there is no  assurance  that the level of
nonaccrual  loans,  restructured  loans and real estate  acquired by foreclosure
will not increase.

RESTRUCTURED LOANS

A restructured  loan is one for which the bank has modified the terms to provide
a reduction in the rate of interest and, in most instances, an extension of time
for payments of principal or interest,  or both,  because of a deterioration  in
the  financial  position  of the  borrower.  Restructured  loans are  considered
performing  loans  unless  concern  exists  as to  the  ultimate  collection  of
principal  or  interest.  At  December  31,  1995,  the  bank  did not  have any
restructured loans.

REAL ESTATE ACQUIRED BY FORECLOSURE

Real estate acquired by foreclosure is comprised of properties  acquired through
foreclosure  proceedings  or acceptance of a deed in lieu of  foreclosure.  Real
estate  formally  acquired in settlement  of loans is initially  recorded at the
lower  of the  carrying  value of the  loan or the  fair  value of the  property
constructively  or actually  received less estimated  selling costs. Loan losses
arising  from  the  acquisition  of such  properties  are  charged  against  the
allowance  for possible  loan  losses.  Operating  expenses  and any  subsequent
provisions  to reduce the  carrying  value to net fair value are charged to real
estate  operations in the current period.  Gains and losses upon disposition are
reflected in earnings as realized.

LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE/NONPERFORMING ASSETS

The following  table  summarizes the activity in the allowance for possible loan
losses for the years indicated:

                                                 Years ended December 31,
                                                ------------------------
                                         1995            1994            1993
                                         ----            ----            ----
Balance at beginning of year        $ 4,341,204     $ 4,132,507     $ 4,209,280
  Loans charged-off:
    Commercial                          (87,073)           --          (497,055)
    Real estate                        (297,875)        (47,798)       (613,492)
    Consumer                            (18,688)         (7,402)        (20,798)
    Credit card                          (1,377)           (415)           (770)
                                    -----------     -----------     -----------
        Total                          (405,013)        (55,615)     (1,132,115)
                                    -----------     -----------     -----------
  Recoveries on loans charged-off       170,468         264,312          25,342
                                    -----------     -----------     -----------
  Net loans (charged-off)/recovered    (234,545)        208,697      (1,106,773)
  Provision charged to income              --              --         1,030,000
                                    -----------     -----------     -----------
Balance at end of year              $ 4,106,659     $ 4,341,204     $ 4,132,507
                                    ===========     ===========     ===========
Reserve to loans outstanding               3.55%           3.84%           4.84%

Net charge-offs (recoveries) to
  average loans outstanding                 .20%          (.21)%           1.28%


                                       25
<PAGE>

                                     

RISK ELEMENTS CONTINUED

LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE/NONPERFORMING ASSETS CONTINUED

The following table sets forth nonperforming assets at December 31:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                             1995                    1994                    1993
                                                             ----                    ----                    ----
<S>                                                     <C>                    <C>                     <C>

Loans on nonaccrual:
     Commercial                                          $   586,442            $   565,703             $   501,397
     Residential real estate                                 119,730                354,757                 356,108
     Commercial real estate                                  769,533                601,665                 859,558
     Construction                                                  -                      -                       -
     Consumer, including home equity                         545,779                348,540                 178,190
                                                          ----------            -----------              ----------
         Total loans on nonaccural                         2,021,484              1,870,665               1,895,253

Real estate acquired by foreclosure                          417,172                389,787                 525,001
                                                          ----------            -----------              ----------
         Total nonaccrual loans and real
           estate acquired by foreclosure                 $2,438,656             $2,260,452              $2,420,254
                                                          ==========             ==========              ==========

Nonaccrual loans as percentage of total assets                  .90%                  1.09%                   1.30%

Allowance for possible loan losses to
  nonaccrual loans                                              203%                   232%                    218%

</TABLE>
                                              

At December 31, 1995,  loans which were  characterized  as impaired  pursuant to
SFAS No. 114 and 118 totalled $473,325. In the opinion of management, loans with
a book value of $205,676 required  specific reserves of $25,676.  Impaired loans
have been measured  using the fair value of the  collateral  method.  During the
twelve months ended  December 31, 1995,  the average  recorded value of impaired
loans was $528,968.

IMPACT OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES

A bank's asset and liability  structure is substantially  different from that of
an industrial company in that virtually all assets and liabilities of a bank are
monetary in nature.  Management  believes  the impact of  inflation on financial
results  depends upon the bank's  ability to react to changes in interest  rates
and by such reaction,  reduce the inflationary  impact on performance.  Interest
rates do not necessarily  move in the same direction,  or at the same magnitude,
as the prices of other goods and services. As discussed  previously,  management
seeks  to  manage  the  relationship  between   interest-sensitive   assets  and
liabilities in order to protect against wide net interest  income  fluctuations,
including those resulting from inflation. Various information shown elsewhere in
this  annual  report will  assist in the  understanding  of how well the bank is
positioned  to react to changing  interest  rates and  inflationary  trends.  In
particular,  the summary of net  interest  income and the data on interest  rate
sensitivity should be considered.



                                       26
<PAGE>



RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

ACCOUNTING FOR MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS

In May 1994,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  issued SFAS No. 122,
"Accounting  for  Mortgage   Servicing   Rights,"  which  amends  SFAS  No.  65,
"Accounting for Certain Mortgage Banking Activities." The Statement is effective
for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1995;  however,  early adoption is
permitted.  The Statement requires that a mortgage banking enterprise  recognize
as separate assets,  rights to service mortgage loans for others,  regardless of
how those servicing rights are acquired.  Additionally,  the Statement  requires
that the capitalized  mortgage servicing rights be assessed for impairment based
on the fair value of those rights,  and that impairment be recognized  through a
valuation  allowance.  The bank adopted this  Statement on January 1, 1996.  The
impact of adoption of the Statement to the bank will be dependent on residential
mortgage sale volumes.

ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

In October 1995, the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board issued SFAS No. 123,
"Accounting for Stock Based  Compensation," which became effective on January 1,
1996.  This  Statement  establishes a fair value based method of accounting  for
stock-based  compensation plans under which compensation cost is measured at the
grant date based on the value of the award and is  recognized  over the  service
period. However, the Statement allows a bank to continue to measure compensation
cost for such plans under  Accounting  Principles  Board  (APB)  Opinion No. 25,
"Accounting  for  Stock  Issued  to  Employees."  Under APB  Opinion  No.25,  no
compensation  cost is recorded if, at the grant date,  the exercise price of the
options is equal to the fair market value of the bank's common  stock.  The bank
has elected to continue  to follow the  accounting  in APB Opinion No. 25 and to
disclose  in the notes to the  financial  statements  pro forma net  income  and
earnings  per  share if the fair  value  based  method  of  accounting  had been
applied.


                                       27

<PAGE>



REGULATORY LEGISLATION

The  regulatory  environment  during 1995 continued to be marked by two distinct
emphases - the continuing  implementation  of provisions  enacted by the Federal
Deposit  Insurance  Corporation   Improvement  Act  of  1992  ("FDICIA")  and  a
continuing  focus on  consumer-oriented  initiatives.  FDICIA  has  proven to be
far-reaching and  regulation-intensive,  leaving virtually no insured depository
institution  unaffected.   The  regulatory  agencies  have  become  increasingly
concerned  with the adequacy of policies and  procedures,  information  systems,
management and their decision-making  process,  internal controls and regulatory
reporting.  At the same time, the consumer-oriented  initiatives outlined by the
Clinton  Administration  continue  to  garner  significant  attention.  The most
prominent of these initiatives  include (1) a revamping of existing  regulations
intended to encourage  financial  institutions to increase credit  availability,
(2) increased regulatory scrutiny of Community Reinvestment Act performance, and
(3) proposed legislation to fund special purpose institutions known as Community
Development  Financial  Institutions.   

Significant FDICIA-related regulatory developments during the past several years
included (1) incorporation of interest rate risk,  concentration of credit risk,
and risk from  nontraditional  activities into the proposed  risk-based  capital
standards,  (2)  establishment of a permanent  risk-based  assessment system for
deposit  insurance,   (3)  promulgation  of  final  regulations  and  guidelines
applicable  to annual  audits and  reporting  requirements  with  respect to the
effectiveness of internal controls over financial  reporting and compliance with
designated  laws and  regulations,  (4)  implementation  of uniform  real estate
lending  standards,   and  (5)  development  of  standards  to  limit  interbank
exposures.

The full  impact of  FDICIA  and the  various  Clinton  Administration  consumer
initiatives will not be known fully until the complete  enactment by the various
federal  agencies of the resulting  regulations for much of the new legislation.
It is  anticipated,  however,  that  FDICIA  and the  final  regulations  issued
thereunder will result in increased costs for the banking industry due to higher
costs of compliance and recordkeeping, and more limitations on the activities of
all but the most well capitalized banks.

On  September  29, 1994,  a new  interstate  banking bill was signed into law by
President Clinton.  The bill provides for full interstate  banking. In the event
the bill causes further  consolidation  by the larger banks,  the bank is of the
belief that it could create further market opportunities for community banks.


                                       28

<PAGE>


MANAGEMENT'S REPORT

The financial statements of Enterprise Bank and Trust Company have been prepared
by management in accordance with generally accepted accounting  principles.  The
financial  review  included in this annual report was prepared by management and
is  consistent  with the data  included in the  financial  statements.  

The bank maintains a system of internal  accounting controls intended to provide
reasonable assurance that transactions are executed in accordance with corporate
authorization and are properly recorded and reported in the financial statements
and that assets are safeguarded.  The concept of reasonable assurance recognizes
that the cost of a system of internal  accounting controls should not exceed the
benefits  derived.  Such costs and  benefits  are not usually  quantifiable  and
accordingly depend upon estimates and judgment.

The  financial  statements  have been audited by KPMG Peat  Marwick  LLP,  whose
report is contained herein.

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT FOR PURPOSES OF THE PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION
REFORM ACT OF 1995

The bank desires to take  advantage of the new "safe  harbor"  provisions of the
Private  Securities  Litigation Reform Act of 1995. This report contains certain
"forward-looking  statements" including statements concerning plans, objectives,
future events or performance  and  assumptions  and other  statements  which are
other than  statements of historical  fact.  The bank wishes to caution  readers
that the following important factors,  among others, may have affected and could
in the future affect the bank's actual results and could cause the bank's actual
results for subsequent  periods to differ materially from those expressed in any
forward-looking  statement  made by or on  behalf  of the bank  herein:  (1) the
effect of changes in laws and regulations,  including  federal and state banking
laws  and  regulations,  with  which  the  bank  must  comply,  the cost of such
compliance and the potentially  material adverse effects if the bank were not in
substantial compliance either currently or in the future as applicable;  (2) the
effect of changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the
regulatory agencies as well as by the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board, or
of changes in the bank's  organization,  compensation and benefit plans; (3) the
effect on the bank's  competitive  position within its market area of increasing
consolidation within the banking industry and increasing competition from larger
regional and out-of-state banking organizations as well as non bank providers of
various  financial  services;  (4) the effect of  unforseen  changes in interest
rates;  and (5) the effect of changes in the business cycle and downturns in the
local, regional or national economies.

                                       29

<PAGE>








INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

KPMG  Peat Marwick LLP

The Board of Directors
Enterprise Bank and Trust Company:

We have audited the accompanying  consolidated balance sheets of Enterprise Bank
and Trust  Company and  subsidiary  (the  "Company") as of December 31, 1995 and
1994,   and  the  related   consolidated   statements  of  income,   changes  in
stockholders'  equity  and cash  flows for each of the  years in the  three-year
period ended December 31, 1995. These consolidated  financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects,  the financial position of Enterprise Bank and
Trust Company and  subsidiary at December 31, 1995 and 1994,  and the results of
their  operations  and their cash flows for each of the years in the  three-year
period ended December 31, 1995 in conformity with generally accepted  accounting
principles.

As discussed in Note 1 to the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the Company
adopted Financial  Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 109, "Accounting for
Income Taxes" effective January 1, 1993 and Financial Accounting Standards Board
Statement  No.  115,  "Accounting  For  Certain  Investments  in Debt and Equity
Securities", effective December 31, 1993.



                                            KPMG Peat Marwick LLP


January 5, 1996
Boston, Massachusetts


                                       30

<PAGE>

ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                           Consolidated Balance Sheets
                           December 31, 1995 and 1994
                                                                                       1995                   1994
                                                                                      ------                 -----
<S>                                                                              <C>                    <C>
Assets
- ------
Cash and cash equivalents:
         Cash and due from banks (Note 14)                                           $11,562,392             7,116,033
         Daily federal funds sold                                                     13,600,000             1,325,000
                                                                                   -------------          ------------
Total cash and cash equivalents                                                       25,162,392             8,441,033
                                                                                   -------------          ------------

Investment securities at market value (Notes 2 and 8)                                 78,812,489            45,739,633
Loans held for sale at lower of cost or market value (Note 3)                          1,855,340             1,718,962
Loans, less allowance for possible loan losses of $4,106,659
         in 1995 and $4,341,204 in 1994 (Note 3)                                     111,700,213           108,730,492
Premises and equipment (Note 4)                                                        2,463,592             1,549,757
Accrued interest receivable (Note 5)                                                   1,823,079             1,267,632
Prepaid expenses and other assets                                                        291,097               208,296
Real estate acquired by foreclosure (Note 6)                                             417,172               389,787
Deferred income taxes, net (Note 12)                                                   1,740,270             3,117,820
                                                                                   -------------          ------------

Total assets                                                                       $ 224,265,644           171,163,412
                                                                                   =============          ============

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
- ------------------------------------
Deposits (Note 7)                                                                    196,016,743           133,878,633
Short-term borrowings (Notes 2 and 8)                                                  6,981,783            19,619,030
Escrow deposits of borrowers                                                             377,824               394,445
Accrued expenses and other liabilities                                                 1,200,561             1,100,294
Income taxes payable (Note 12)                                                           173,346                67,166
Accrued interest payable                                                                 549,673               242,919
                                                                                   -------------          ------------

Total liabilities                                                                    205,299,930           155,302,487
                                                                                   -------------          ------------

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 4, 8, 13 and 14)

Stockholders' equity (Notes 9 and 10):
Preferred stock, $1.00 par value;
   450,000 shares authorized, no shares issued                                                --                    --           
Class A Commmon Stock, $1.00 par value;
   3,000,000 shares authorized, 1,575,892 shares issued and 
   outstanding at December  31,  1995 and  1,574,792  shares  
   issued and  outstanding  at December 31, 1994
                                                                                       1,575,892             1,574,792
Additional paid-in capital                                                            13,913,325            13,902,325
Retained earnings                                                                      3,324,225             1,991,057
Net unrealized gain (loss) on investment securities, net of
         applicable income taxes (Note 1)                                                152,272           (1,607,249)
                                                                                   -------------          ------------
Total stockholders' equity                                                            18,965,714            15,860,925
                                                                                   -------------          ------------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                                          $224,265,644           171,163,412
                                                                                   =============          ============


          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

</TABLE>

                                       31
<PAGE>



ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY
                     

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 
                        Consolidated Statements of Income
                  Years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993

                                                              1995          1994           1993
                                                             ------        ------         -----
<S>                                                      <C>            <C>            <C>    
Interest Income:
   Loans                                                  $11,291,928     8,450,634     7,239,781
   Investment securities                                    3,324,539     2,631,285     2,687,777
   Federal funds sold                                         502,928        42,137       157,124
                                                          -----------   -----------   -----------
        Total interest income                              15,119,395    11,124,056    10,084,682
                                                          -----------   -----------   -----------

Interest expense:
   Deposits                                                 4,814,334     2,596,602     2,717,925
   Borrowed funds                                             846,964       373,130       129,142
                                                          -----------   -----------   -----------
        Total interest expense                              5,661,298     2,969,732     2,847,067
                                                          -----------   -----------   -----------
        Net interest income                                 9,458,097     8,154,324     7,237,615
Provision for possible loan losses (Note 3)                      --            --       1,030,000
                                                          -----------   -----------   -----------
        Net interest income after provision
           for possible loan losses                         9,458,097     8,154,324     6,207,615
                                                          -----------   -----------   -----------

Non-interest income:
   Net gains on sales of investment securities (Note 2)          --          47,927       469,712
   Deposit service fees                                       559,338       489,906       448,823
   Trust fees                                                 601,716       571,128       500,152
   Other income                                               479,788       319,484       183,209
                                                          -----------   -----------   -----------
        Total non-interest income                           1,640,842     1,428,445     1,601,896
                                                          -----------   -----------   -----------

Non-interest expense:
   Salaries and employee benefits (Note 11)                 4,537,601     4,099,963     3,437,598
   Occupancy expenses (Notes 4 and 13)                      1,184,135       929,854       898,690
   FDIC insurance                                             151,419       272,666       270,096
   Office and data processing supplies                        425,242       396,120       335,139
   Trust professional and custodial expenses                  183,121       181,734       163,350
   Audit, legal and other professional fees                   327,964       236,966       299,770
   Postage                                                    109,063       151,460        94,273
   Advertising and public relations                           304,016       130,791       102,523
   Other operating expenses                                 1,025,264       851,186       709,439
                                                          -----------   -----------   -----------
        Total non-interest expense                          8,247,825     7,250,740     6,310,878
                                                          -----------   -----------   -----------

Income before income taxes and cumulative effect
  of change in accounting principle                         2,851,114     2,332,029     1,498,633
Income tax expense (Note 12)                                1,084,878       823,814       472,193
                                                          -----------   -----------   -----------
        Income before cumulative effect of
           change in accounting principle                   1,766,236     1,508,215     1,026,440
Cumulative effect of change in method of accounting for
income taxes (Note 1)                                            --            --         460,000
                                                          -----------   -----------   -----------
        Net income                                        $ 1,766,236     1,508,215     1,486,440
                                                          ===========   ===========   ===========
Income per common share before cumulative effect          $      1.12           .96           .65
    of change in accounting principle
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle              --            --             .29
                                                          -----------   -----------   -----------
        Net income                                        $      1.12           .96           .94
                                                          ===========   ===========   ===========

Weighted average common shares outstanding                  1,575,109     1,574,792     1,574,792
                                                          ===========   ===========   ===========

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

</TABLE>

                                       32
<PAGE>


ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

           Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
                  Years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993

                                                                                                     Net Unrealized
                                                                                                       Gain(Loss)
                                                     Common Stock                                    on Investment
                                                     ------------                                     Securities,
                                                       Class A            Additional                   Net of          Total
                                                      ---------             Paid-in     Retained      Applicable    Stockholders'
                                                 Shares      Amount         Capital     Earnings     Income Taxes       Equity
                                               ----------  -----------   ------------  -----------  --------------- -------------
<S>                                            <C>         <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>             <C>

Balance at December 31, 1992                    1,574,792   $1,574,792    $13,902,325   $ (294,942)   $        -     $15,182,175
  Net income                                            -            -              -    1,486,440             -       1,486,440
  Class A Common Stock dividend declared                -            -              -     (314,958)            -        (314,958)
    ($.20 per share)
  Change in net unrealized gain (loss) on 
    investment securities, net of 
    applicable income taxes                             -            -              -            -       573,582         573,582
                                               ----------   ----------    -----------   ----------    ----------     -----------
Balance at December 31, 1993                    1,574,792    1,574,792     13,902,325      876,540       573,582      16,927,239
  Net income                                            -            -              -    1,508,215             -       1,508,215
  Class A Common Stock dividend declared                -            -              -     (393,698)            -        (393,698)
    ($.25 per share)
  Change in net unrealized gain (loss) on 
    investment securities, net of 
    applicable income taxes                             -            -              -            -    (2,180,831)     (2,180,831)
                                               ----------   ----------    -----------   ----------    ----------     -----------
Balance at December 31, 1994                    1,574,792    1,574,792     13,902,325    1,991,057    (1,607,249)     15,860,925
  Net income                                            -            -              -    1,766,236             -       1,766,236
  Class A Common Stock dividend declared                -            -              -     (433,068)            -        (433,068)
    ($.275 per share)
  Stock options exercised (Note 10)                 1,100        1,100         11,000            -             -          12,100
  Change in net unrealized gain (loss) on 
    investment securities, net of 
    applicable income taxes                             -            -              -            -     1,759,521       1,759,521
                                               ----------   ----------    -----------   ----------    ----------     -----------
Balance at December 31, 1995                   $1,575,892   $1,575,892    $13,913,325   $3,324,225    $  152,272     $18,965,714
                                               ==========   ==========    ===========   ==========    ==========     ===========

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
       
</TABLE>

                                       33

<PAGE>

ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                  Years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993

                                                               1995            1994             1993
                                                             --------        --------         --------
<S>                                                      <C>               <C>             <C>

Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income                                              $  1,766,236       1,508,215       1,486,440
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
   provided by (used in) operating activities:
     Depreciation and amortization                             658,388         638,060         659,403
     Provision for possible loan losses                           --              --         1,030,000
     Gain on sale of investments                                  --           (47,927)       (469,712)
     (Increase) decrease in loans held for sale               (136,378)      1,977,753      (3,542,315)
     (Increase) decrease in accrued interest                  
       receivable                                             (555,447)       (293,586)         68,096
     (Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses                     
       and other assets                                        (82,801)          4,015         (83,430)
     Decrease (increase) in income taxes receivable               --            66,967         (14,153)
     (Increase) decrease in deferred income taxes, net          88,698         (47,117)          8,815
     Increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities        100,267         410,846         294,649
     Increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable           306,754          66,288         (79,843)
     Increase in income taxes payable                          106,180          67,166            --
     Cumulative effect of change in accounting
        principle                                                 --              --          (460,000)
                                                          ------------    ------------    ------------
          Net  cash provided by (used in) operating
            activities                                       2,251,897       4,350,680      (1,102,050)
                                                          ------------    ------------    ------------

Cash flows from investing activities:
  Proceeds from sales of investment securities                    --         5,054,803      14,356,983
  Proceeds from maturities and paydowns of
       investment securities                                11,487,957       3,286,563       6,267,924
  Purchase of investment securities                        (41,523,131)    (11,465,093)    (28,395,321)
  Proceeds from sales of real estate acquired by
       foreclosure                                              50,336         135,214         234,665
  Net (increase) decrease in loans, net of chargeoffs       (3,047,442)    (27,529,059)        631,197
  Additions to premises and equipment, net                  (1,561,532)       (298,822)     (1,048,753)
                                                          ------------    ------------    ------------
          Net cash used in investing activities            (34,593,812)    (30,816,394)     (7,953,305)
                                                          ------------    ------------    ------------

Cash flows from financing activities
  Net increase (decrease) in deposits                       62,138,110      12,811,110      (2,261,680)
  Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings         (12,637,247)     12,393,325       3,645,865
  Net increase (decrease) in escrow deposits of
       borrowers                                               (16,621)        160,898          (6,222)
  Cash dividends declared on common stock                     (433,068)       (393,698)       (314,958)
  Net proceeds from exercise of stock options                   12,100            --              --
                                                          ------------    ------------    ------------
          Net cash provided by financing activities         49,063,274      24,971,635       1,063,005
                                                          ------------    ------------    ------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents        16,721,359      (1,494,079)     (7,992,350)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year               8,441,033       9,935,112      17,927,462
                                                          ------------    ------------    ------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                  $ 25,162,392       8,441,033       9,935,112
                                                          ============    ============    ============
</TABLE>

                                       34

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY


                 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows CONTINUED
                  Years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993
                                                               1995            1994             1993
                                                             --------        --------         --------
<S>                                                      <C>               <C>             <C>

Supplemental financial data:
  Cash paid for:
    Interest on deposits and short-term borrowings        $   5,354,544     2,903,444       2,926,910
    Income taxes                                                890,000       736,599         465,458

  Transfers from loans to real estate acquired by foreclosure    77,721             -         634,501


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

</TABLE>


                                       35

<PAGE>



ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Enterprise  Bank and  Trust  Company  is a  Massachusetts  trust  company  which
commenced  banking  operations on January 3, 1989.  The bank's main office is at
222 Merrimack  Street in Lowell,  Massachusetts.  The bank began  offering trust
services  in  June  of  1992.  A  branch   office  was  opened  in   Chelmsford,
Massachusetts  in June of 1993.  A  branch  office  was  opened  in  Leominster,
Massachusetts  in May of 1995 and a  branch  office  was  opened  in  Billerica,
Massachusetts  in  June  of  1995.  The  bank's  deposit-gathering  and  lending
activities are conducted  primarily in Lowell and the surrounding  Massachusetts
towns of  Billerica,  Chelmsford,  Dracut,  Tewksbury,  Tyngsboro,  Westford and
Leominster.  The bank offers a range of commercial and consumer  services with a
goal of satisfying the needs of consumers, small and medium-sized businesses and
professionals.  

The  bank's  deposit  accounts  are  insured by the Bank  Insurance  Fund of the
Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  (the "FDIC") up to the maximum  amount
provided  by law.  The FDIC and the  Massachusetts  Commissioner  of Banks  (the
"Commissioner") have regulatory authority over the bank.

(a) Basis of Presentation 

The consolidated  financial  statements  include the accounts of Enterprise Bank
and  Trust  Company  and its  wholly  owned  subsidiary,  Enterprise  Securities
Corporation,  Inc.,  which was  incorporated  on March 1, 1991.  These  entities
collectively  hereinafter  are  referred  to  as  the  "bank."  All  significant
intercompany  accounts and transactions  have been eliminated in  consolidation.
The accounting and reporting  policies of the bank conform to generally accepted
accounting principles and to prevailing practices within the banking industry.


In preparing the financial statements,  management is required to make estimates
and assumptions that affect the reported values of assets and liabilities at the
balance  sheet date and  income and  expenses  for the  years.  Actual  results,
particularly  regarding  the estimate of the  allowance for possible loan losses
may  differ  significantly  from  these  estimates.  

(b)  Investment  Securities

Effective  December  31,  1993,  the bank  adopted the  provisions  of Financial
Accounting  Standard  ("SFAS") No. 115,  "Accounting for Certain  Investments in
Debt and Equity Securities."  Investment securities that are intended to be held
for  indefinite  periods of time but which may not be held to  maturity  or on a
long-term  basis are  considered to be  "available  for sale" and are carried at
market value. Net unrealized gains and losses,  net of applicable  income taxes,
are reflected as a component of stockholders' equity.  Included as available for
sale  are  securities   that  are  purchased  in  connection   with  the  bank's
asset/liability  risk  management  strategy  and that may be sold in response to
changes in interest rates,  resultant prepayment risk and other related factors.
In  instances  where  the  bank has the  positive  intent  to hold to  maturity,
investment  securities  will be classified as held for investment and carried at
amortized  cost.  At December  31, 1995 and 1994,  all of the bank's  investment
securities were classified as available for sale and carried at market value. At
December 31, 1995, the net unrealized  gain of $263,811,  net of the related tax
effects of  $111,539,  is shown as an  addition to  stockholders'  equity in the
amount of $152,272.


                                       36
<PAGE>


ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

Investment securities discounts are accreted and premiums are amortized over the
period of estimated  principal  repayment  using methods which  approximate  the
interest  method.  

Gains or losses on the sale of investment  securities are recognized at the time
of sale on a specific identification basis.

(c) Loans

Loans  are  reported  at the  principal  amount  outstanding,  net  of  deferred
origination  fees and costs.  Loan  origination  fees  received  are offset with
direct loan  origination  costs and are deferred and amortized  over the life of
the related loans using the level-yield method or, are recognized in income when
the related  loans are sold or paid off.  

Loans on which the accrual of interest has been  discontinued  are designated as
nonaccrual  loans.  Accrual of  interest  on loans is  discontinued  either when
reasonable  doubt  exists as to the full and timely  collection  of  interest or
principal, or generally when a loan becomes contractually past due by 60 days or
a  mortgage  loan  becomes  contractually  past due by 90 days with  respect  to
interest or principal.  When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, all interest
previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current period interest
income.  Interest  accruals  are  resumed on such loans only when  payments  are
brought current and when, in the judgment of management,  the  collectibility of
both principal and interest is reasonably assured. Payments received on loans in
a nonaccrual status are generally applied to principal.

Loans on which the bank has granted,  for economic or legal  reasons  related to
the  borrowers  financial  difficulties,  a  concession  that the bank would not
otherwise  consider are  designated  as  restructured  loans.  Such loans remain
designated as restructured loans for at least twelve months,  until the borrower
has  maintained a  satisfactory  payment  history and until the interest rate is
equal to or greater  than the rate the bank was willing to accept at the time of
the restructure for a new receivable  with comparable  risk.  Interest income on
restructured loans is accrued at the reduced renegotiated rate.

Mortgage  loans held for sale are  carried at the lower of  aggregate  amortized
cost  or  market  value,  giving   consideration  to  commitments  to  originate
additional  loans and commitments to sell loans.  When loans are sold, a gain or
loss is recognized to the extent that the sales proceeds exceed or are less than
the  carrying  value of the loans.  Gains and losses  are  determined  using the
specific identification method.

In May 1993, the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board ("FASB") issued SFAS No.
114,  "Accounting by Creditors for  Impairment of a Loan",  which was amended in
October 1994 by SFAS No. 118,  "Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan
- - Income  Recognition  and  Disclosure."  The Statements  generally  require all
creditors to account for impaired  loans,  except those loans that are accounted
for at fair value or at lower of cost or fair value, at the present value of the
expected  future cash flows  discounted at the loan's  effective  interest rate.
These Statements apply to all creditors and all loans,  uncollateralized as well
as collateralized, except large groups of smaller-balance homogeneous loans that
are collectively evaluated for impairment, loans that are measured at fair value
and leases and debt securities as defined in SFAS No. 115. Management  considers
the payment status,  net worth and earnings  potential of the borrower,  and the
value and cash flow of the  collateral as factors to determine if a loan will be
paid in  accordance  with its  contractual  terms.  Management  does not set any
minimum delay of payments as a factor in reviewing for impaired  classification.
Impaired loans are charged-off when management  believes that the collectibility
of the loan's principal is remote. In addition, criteria for classification of a
loan as in-substance  foreclosure has been modified so that such  classification
need be made  only  when a lender  is in  possession  of the  collateral.  These
Statements  also  require  impairment  of  troubled  debt  restructurings  to be
measured  using the  pre-modification  rate of interest.  The bank adopted these
Statements on January 1, 1995.

In May 1994, the FASB issued SFAS No. 122,  "Accounting  for Mortgage  Servicing
Rights",  which amends SFAS No. 65,  "Accounting  for Certain  Mortgage  Banking
Activities".  The  Statement  is  effective  for fiscal  years  beginning  after
December 15, 1995; however, early adoption is permitted.  The Statement requires
that a mortgage  banking  enterprise  recognize  as separate  assets,  rights to
service mortgage loans for others,  regardless of how those servicing rights are
acquired.  Additionally,  the Statement  requires that the capitalized  mortgage
servicing  rights be assessed  for  impairment  based on the fair value of those
rights,  and that impairment be recognized  through a valuation  allowance.  The
bank  adopted this  statement on January 1, 1996.  The impact of adoption of the
Statement on the bank will be dependent on residential mortgage sales volume.


                                       37

<PAGE>

ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

(d) Allowance for Possible Loan Losses 

The allowance for possible  loan losses is  established  through a provision for
possible loan losses charged to operations.  Loan losses are charged against the
allowance when management believes that the collectibility of the loan principal
is unlikely.  Recoveries  on loans  previously  charged-off  are credited to the
allowance.  

The  determination  of the adequacy of the allowance is based upon  management's
assessment of risk elements in the  portfolio,  factors  affecting loan quality,
and assumptions about the economic  environment in which the bank operates.  The
process  includes  identification  and  analysis  of loss  potential  in various
portfolio  segments utilizing a credit risk grading process and specific reviews
and evaluations of significant individual problem loans. In addition, management
reviews  overall  portfolio  quality  through an analysis of current  levels and
trends in charge-offs, delinquency and nonperforming loan data, peer group data,
forecasts of economic  conditions  and the overall  banking  environment.  These
reviews are dependent  upon  estimates,  appraisals,  and  judgments,  which can
change quickly because of changing economic conditions and the bank's perception
as to how these conditions affect the debtors' economic prospects.

Management  believes  that the  allowance  for possible loan losses is adequate.
While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future
additions to the  allowance may be necessary.  In addition,  various  regulatory
agencies, as an integral part of their examination process,  periodically review
the bank's  allowance  for possible  loan losses.  Such agencies may require the
bank to recognize  additions to the allowance based on judgments  different from
those of management.

(e) Premises and Equipment

Land is  carried  at cost.  Premises  and  equipment  are  stated  at cost  less
accumulated  depreciation  and  amortization.  Depreciation and amortization are
computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related
asset categories as follows:

Buildings and leasehold  improvements             10  years 
Computer software and equipment                3 to 5 years 
Furniture, fixtures and equipment              3 to 5 years

(f) Real Estate  Acquired by Foreclosure  

Real estate acquired by foreclosure is comprised of properties  acquired through
foreclosure  proceedings  or acceptance of a deed in lieu of  foreclosure.  Real
estate  formally  acquired in settlement  of loans is initially  recorded at the
lower  of the  carrying  value of the  loan or the  fair  value of the  property
constructively  or actually  received less estimated  selling costs. Loan losses
arising  from  the  acquisition  of such  properties  are  charged  against  the
allowance  for possible  loan  losses.  Operating  expenses  and any  subsequent
provisions  to reduce the  carrying  value to net fair value are charged to real
estate  operations in the current period.  Gains and losses upon disposition are
reflected in earnings as realized.

(g) Income Taxes

Effective  January 1, 1993, the bank began using the asset and liability  method
of  accounting  for income  taxes.  

Under this method deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at currently
enacted  income tax rates  applicable  to the period in which the  deferred  tax
assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled.  As changes in tax
laws or rates are enacted,  deferred tax assets and liabilities will be adjusted
accordingly through the provision for income taxes.

(h) Stock Options 

In October 1995, the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board issued SFAS No. 123,
"Accounting for Stock Based  Compensation," which became effective on January 1,
1996.  This  Statement  establishes a fair value based method of accounting  for
stock-based  compensation plans under which compensation cost is measured at the
grant date based on the value of the award and is  recognized  over the  service
period.

                                       38

<PAGE>

ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

However,  the Statement allows a bank to continue to measure  compensation  cost
for  such  plans  under  Accounting  Principles  Board  (APB)  Opinion  No.  25,
"Accounting  for  Stock  Issued  to  Employees."  Under APB  Opinion  No.25,  no
compensation  cost is recorded if, at the grant date,  the exercise price of the
options is equal to the fair market value of the bank's common  stock.  The bank
has elected to continue  to follow the  accounting  in APB Opinion No. 25 and to
disclose in the notes to its financial  statements  the pro forma net income and
earnings  per share as if the fair value  based  method of  accounting  had been
applied.  

(i) Statement of Cash Flows 

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash and
due from banks and daily federal funds sold.

(j) Trust Assets  

Securities  and other  property  held in a fiduciary or agency  capacity are not
included in the  consolidated  balance sheets because they are not assets of the
bank.  Trust assets  under  management  at December  31, 1995 and 1994  totalled
$106,342,490  and  $96,296,187,  respectively.  Income from trust  activities is
reported on an accrual basis.

(2) INVESTMENT SECURITIES

The  amortized  cost and estimated  market  values of  investment  securities at
December 31, are summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      1995
                                                    ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      Amortized           Unrealized         Unrealized         Market
                                                         cost                gains              loss             value
                                                    ------------          ----------        -----------       -----------
<S>                                                 <C>                     <C>               <C>             <C>

U.S. agency obligations                              $37,322,750             253,678           296,351         37,280,077
U.S. treasury obligations                             16,151,314             215,674                --         16,366,988
U.S. agency morgage-backed securities                 11,042,750              81,690           151,974         10,972,466
Municipal obligations                                  9,809,137             223,716            33,528          9,999,325
Privately-issued mortgage-backed
     securities collateralized by U.S.
     agency mortgage-backed obligations
                                                       1,261,427                   -            29,094          1,232,333
                                                      ----------           ---------         ---------         ----------
         Total bonds and obligations                  75,587,378             774,758           510,947         75,851,189

Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost                  2,961,300                   -                 -          2,961,300
                                                      ----------           ---------         ---------         ----------

         Total investment securities                 $78,548,678             774,758           510,947         78,812,489
                                                      ==========           =========           =======         ==========
<CAPTION>


                                                                                     1994
                                                    ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      Amortized           Unrealized         Unrealized         Market
                                                         cost                gains              loss             value
                                                    ------------          ----------        -----------       -----------
<S>                                                 <C>                     <C>               <C>             <C>
U.S. agency obligations                              $23,953,833              17,993         1,429,420         22,542,406
U.S. agency morgage-backed securities                 11,596,674               6,696           915,484         10,687,886
Municipal obligations                                  9,389,336              11,531           427,428          8,973,439
Privately-issued mortgage-backed
     securities collateralized by U.S.
     agency mortgage-backed obligations
                                                       1,497,652                   -            48,450          1,449,202
                                                      ----------           ---------         ---------         ----------
         Total bonds and obligations                  46,437,495              36,220         2,820,782         43,652,933

Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost                  2,086,700                   -                 -          2,086,700
                                                      ----------           ---------         ---------         ----------

         Total investment securities                 $48,524,195              36,220         2,820,782         45,739,633
                                                      ==========           =========         =========         ==========
</TABLE>
                                       39
<PAGE>

ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

At December 31, 1995,  securities with a market value of $8,383,258 were pledged
as collateral for  short-term  borrowings  (Note 8) and  securities  with a book
value of  $2,013,680  were  pledged as  collateral  for  treasury,  tax and loan
deposits. At December 31, 1994, securities with a book value of $11,442,175 were
pledged as collateral for short-term  borrowings  (Note 8) and securities with a
book value of $2,000,000  were pledged as collateral for treasury,  tax and loan
deposits.

The contractual maturity distribution of total bonds and obligations at December
31, is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                   1995
                                                  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Amortized                                  Market
                                                      Cost                  Percent            Value               Percent
                                                  ------------              -------         -----------            -------
<S>                                              <C>                       <C>              <C>                    <C>

Within one year                                   $  1,501,905                  2%            1,519,688               2%
After one but within three years                    16,006,226                 21            15,946,347               21
After three but within five years                   25,789,153                 34            25,967,476               34
After five but within ten years                     13,448,951                 18            13,719,602               18
After ten years                                     18,841,143                 25            18,698,076               25
                                                  ------------               ----            ----------             ----
                                                  $ 75,587,378                100%           75,851,189              100%
                                                  ============               ====            ==========             ====

 
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   1994
                                                  ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Amortized                                  Market
                                                      Cost                  Percent            Value               Percent
                                                  ------------              -------         -----------            -------
<S>                                              <C>                       <C>              <C>                    <C>

Within one year                                  $     256,713                  1%              254,613                1%
After one but within three years                     3,647,009                  8             3,590,941                8
After three but within five years                   15,833,820                 34            14,737,304               34
After five but within ten years                     10,978,077                 23            10,286,958               23
After ten years                                     15,721,876                 34            14,783,117               34   
                                                  ------------               ----            ----------             ---- 
                                                  $ 46,437,495                100%           43,652,933              100%
                                                  ============               ====            ==========             ====
</TABLE>

Mortgage-backed securities are shown at their final maturity but are expected to
have shorter average lives due to principal repayments.  U.S. agency obligations
are shown at their final maturity but are expected to have shorter lives because
issuers  of certain  bonds  reservethe  right to call or prepay the  obligations
without  call or  prepayment  penalties  and certain  U.S.  agency  lives may be
shorter based on mortgage prepayment rates.


Sales of investment  securities for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994, and
1993 are summarized as follows:


                                           1995         1994        1993
                                         --------     -------     -------

Book value of securities sold     $         --      5,006,876   13,887,271
Gross realized gains on sales               --         97,201      469,712
Gross realized loss on sales                --        (49,274)        --
                                      ----------   ----------   ----------

   Total proceeds from sales of
     investment securities        $         --     $5,054,803   14,356,983
                                      ==========   ==========   ==========

                                       40
<PAGE>



ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

(3) LOANS AND LOANS HELD FOR SALE
Major  classifications  of loans and loans held for sale at December  31, are as
follows:
                                                          

                                                       1995           1994
                                                    -----------  ------------
 Real estate:
      Commercial                                    $42,513,631    40,267,101
      Construction                                    5,843,646     5,930,314
      Residential                                    31,017,230    32,029,077
      Residential loans held for sale                 1,855,340     1,718,962
                                                    -----------    ----------
            Total real estate                        81,229,847    79,945,454

 Commercial                                          28,353,099    25,980,002
 Consumer                                             3,378,891     3,542,902
 Home equity                                          5,249,773     5,877,287
                                                    -----------    ----------
            Total loans                             118,211,610   115,345,645

 Deferred loan origination fees                        (549,398)     (554,987)
 Allowance for possible loan losses                  (4,106,659)   (4,341,204)
                                                    -----------    ----------

            Net loans and loans held for sale      $113,555,553   110,449,454
                                                   ============   ===========

Directors,  officers,  principal  stockholders  and their  associates are credit
customers  of the  bank  in  the  normal  course  of  business.  All  loans  and
commitments  included in such  transactions are made on  substantially  the same
terms, including interest rates and collateral,  as those prevailing at the time
for comparable  transactions with  unaffiliated  persons and do not involve more
than a normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable  features.  As
of December 31, 1995, and 1994,  the aggregate  total of all lines of credit and
outstanding loans to directors and officers of the bank and their associates was
$3,591,278 and  $4,049,554,  respectively,  of which  $2,934,907 and $3,248,145,
respectively,  constituted  outstanding  indebtedness.  During fiscal 1995,  new
loans of $51,564 were made and principal paydowns of $364,802 were received. All
loans to these related parties are current. 

At December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, the bank was not accruing interest on loans
having  an  outstanding  balance  of  $2,021,484,  $1,870,665,  and  $1,895,253,
respectively.  Also,  the  bank  was  accruing  interest  at a  reduced  rate on
restructured loans having an outstanding  balance of $0, $741,604,  and $779,150
at December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.  There were no commitments to
lend  additional  funds  to those  borrowers  whose  loans  were  classified  as
restructured or nonaccrual at December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993. The reduction in
interest income for the years ended December 31 associated with  nonaccruing and
reduced rate loans is summarized as follows:
                                                                
                                                    1995      1994      1993
                                                 ---------  --------  -------- 
Income in accordance with original loan terms    $ 316,462   328,897   244,262
Income recognized                                   90,371   162,581    61,259
                                                 ---------  --------  --------
Reduction in interest income                     $ 226,091   166,316   183,003
                                                 =========  ========  ========



                                       41

<PAGE>



ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

Nonaccrual and restructured loans at December 31, are summarized as follows:

                                                      1995            1994
                                                  ------------    ----------
  Nonaccrual:
       Real estate                                $    889,263       956,422
       Commercial                                      586,442       565,703
       Consumer, including home equity                 545,779       348,540
                                                  ------------    ----------
             Total nonaccrual                     $  2,021,484     1,870,665
                                                  ============    ==========


  Restructured:
       Commercial                                  $         -       741,604
                                                  ------------    ----------

             Total restructured                    $         -       741,604
                                                  ============    ==========



The bank's lending  activities are conducted  principally in the Greater Lowell,
Massachusetts  area  and  to a  lesser  extent,  in  Leominster  and  Fitchburg,
Massachusetts and the rest of eastern  Massachusetts and southern New Hampshire.
The bank grants single family and  multi-family  residential  loans,  commercial
real  estate  loans,  commercial  loans  and a variety  of  consumer  loans.  In
addition,  the bank grants  loans for the  construction  of  residential  homes,
multi-family  properties,   commercial  real  estate  properties  and  for  land
development.  Most loans granted by the bank are  collateralized  by real estate
and/or  guaranteed by the borrower.  The ability and  willingness  of the single
family residential and consumer  borrowers to honor their repayment  commitments
is generally dependent on the level of overall economic activity and real estate
values within the borrowers'  geographic  areas.  The ability and willingness of
commercial  real estate,  commercial  and  construction  loan borrowers to honor
their  repayment  commitments  is generally  dependent on the health of the real
estate  sector  in the  borrowers'  geographic  areas and the  general  economy.

Changes in the allowance  for possible loan losses for the years ended  December
31, are summarized as follows:

                                         1995           1994         1993
                                     ------------   -----------   -----------

Balance at beginning of year          $ 4,341,204     4,132,507     4,209,280

 Provision charged to operations                -             -     1,030,000
 Loan recoveries                          170,468       264,312        25,342
 Loans charged-off                       (405,013)      (55,615)   (1,132,115)
                                      -----------     ---------    ----------
Balance at end of year                $ 4,106,659     4,341,204     4,132,507
                                      ===========     =========    ==========

At December 31, 1995,  1994 and 1993 the bank was servicing  mortgage loans sold
to   investors   amounting  to   $32,013,054,   $28,431,684   and   $13,824,387,
respectively.

                                       42

<PAGE>



ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

At December 31, 1995,  total  impaired  loans were  $473,325.  In the opinion of
management,  loans with a book value of $205,676  required  specific  reseves of
$25,676. All of the $473,325 of impaired loans have been measured using the fair
value of the  collateral  method.  During the year ended  December 31, 1995, the
average  recorded value of impaired loans was $528,968.  No interest  income was
recognized on the loans once they were deemed impaired. All payments received on
impaired loans are applied to principal.

(4) PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment at December 31, are summarized as follows:

                                                     1995          1994
                                                  ----------    ----------
 Land                                             $  170,906        69,116
 Buildings and leasehold improvements              2,214,988     1,527,605
 Computer software and equipment                   1,701,590     1,363,142
 Furniture, fixtures and equipment                 1,366,301       932,390
                                                  ----------    ----------
                                                   5,453,785     3,892,253
 Less accumulated depreciation and amortization   (2,990,193)   (2,342,496)
                                                  ----------    ----------
                                                  $2,463,592     1,549,757
                                                  ==========    ==========


The bank is obligated under various  non-cancellable  operating leases,  some of
which  provide for periodic  adjustments.  At December  31, 1995  minimum  lease
payments for these operating leases were as follows:

 Payable in
      1996                             $211,529
      1997                              196,947
      1998                              184,276
      1999                              177,940
      2000                               34,746
      Later years                             -
                                       --------
      Total minimum lease payments     $805,438
                                       ========

Total rent expense for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993 amounted
to $197,532, $179,560, and $157,960, respectively.

(5) ACCRUED INTEREST RECEIVABLE


Accrued interest receivable consists of the following at December 31:

                                                1995         1994
                                            ----------   ----------
Investments                                 $1,006,950      615,066
Loans and loans held for sale                  816,129      652,566
                                            ----------   ----------
                                            $1,823,079    1,267,632
                                            ==========   ==========

                                       43

<PAGE>



ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

(6) REAL ESTATE ACQUIRED BY FORECLOSURE

Real estate acquired by foreclosure  includes commercial real estate of $417,172
and  $389,787 at December 31, 1995 and 1994,  respectively.  

An analysis of real estate  acquired by foreclosure for the years ended December
31, is as follows:



                                                     1995            1994
                                                -------------    -------------

Balance at beginning of year                    $     389,787         525,001
  Foreclosures                                         77,721              --
  Sales proceeds and principal repayments,
     net of gain/loss on sale                         (50,336)       (135,214)
                                                -------------    -------------
Balance at end of year                          $     417,172    $    389,787
                                                =============    =============

(7) DEPOSITS

Deposits at December 31, are summarized as follows:



                                                    1995             1994
                                               -------------    -------------

Demand deposits                                $  32,754,037       26,297,674
Savings                                           15,320,337       14,977,878
NOW accounts                                      40,777,416       33,369,963
Money market accounts                             21,197,102       20,407,388
Time deposits less than $100,000                  59,717,943       24,299,183
Time deposits of $100,000 or more                 26,249,908       14,596,547
                                               -------------    -------------
                                               $ 196,016,743      133,878,633
                                               =============    =============

     Interest  expense  on time  deposits  with  balances  of  $100,000  or more
     amounted to $912,651

The following table shows the schedule maturities of time deposits with balances
less than $100,000 at December 31:


                                                     1995             1994
                                                -------------    -------------

Due less than three months                       $11,310,414        8,633,648
Due in over three through twelve months           30,027,130        9,391,354
Due in twelve months through thirty months        18,380,399        6,204,181
                                                 -----------      -----------   
                                                 $59,717,943      $24,229,183
                                                 ===========      ===========

                                       44
<PAGE>



ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

The  following  table  shows the  scheduled  maturities  of time  deposits  with
balances of $100,000 or more at December 31:

                                                    1995            1994
                                                 -----------     ----------
Due in less than three months                    $14,991,490     10,048,610 
Due in over three through twelve months            7,483,103      4,019,375 
Due in twelve months through thirty months         3,775,315        528,562
                                                 -----------     ----------

                                                 $26,249,908     14,596,547 
                                                 ===========     ==========

(8) SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS 

Borrowed funds at December 31, are summarized as follows: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1995                          1994
                                                 -------------------------      ------------------------
                                                                  Average                        Average
                                                     Amount        Rate            Amount         Rate
                                                  -----------    ---------       ---------      --------
     <S>                                         <C>             <C>           <C>              <C>

      Securities sold under agreements to
           repurchase, due on demand              $ 6,981,783     3.70%          6,386,030        3.52%
      Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston
           borrowings                                       -        -          13,233,000        6.33
                                                  -----------                   ----------
                                                  $ 6,981,783     3.70%         19,619,030        5.43%
                                                  ===========                   ==========
</TABLE>
 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are  collateralized by investment
securities  with  an  amortized  cost  and a  market  value  of  $8,481,564  and
$8,383,258 at December 31, 1995,  respectively,  and $11,442,175 and $10,749,349
at December 31,  1994,  respectively.  During the year ended  December 31, 1995,
securities sold under agreements to repurchase averaged $6,762,721,  the maximum
amount  outstanding at any month-end was  $9,450,641,  and the weighted  average
cost was 4.05%.  During the year ended December 31, 1994,  securities sold under
agreements to repurchase averaged $5,946,644,  the maximum amount outstanding at
any  month-end  was  $8,717,055,  and the weighted  average cost was 2.50%.  The
securities  underlying  the agreements  are under the bank's  control.  

The bank  became a member of the  Federal  Home Loan Bank of Boston  ("FHLB") in
March 1994. There were no outstanding advances at December 31, 1995.

As a member of the FHLB, the bank has access to a pre-approved overnight line of
credit for up to 5% of its total assets and above that the capacity to borrow an
amount up to the value of its qualified  collateral,  as defined by the FHLB. At
December  31,  1995,  the bank had the  capacity  to borrow up to  approximately
$74,470,401 from the FHLB.


                                       45
<PAGE>



ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

(9) STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") regulations generally require the
bank to maintain capital equal to 4.00% of assets (leverage capital), risk-based
capital  equal to 8.00% of  risk-weighted  assets and capital  equal to 4.00% of
risk-weighted assets (Tier I capital).  Risk-based capital includes capital plus
general valuation  allowances up to 1.25% of risk-weighted  assets. The bank met
all regulatory  capital  requirements  at December 31, 1995.  Holders of Class A
Common  Stock are  entitled to one vote per share,  and are  entitled to receive
dividends  if and  when  declared  by  the  board  of  directors.  Dividend  and
liquidation  rights of the Class A Common  Stock may be subject to the rights of
any outstanding Preferred Stock.

(10) STOCK OPTION PLAN

The board of directors  adopted a 1988 Stock Option Plan (the "1988 plan") which
was approved by the  shareholders of the bank in 1989. The 1988 plan permits the
board of directors to grant both  incentive and  non-qualified  stock options to
officers and  full-time  employees  for the purchase of up to 153,902  shares of
Class A Common Stock.  Any shares of Class A Common Stock issued pursuant to the
1988 plan which are returned to the bank will be available for future  issuance.

Under the terms of the 1988 plan,  incentive stock options may not be granted at
less than 100% of the fair  market  value of the shares on the date of grant and
may not have a term of more than ten years. For participants  owning 10% or more
of the bank's  outstanding Class A Common Stock, such options may not be granted
at less than 110% of the fair  market  value of the shares on the date of grant.
Fair market value is  considered to be the price of the most recent stock trade.
Class A Common  Stock  reserved  for  issuance of shares  under the 1988 plan is
153,902 shares.  

All options  granted thus far are  exercisable at the rate of 25% a year and all
such options  expire 10 years from the date of grant.  All options  granted thus
far are categorized as incentive stock options.  Stock option  transactions  are
summarized as follows:
                                                                   Weighted
                                                                average option 
                                             Number of options  price per share
                                             -----------------  ----------------

Options outstanding at December 31, 1993           78,200            $11.03
   Granted in 1994                                  1,600             12.00
   Expired in 1994                                 (1,700)            11.29
                                                  -------
Options outstanding at December 31, 1994           78,100             11.04
   Granted in 1995                                 25,650             13.50
   Expired in 1995                                   (600)            12.00
   Exercised in 1995                               (1,100)            11.00
                                                  -------
Options outstanding at December 31, 1995          102,050            $11.65
                                                  =======

At December 31, 1995,  74,650 shares were exercisable and 50,752 shares remained
available for future grants.



                                       46

<PAGE>



ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

(11) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

The bank has a 401(k)  defined-contribution  employee  benefit plan.  The 401(k)
plan  allows  eligible  employees  to  contribute  a  base  percentage,  plus  a
supplemental percentage, of their pre-tax earnings to the plan. A portion of the
base  percentage,  as determined  by the board of  directors,  is matched by the
bank. No bank  contributions  are made for  supplemental  contributions  made by
participants.  The percentage for the 1995, 1994 and 1993 calendar years was 50%
up to the first 6%  contributed  by the  employee.  The bank's  expense  for the
401(k)  plan match for the years  ended  December  31,  1995,  1994 and 1993 was
$91,806,  $81,719 and $68,959,  respectively.  

Employees  working a  minimum  of 20 hours per week and at least 21 years of age
are  immediately  eligible to  participate.  Vesting for the bank's  401(k) plan
contribution is based on years of service with participants  becoming 20% vested
after 3 years of service,  increasing  pro-rata to 100% vesting after 7 years of
service.  Amounts not  distributable  to an employee  following  termination  of
employment are allocated to the participants.

(12) INCOME TAXES

The components of income tax expense for the years ended December 31, calculated
using the asset and liability method are as follows:

                                                       

                                          1995          1994           1993
                                         ------        ------         -----
Current tax expense:
  Federal                            $   733,331        649,122        380,559
  State                                  262,849        221,809         82,819
                                     -----------    -----------    -----------
        Total current tax expense        966,180        870,931        463,378
                                     -----------    -----------    -----------

Deferred tax expense (benefit):
  Federal                                (11,839)       (33,141)        (6,163)
  State                                  100,537        (13,976)        14,978
                                     -----------    -----------    -----------
        Total deferred tax expense
        (benefit)                         88,698        (47,117)         8,815
                                     -----------    -----------    -----------
        Total income tax expense     $ 1,084,878        823,814        472,193
                                     ===========    ===========    ===========


                                       47
<PAGE>



ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

The components of income taxes receivable and deferred income taxes  receivable,
net at December 31, are as follows:

                                                              

                                             1995         1994
                                            ------       ------
Income taxes payable:
       Federal                           $  149,660       67,166
       State                                 23,686         --
                                         ----------   ----------
                                            173,346       67,166
                                         ----------   ----------

Deferred income taxes receivable, net:
       Federal                            1,298,297    2,193,014
       State                                441,973      924,806
                                         ----------   ----------
                                         $1,740,270    3,117,820
                                         ==========   ==========

       The  provision  for income  taxes  differs  from the amount  computed  by
       applying the statutory federal income tax rate (34%) as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                         1995                    1994                    1993
                              ----------------------  ----------------------  ----------------------
                                   Amount        %         Amount        %        Amount         %
                              ----------------------  ----------------------  ----------------------
<S>                          <C>              <C>    <C>              <C>    <C>              <C>
Computed income tax expense   $   969,379      34.0%  $   792,890      34.0%  $   509,535      34.0%
 at statutory rate
State income taxes, net of        239,835       8.4       138,175       5.9        64,546       4.3
 federal tax benefit
Municipal bond interest          (138,790)     (4.8)     (140,338)     (6.0)     (110,191)     (7.4)
Other                              14,454        .5        33,087       1.4         8,303        .6
                              -----------      ----   -----------      ----   -----------      ----
Income tax expense            $ 1,084,878      38.1%  $   823,814      35.3%  $   472,193      31.5%
                              -----------      ----   -----------      ----   -----------      ----
</TABLE>

Income tax expense has  increased to reflect the  adjustment to the deferred tax
asset for the tax impact of the  Massachusetts tax rate reduction as part of the
Bank Tax Reform law signed by the Governor of Massachusetts on July 27, 1995.


                                       48

<PAGE>



ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

At December  31, 1995 and  December  31,  1994,  the tax effects of each type of
income and expense item that give rise to deferred taxes are:

                                                         1995           1994
                                                     -----------   ----------
Deferred tax asset:
      Allowance for possible loan losses             $ 1,451,580    1,523,457
      Depreciation                                       199,278      170,591
      Deferred loan fees                                  39,975       67,024
      Net unrealized loss on investment securities             -    1,177,313
      Other                                              160,976      179,435
                                                     -----------   ----------
            Total                                      1,851,809    3,117,820

 Deferred tax liability:
      Net unrealized gain on investment securities       111,539            -
                                                     -----------   ----------

Net deferred tax asset                               $ 1,740,270    3,117,820
                                                     ===========   ==========

At December  31,  1995,  the net Federal  deferred  tax asset of  $1,298,297  is
supported by  recoverable  income taxes of  approximately  $1,668,191.  The bank
needs to  generate  approximately  $4,209,267  of future net  taxable  income to
realize the state deferred tax asset of $441,973 as of December 31, 1995.  There
was no valuation  allowance  for the deferred tax asset at December 31, 1995 and
1994. Management believes that the net deferred income tax asset at December 31,
1995 is an amount  that  will more  likely  than not be  realized.  

It should be noted,  however,  that factors beyond management's control, such as
the  general  state of the economy and real  estate  values,  can affect  future
levels of taxable  income  and that no  assurance  can be given that  sufficient
taxable  income will be generated to fully  absorb  gross  deductible  temporary
differences.

(13) RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The bank's offices in Lowell, Massachusetts,  are leased from realty trusts, the
beneficiaries  of which are various  bank  officers and  directors.  The maximum
remaining term of the leases  including  options is for 13 years.  

Total  amounts paid to the realty trusts  including  operating  lease  payments,
parking,  common area charges and other  related lease costs for the years ended
December  31,  1995,  1994  and  1993  were  $221,383,  $203,348  and  $161,645,
respectively.

(14) COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH
OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK AND CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK

The bank is party to financial  instruments with  off-balance  sheet risk in the
normal course of business to meet the financing  needs of its  customers.  These
financial instruments include commitments to originate loans, standby letters of
credit and  unadvanced  lines of credit.  The  instruments  involve,  to varying
degrees,  elements  of credit  risk in excess of the  amount  recognized  in the
balance sheets. The contract amounts of those instruments  reflect the extent of
involvement the bank has in the particular classes of financial instruments.

The bank's exposure to credit loss in the event of  nonperformance  by the other
party to the financial  instrument for loan  commitments  and standby letters of
credit is represented by the contractual amounts of those instruments.  The bank
uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional  obligations
as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.

                                       49

<PAGE>

ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

Financial  instruments with  off-balance  sheet credit risk at December 31, 1995
and 1994, are as follows:

                                                        1995          1996
                                                     ----------    ----------

Commitments to originate loans                       $7,946,570     5,801,169
Standby letters of credit                             3,341,927     2,732,535
Unadvanced portions of consumer loans (including
     credit card loans)                               2,902,842     2,599,228
Unadvanced portions of construction loans             2,863,282     2,485,143
Unadvanced portions of home equity loans              3,715,526     3,267,641
Unadvanced portions of commercial lines of credit    14,387,535    10,789,689

Commitments  to originate  loans are  agreements to lend to a customer  provided
there is no violation of any condition established in the contract.  Commitments
generally  have fixed  expiration  dates or other  termination  clauses  and may
require  payment of a fee. Since many of the  commitments are expected to expire
without  being  drawn  upon,  the total  commitment  amounts do not  necessarily
represent  future  cash   requirements.   The  bank  evaluates  each  customer's
creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained,  if
deemed necessary by the bank upon extension of credit,  is based on management's
credit  evaluation  of the  borrower.  Collateral  held varies,  but may include
secured interests in mortgages, accounts receivable,  inventory, property, plant
and equipment and  income-producing  properties.  

Standby  letters of credit  are  conditional  commitments  issued by the bank to
guarantee  the  performance  by a customer  to a third  party.  The credit  risk
involved in issuing  letters of credit is essentially  the same as that involved
in extending loan facilities to customers.

The bank originates  residential  mortgage loans under agreements to
sell such loans, servicing retained and servicing released. At December 31, 1995
and  1994,  the  bank had  commitments  to sell  loans  totalling  $984,150  and
$1,089,000,   respectively.  

The bank manages its loan portfolio to avoid  concentration  by industry or loan
size to minimize its credit exposure.  Commercial loans may be collateralized by
the assets  underlying  the  borrower's  business  such as accounts  receivable,
equipment,  inventory and real  property.  Residential  mortgage and home equity
loans  are  secured  by the  real  property  financed.  Consumer  loans  such as
installment  loans are  generally  secured by the  personal  property  financed.
Credit card loans are  generally  unsecured.  Commercial  real estate  loans are
generally secured by the underlying real property and rental agreements.

As a nonmember of the Federal Reserve  System,  the bank is required to maintain
in reserve  certain  amounts  of vault cash  and/or  deposits  with the  Federal
Reserve  Bank of Boston.  The amount of this  reserve  requirement,  included in
"Cash and Due from Banks," was  approximately  $2,686,000  at December 31, 1995,
and  approximately  $1,998,000  at December  31,  1994.  

The bank is involved in various  legal  proceedings  incidental to its business.
After review with legal counsel,  management does not believe  resolution of any
present  litigation  will  have a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  financial
condition or results of operations of the bank.

                                       50

<PAGE>



ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

15) FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The following  methods and assumptions  were used by the bank in estimating fair
values of its financial  instruments:  

The respective  carrying values of certain  financial  instruments  approximated
their fair value as they were  short-term in nature or payable on demand.  These
include cash and due from banks,  daily  federal  funds sold,  accrued  interest
receivable,  repurchase agreements, accrued interest payable and non-certificate
deposit accounts.

Investments:  Fair values for  investments  were based on quoted market  prices,
where  available.  If quoted market prices were not available,  fair values were
based on quoted market prices of comparable instruments.

FHLB stock:  The carrying  amount  reported in the
consolidated  balance sheet  approximates  fair value. If the stock is redeemed,
the bank will receive an amount equal to the par value of the stock.  

Loans:  The fair  value of loans  was  determined  using  discounted  cash  flow
analysis,  using  interest  rates  currently  being  offered  by the  bank.  The
incremental credit risk for nonaccrual loans was considered in the determination
of the fair value of the loans.

The fair  values of the unused  portion of lines of credit and letters of credit
were based on fees currently  charged to enter into similar  agreements and were
estimated to be the fees charged.  Commitments to originate  non-mortgage  loans
were  short-term  and were at current market rates and estimated to have no fair
value.

Financial liabilities: The fair values of certificates of deposit were estimated
using  discounted cash flow analysis using rates offered by the bank on December
31, 1995 for similar instruments.

Limitations:  The estimates of fair value of financial instruments were based on
information  available at December 31, 1995 and are not  indicative  of the fair
market value of those  instruments  at the date this report is published.  These
estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering
for  sale at one time the  bank's  entire  holdings  of a  particular  financial
instrument.  Because no market  exists  for a portion  of the  bank's  financial
instruments,  fair value  estimates  were based on  judgments  regarding  future
expected loss experience,  current economic conditions,  risk characteristics of
various financial instruments, and other factors. These estimates are subjective
in nature and involve  uncertainties  and matters of  significant  judgment  and
therefore  cannot be determined  with  precision.  Changes in assumptions  could
significantly affect the estimates.

Fair value estimates were based on existing on- and off-balance-sheet  financial
instruments  without an  attempt to  estimate  the value of  anticipated  future
business  and the  value of  assets  and  liabilities  that  are not  considered
financial   instruments.   Significant  assets  and  liabilities  that  are  not
considered  financial  assets or liabilities  include premises and equipment and
foreclosed  real  estate.  In  addition,  the tax  ramifications  related to the
realization of the unrealized gains and losses can have a significant  effect on
fair  value  estimates  and have not been  considered  in any of the  estimates.
Accordingly,  the aggregate  fair value  amounts  presented do not represent the
underlying value of the bank.

                                       51

<PAGE>



ENTERPRISE BANK AND TRUST COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED



                                                Carrying         Estimated 
                                                 Amount          Fair Value
                                            --------------     -------------
Financial assets:
     Cash and cash equivalents              $   25,162,392       25,162,392
     Investment securities                      75,851,189       75,851,189
     Federal Home Loan Bank stock                2,961,300        2,961,300
     Mortgage loans held for sale                1,855,340        1,855,732
     Loans, net                                111,700,213      115,175,081
     Accrued interest receivable                 1,823,079        1,823,079

Financial liabilities:
     Non-interest bearing demand deposits       32,754,037       32,754,037
     Savings, NOW and money market              77,294,855       77,294,855
     Time certificates of deposit               85,967,851       86,474,481
     Repurchase agreements                       6,981,783        6,981,783
     Escrow deposits of borrowers                  377,824          377,824
     Accrued interest payable                      549,673          549,673



                                       52
<PAGE>

CORPORATE INFORMATION

MAIN OFFICE AND TRUST DIVISION
Enterprise Bank and Trust Company
222 Merrimack Street
Lowell, MA 01852
Telephone: (508) 459-9000
Fax: (508) 441-9083
E-Mail: [email protected]
R/T: 011302742

BRANCH OFFICES

Billerica
674 Boston Road
Billerica, Massachusetts 01821
Telephone: (508) 262-0123
Fax: (508) 262-0101

Chelmsford
185 Littleton Road
Chelmsford, Massachusetts 01824
Telephone: (508) 442-5588
Fax: (508) 442-5581

Leominster
4 Central Street
Leominster, Massachusetts 01453
Telephone: (508) 534-7400
Fax: (508) 534-7444

Mortgage Lending Center
27 Palmer Street
Lowell, Massachusetts 01852
Telephone: (508) 459-9000
Fax: (508) 442-5520

INVESTOR RELATIONS/
STOCKHOLDER INQUIRIES/
TRANSFER AGENT/GENERAL INFORMATION

George L. Duncan
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
222 Merrimack Street
Lowell, Massachusetts 01852

A copy of Enterprise  Bank and Trust  Company's Form F-2, filed with the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation,  is available without charge upon written request
to Investor Relations.

COMMON STOCK/COMMON STOCK LISTING
The bank's stock does not trade on an exchange.  As of March 1, 1996, there were
approximately 594 recordholders of the bank's Class A Common Stock.  

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS 
KPMG Peat Marwick LLP 
99 High Street
Boston,  Massachusetts 02110 

LEGAL COUNSEL  
Philip S. Nyman 
375 Gorham  Street  
Lowell,  Massachusetts  01852 

TRUST COUNSEL  
George B. Leahey 
16 Pine Street  
Lowell,  Massachusetts  01851  

SPECIAL COUNSEL  
Bingham,  Dana & Gould 
150 Federal Street 
Boston,  Massachusetts  02110

ANNUAL MEETING OF  STOCKHOLDERS  
The annual  meeting of Enterprise  Bank and Trust Company  stockholders  will be
held at the Sheraton Inn Riverfront, 50 Warren Street, Lowell,  Massachusetts on
May 7, 1996, at 4:00 p.m.

QUARTERLY COMMON STOCK INFORMATION
The  following  table  sets  forth  for the  fiscal  periods  indicated  certain
information  to the best of  management's  knowledge,  with respect to the sales
transactions of the bank's Class A Common Stock.

Fiscal Year                       Trading Volume

1995:
First Quarter                            5,000
Second Quarter                           3,000
Third Quarter                              550
Fourth Quarter                             282

1994:
First Quarter                           32,000
Second Quarter                           2,200
Third Quarter                              750
Fourth Quarter                          23,240

1993:
First Quarter                            1,422
Second Quarter                           6,000
Third Quarter                            7,400
Fourth Quarter                           2,000

DIVIDEND INFORMATION

An annual  dividend of 27.5 cents per share was paid on July 1, 1995.  

An annual dividend of 25 cents per share was paid on July 1, 1994.

An annual dividend of 20 cents per share was paid on July 1, 1993.

An annual dividend of 10 cents per share was paid on July 1, 1992.

                                       53

<PAGE>


OFFICERS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

MAIN OFFICE
<S>                                                                   <C>

George L. Duncan                                                       David R. Nolan
Chairman/Chief Executive Officer/                                      Assistant Vice President/
Chief Investment Officer                                               Commercial Lending Officer

Richard W. Main                                                        Helen F. Parent
President/Chief Operating Officer/                                     Asst. Vice President/Loan Operations
Chief Lending Officer                                                  Officer

Walter L. Armstrong                                                    Lisa M. Freeze
Executive Vice President/Business Development                          Auditor

Robert R. Gilman                                                       Todd A. Klibansky
Senior Vice President/Commercial Lending/                              Controller
Human Resources Manager

John P. Clancy, Jr.                                                    Maria Lobao
Senior Vice President/Treasurer/Investment Manager/Chief               Branch Manager
Information Officer

Stephen J. Irish                                                       Dale A. Marcy
Senior Vice President/Chief Information Officer                        Marketing Officer

Janice R. Villanucci                                                   Susan M. Callery
Senior vice President/Manager Customer Support                         Asst. Treasurer/Accounting Manager

Mary Ellen Fitzpatrick                                                 Darlene S. Hagan
Vice President/Business Development                                    Assistant Operations Officer

Daniel G. Leahy                                                        Charles N. LaRock, Jr.
Vice President/Consumer Lending                                        Assistant Loan Operations Officer

Barry W. Pearson                                                       Philip J. Ledoux
Vice President/Manager Credit Dept./                                   Assistant Operations Office
Compliance and Community Reinvestment Officer

William J. Collins, Jr.                                                Brenda A. Richardson
Assistant Vice President/Commercial Lending Officer                    Assistant Branch Manager

                                                                       Paul E. Rousseau
                                                                       Assistant Operations Officer

                                                                       Jeannette S. Watson
                                                                       Assistant Human Resources Officer


BILLERICA OFFICE

Sandra A. Wilson                                                       Jerome J. Bonnabeau
Assistant Vice President/Branch Manager                                Assistant Vice President/Commercial
                                                                       Lending Officer

CHELMSFORD OFFICE

Brian H. Bullock                                                       Mary Jane Santos
Senior Vice President/Commercial Lending                               Assistant vice President/ Commercial
                                                                       Lending Officer

Clayton D. Mersereau, Jr.                                              Mary Young Eberiel
Vice President/Commercial Lending Officer                              Branch Manager

                                       54
<PAGE>

LEOMINSTER OFFICE
Steven L. Groccia                                                      Robert P. Gallo
Vice President/Commercial Lending, Leominster Administration           Assistant Vice President/Commercial
                                                                       Lending Officer

Anthony L. Piermarini                                                  Cheryl A. Gaudreau
Vice President/Commercial Lending Officer                              Branch Manager


TRUST DIVISION
D. Eric Thomson                                                        Paul V. Shaughnessy
Senior Vice President/Senior Trust Officer                             Vice President/Trust Officer


MORTGAGE CENTER
Diane J. Silva                                                         Cheryl. A. Taupier
Senior Vice President/Mortgage Lending                                 Assistant Vice president/Mortgage Lending
                                                                       Officer

Neila J. Arnold                                                        Meredith Boumil-Flynn
Director of Loan Operations                                            Commercial Lending Officer

</TABLE>

                                       55
<PAGE>



DIRECTORS

Kenneth S. Ansin
President, L.B. Evans' Company

Walter L. Armstrong
Executive Vice President/Business Development

Gerald G. Bousquet, M.D.
Partner in several health care facilities

Kathleen M. Bradley
Former owner, Westford Sports Center, Inc.

James F. Conway, III
President and Chief Executive Officer
Courier Corporation

Nancy L. Donahue
Chair of the Board of Trustees Merrimack Repertory Theatre

George L. Duncan
Chairman/Chief Executive Officer/Chief Investment Officer

Eric W. Hanson
Chairman of the Board and President D.J. Reardon Company, Inc.

John P. Harrington
Senior Vice President - Gas Supply, Colonial Gas Company

Arnold S. Lerner
Vice Chairman and Clerk of Enterprise Bank and Trust Company,
Partner in radio station WLLH, Lowell, and in several other radio
stations

Richard W. Main
President/Chief Operating Officer/Chief Lending Officer

Charles P. Sarantos
Chairman of the Board of Directors C&I Electrical Supply
Company, Inc.

Michael A. Spinelli
Assistant Clerk of Enterprise Bank and Trust Company Owner of
Merrimac Travel and action 6, Travel Network

HONORARY DIRECTOR
John M. Handley, Jr.
Retired owner of a chain of gift shops

                                       56
<PAGE>

                             THE ENTERPRISE FAMILY

                                  [Photograph]

            Photo taken September of 1995, at Lowell, Massachusetts

<PAGE>
                                   ENTERPRISE
                             BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

                        MAIN OFFICE AND TRUST DIVISION:
                     222 Merrimack Street, Lowell, MA 01852
                             Phone: (508) 459-9000


                                BRANCH OFFICES:

                      674 Boston Road, Billerica, MA 01821
                             Phone: (508) 262-0123

                    185 Littleton Road, Chelmsford, MA 01824
                             Phone: (508) 442-5588

                     4 Central Street, Leominster, MA 01453
                             Phone: (508) 534-7400

                                MORTGAGE CENTER:

                       27 Palmer Street, Lowell, MA 01852
                             Phone: (508) 459-9000

                                  Member FDIC




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission